diff options
| author | Craig Topper <craig.topper@gmail.com> | 2014-04-25 05:29:35 +0000 |
|---|---|---|
| committer | Craig Topper <craig.topper@gmail.com> | 2014-04-25 05:29:35 +0000 |
| commit | 8d7221ccf5012e7ece93aa976bf2603789b31441 (patch) | |
| tree | 7f678906b5759ba6b3775b14f085ecc6c90e7ec6 | |
| parent | 39087bfbf0b33995b337b676e3c715b3e31a6c1a (diff) | |
| download | llvm-8d7221ccf5012e7ece93aa976bf2603789b31441.tar.gz llvm-8d7221ccf5012e7ece93aa976bf2603789b31441.tar.bz2 llvm-8d7221ccf5012e7ece93aa976bf2603789b31441.tar.xz | |
[C++] Use 'nullptr'. Transforms edition.
git-svn-id: https://llvm.org/svn/llvm-project/llvm/trunk@207196 91177308-0d34-0410-b5e6-96231b3b80d8
106 files changed, 1639 insertions, 1610 deletions
diff --git a/include/llvm/Transforms/Instrumentation.h b/include/llvm/Transforms/Instrumentation.h index b527546e05..61d5c26c50 100644 --- a/include/llvm/Transforms/Instrumentation.h +++ b/include/llvm/Transforms/Instrumentation.h @@ -79,8 +79,8 @@ FunctionPass *createThreadSanitizerPass(StringRef BlacklistFile = StringRef()); // Insert DataFlowSanitizer (dynamic data flow analysis) instrumentation ModulePass *createDataFlowSanitizerPass(StringRef ABIListFile = StringRef(), - void *(*getArgTLS)() = 0, - void *(*getRetValTLS)() = 0); + void *(*getArgTLS)() = nullptr, + void *(*getRetValTLS)() = nullptr); #if defined(__GNUC__) && defined(__linux__) && !defined(ANDROID) inline ModulePass *createDataFlowSanitizerPassForJIT(StringRef ABIListFile = diff --git a/include/llvm/Transforms/Utils/CodeExtractor.h b/include/llvm/Transforms/Utils/CodeExtractor.h index 1122678035..f273e59934 100644 --- a/include/llvm/Transforms/Utils/CodeExtractor.h +++ b/include/llvm/Transforms/Utils/CodeExtractor.h @@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ namespace llvm { /// dominates the rest, prepare a code extractor object for pulling this /// sequence out into its new function. When a DominatorTree is also given, /// extra checking and transformations are enabled. - CodeExtractor(ArrayRef<BasicBlock *> BBs, DominatorTree *DT = 0, + CodeExtractor(ArrayRef<BasicBlock *> BBs, DominatorTree *DT = nullptr, bool AggregateArgs = false); /// \brief Create a code extractor for a loop body. diff --git a/include/llvm/Transforms/Utils/LoopUtils.h b/include/llvm/Transforms/Utils/LoopUtils.h index 64e18ca1b6..92eab97a7e 100644 --- a/include/llvm/Transforms/Utils/LoopUtils.h +++ b/include/llvm/Transforms/Utils/LoopUtils.h @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ BasicBlock *InsertPreheaderForLoop(Loop *L, Pass *P); /// will optionally update \c AliasAnalysis and \c ScalarEvolution analyses if /// passed into it. bool simplifyLoop(Loop *L, DominatorTree *DT, LoopInfo *LI, Pass *PP, - AliasAnalysis *AA = 0, ScalarEvolution *SE = 0); + AliasAnalysis *AA = nullptr, ScalarEvolution *SE = nullptr); /// \brief Put loop into LCSSA form. /// @@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ bool simplifyLoop(Loop *L, DominatorTree *DT, LoopInfo *LI, Pass *PP, /// If ScalarEvolution is passed in, it will be preserved. /// /// Returns true if any modifications are made to the loop. -bool formLCSSA(Loop &L, DominatorTree &DT, ScalarEvolution *SE = 0); +bool formLCSSA(Loop &L, DominatorTree &DT, ScalarEvolution *SE = nullptr); /// \brief Put a loop nest into LCSSA form. /// @@ -56,7 +56,8 @@ bool formLCSSA(Loop &L, DominatorTree &DT, ScalarEvolution *SE = 0); /// If ScalarEvolution is passed in, it will be preserved. /// /// Returns true if any modifications are made to the loop. -bool formLCSSARecursively(Loop &L, DominatorTree &DT, ScalarEvolution *SE = 0); +bool formLCSSARecursively(Loop &L, DominatorTree &DT, + ScalarEvolution *SE = nullptr); } diff --git a/include/llvm/Transforms/Utils/PromoteMemToReg.h b/include/llvm/Transforms/Utils/PromoteMemToReg.h index 22f46e5fc9..c83fedb0e2 100644 --- a/include/llvm/Transforms/Utils/PromoteMemToReg.h +++ b/include/llvm/Transforms/Utils/PromoteMemToReg.h @@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ bool isAllocaPromotable(const AllocaInst *AI); /// If AST is specified, the specified tracker is updated to reflect changes /// made to the IR. void PromoteMemToReg(ArrayRef<AllocaInst *> Allocas, DominatorTree &DT, - AliasSetTracker *AST = 0); + AliasSetTracker *AST = nullptr); } // End llvm namespace diff --git a/include/llvm/Transforms/Utils/SimplifyIndVar.h b/include/llvm/Transforms/Utils/SimplifyIndVar.h index dedeca3b30..d6dcd6dd9f 100644 --- a/include/llvm/Transforms/Utils/SimplifyIndVar.h +++ b/include/llvm/Transforms/Utils/SimplifyIndVar.h @@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ protected: virtual void anchor(); public: - IVVisitor(): DT(NULL), ShouldSplitOverflowIntrinsics(false) {} + IVVisitor(): DT(nullptr), ShouldSplitOverflowIntrinsics(false) {} virtual ~IVVisitor() {} const DominatorTree *getDomTree() const { return DT; } @@ -57,7 +57,7 @@ public: /// simplifyUsersOfIV - Simplify instructions that use this induction variable /// by using ScalarEvolution to analyze the IV's recurrence. bool simplifyUsersOfIV(PHINode *CurrIV, ScalarEvolution *SE, LPPassManager *LPM, - SmallVectorImpl<WeakVH> &Dead, IVVisitor *V = NULL); + SmallVectorImpl<WeakVH> &Dead, IVVisitor *V = nullptr); /// SimplifyLoopIVs - Simplify users of induction variables within this /// loop. This does not actually change or add IVs. diff --git a/include/llvm/Transforms/Utils/UnifyFunctionExitNodes.h b/include/llvm/Transforms/Utils/UnifyFunctionExitNodes.h index 79a70cf7a6..0458028e1f 100644 --- a/include/llvm/Transforms/Utils/UnifyFunctionExitNodes.h +++ b/include/llvm/Transforms/Utils/UnifyFunctionExitNodes.h @@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ struct UnifyFunctionExitNodes : public FunctionPass { public: static char ID; // Pass identification, replacement for typeid UnifyFunctionExitNodes() : FunctionPass(ID), - ReturnBlock(0), UnwindBlock(0) { + ReturnBlock(nullptr), UnwindBlock(nullptr) { initializeUnifyFunctionExitNodesPass(*PassRegistry::getPassRegistry()); } diff --git a/lib/Transforms/IPO/ArgumentPromotion.cpp b/lib/Transforms/IPO/ArgumentPromotion.cpp index 94b44654d9..377fa153a2 100644 --- a/lib/Transforms/IPO/ArgumentPromotion.cpp +++ b/lib/Transforms/IPO/ArgumentPromotion.cpp @@ -124,14 +124,14 @@ CallGraphNode *ArgPromotion::PromoteArguments(CallGraphNode *CGN) { Function *F = CGN->getFunction(); // Make sure that it is local to this module. - if (!F || !F->hasLocalLinkage()) return 0; + if (!F || !F->hasLocalLinkage()) return nullptr; // First check: see if there are any pointer arguments! If not, quick exit. SmallVector<Argument*, 16> PointerArgs; for (Function::arg_iterator I = F->arg_begin(), E = F->arg_end(); I != E; ++I) if (I->getType()->isPointerTy()) PointerArgs.push_back(I); - if (PointerArgs.empty()) return 0; + if (PointerArgs.empty()) return nullptr; // Second check: make sure that all callers are direct callers. We can't // transform functions that have indirect callers. Also see if the function @@ -140,7 +140,7 @@ CallGraphNode *ArgPromotion::PromoteArguments(CallGraphNode *CGN) { for (Use &U : F->uses()) { CallSite CS(U.getUser()); // Must be a direct call. - if (CS.getInstruction() == 0 || !CS.isCallee(&U)) return 0; + if (CS.getInstruction() == nullptr || !CS.isCallee(&U)) return nullptr; if (CS.getInstruction()->getParent()->getParent() == F) isSelfRecursive = true; @@ -208,7 +208,7 @@ CallGraphNode *ArgPromotion::PromoteArguments(CallGraphNode *CGN) { // No promotable pointer arguments. if (ArgsToPromote.empty() && ByValArgsToTransform.empty()) - return 0; + return nullptr; return DoPromotion(F, ArgsToPromote, ByValArgsToTransform); } @@ -661,7 +661,7 @@ CallGraphNode *ArgPromotion::DoPromotion(Function *F, Type *AgTy = cast<PointerType>(I->getType())->getElementType(); StructType *STy = cast<StructType>(AgTy); Value *Idxs[2] = { - ConstantInt::get(Type::getInt32Ty(F->getContext()), 0), 0 }; + ConstantInt::get(Type::getInt32Ty(F->getContext()), 0), nullptr }; for (unsigned i = 0, e = STy->getNumElements(); i != e; ++i) { Idxs[1] = ConstantInt::get(Type::getInt32Ty(F->getContext()), i); Value *Idx = GetElementPtrInst::Create(*AI, Idxs, @@ -789,10 +789,10 @@ CallGraphNode *ArgPromotion::DoPromotion(Function *F, // Just add all the struct element types. Type *AgTy = cast<PointerType>(I->getType())->getElementType(); - Value *TheAlloca = new AllocaInst(AgTy, 0, "", InsertPt); + Value *TheAlloca = new AllocaInst(AgTy, nullptr, "", InsertPt); StructType *STy = cast<StructType>(AgTy); Value *Idxs[2] = { - ConstantInt::get(Type::getInt32Ty(F->getContext()), 0), 0 }; + ConstantInt::get(Type::getInt32Ty(F->getContext()), 0), nullptr }; for (unsigned i = 0, e = STy->getNumElements(); i != e; ++i) { Idxs[1] = ConstantInt::get(Type::getInt32Ty(F->getContext()), i); diff --git a/lib/Transforms/IPO/ConstantMerge.cpp b/lib/Transforms/IPO/ConstantMerge.cpp index badac5b2d8..23be0819e6 100644 --- a/lib/Transforms/IPO/ConstantMerge.cpp +++ b/lib/Transforms/IPO/ConstantMerge.cpp @@ -67,7 +67,7 @@ ModulePass *llvm::createConstantMergePass() { return new ConstantMerge(); } /// Find values that are marked as llvm.used. static void FindUsedValues(GlobalVariable *LLVMUsed, SmallPtrSet<const GlobalValue*, 8> &UsedValues) { - if (LLVMUsed == 0) return; + if (!LLVMUsed) return; ConstantArray *Inits = cast<ConstantArray>(LLVMUsed->getInitializer()); for (unsigned i = 0, e = Inits->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i) { @@ -104,7 +104,7 @@ unsigned ConstantMerge::getAlignment(GlobalVariable *GV) const { bool ConstantMerge::runOnModule(Module &M) { DataLayoutPass *DLP = getAnalysisIfAvailable<DataLayoutPass>(); - DL = DLP ? &DLP->getDataLayout() : 0; + DL = DLP ? &DLP->getDataLayout() : nullptr; // Find all the globals that are marked "used". These cannot be merged. SmallPtrSet<const GlobalValue*, 8> UsedGlobals; @@ -162,7 +162,7 @@ bool ConstantMerge::runOnModule(Module &M) { // If this is the first constant we find or if the old one is local, // replace with the current one. If the current is externally visible // it cannot be replace, but can be the canonical constant we merge with. - if (Slot == 0 || IsBetterCanonical(*GV, *Slot)) + if (!Slot || IsBetterCanonical(*GV, *Slot)) Slot = GV; } diff --git a/lib/Transforms/IPO/DeadArgumentElimination.cpp b/lib/Transforms/IPO/DeadArgumentElimination.cpp index 4a3a0cd729..d0a42664a6 100644 --- a/lib/Transforms/IPO/DeadArgumentElimination.cpp +++ b/lib/Transforms/IPO/DeadArgumentElimination.cpp @@ -765,7 +765,7 @@ bool DAE::RemoveDeadStuffFromFunction(Function *F) { // Find out the new return value. Type *RetTy = FTy->getReturnType(); - Type *NRetTy = NULL; + Type *NRetTy = nullptr; unsigned RetCount = NumRetVals(F); // -1 means unused, other numbers are the new index @@ -1051,7 +1051,7 @@ bool DAE::RemoveDeadStuffFromFunction(Function *F) { Value *RetVal; if (NFTy->getReturnType()->isVoidTy()) { - RetVal = 0; + RetVal = nullptr; } else { assert (RetTy->isStructTy()); // The original return value was a struct, insert diff --git a/lib/Transforms/IPO/ExtractGV.cpp b/lib/Transforms/IPO/ExtractGV.cpp index 4211f12238..408713a2c2 100644 --- a/lib/Transforms/IPO/ExtractGV.cpp +++ b/lib/Transforms/IPO/ExtractGV.cpp @@ -95,7 +95,7 @@ namespace { makeVisible(*I, Delete); if (Delete) - I->setInitializer(0); + I->setInitializer(nullptr); } // Visit the Functions. @@ -134,7 +134,7 @@ namespace { } else { Declaration = new GlobalVariable(M, Ty, false, GlobalValue::ExternalLinkage, - 0, CurI->getName()); + nullptr, CurI->getName()); } CurI->replaceAllUsesWith(Declaration); diff --git a/lib/Transforms/IPO/FunctionAttrs.cpp b/lib/Transforms/IPO/FunctionAttrs.cpp index ba6182daf3..1819fe1f82 100644 --- a/lib/Transforms/IPO/FunctionAttrs.cpp +++ b/lib/Transforms/IPO/FunctionAttrs.cpp @@ -47,7 +47,7 @@ STATISTIC(NumAnnotated, "Number of attributes added to library functions"); namespace { struct FunctionAttrs : public CallGraphSCCPass { static char ID; // Pass identification, replacement for typeid - FunctionAttrs() : CallGraphSCCPass(ID), AA(0) { + FunctionAttrs() : CallGraphSCCPass(ID), AA(nullptr) { initializeFunctionAttrsPass(*PassRegistry::getPassRegistry()); } @@ -161,7 +161,7 @@ bool FunctionAttrs::AddReadAttrs(const CallGraphSCC &SCC) { for (CallGraphSCC::iterator I = SCC.begin(), E = SCC.end(); I != E; ++I) { Function *F = (*I)->getFunction(); - if (F == 0) + if (!F) // External node - may write memory. Just give up. return false; @@ -320,7 +320,7 @@ namespace { ArgumentGraphNode SyntheticRoot; public: - ArgumentGraph() { SyntheticRoot.Definition = 0; } + ArgumentGraph() { SyntheticRoot.Definition = nullptr; } typedef SmallVectorImpl<ArgumentGraphNode*>::iterator iterator; @@ -522,7 +522,7 @@ bool FunctionAttrs::AddArgumentAttrs(const CallGraphSCC &SCC) { for (CallGraphSCC::iterator I = SCC.begin(), E = SCC.end(); I != E; ++I) { Function *F = (*I)->getFunction(); - if (F == 0) + if (!F) // External node - only a problem for arguments that we pass to it. continue; @@ -776,7 +776,7 @@ bool FunctionAttrs::AddNoAliasAttrs(const CallGraphSCC &SCC) { for (CallGraphSCC::iterator I = SCC.begin(), E = SCC.end(); I != E; ++I) { Function *F = (*I)->getFunction(); - if (F == 0) + if (!F) // External node - skip it; return false; @@ -1669,7 +1669,7 @@ bool FunctionAttrs::annotateLibraryCalls(const CallGraphSCC &SCC) { for (CallGraphSCC::iterator I = SCC.begin(), E = SCC.end(); I != E; ++I) { Function *F = (*I)->getFunction(); - if (F != 0 && F->isDeclaration()) + if (F && F->isDeclaration()) MadeChange |= inferPrototypeAttributes(*F); } diff --git a/lib/Transforms/IPO/GlobalDCE.cpp b/lib/Transforms/IPO/GlobalDCE.cpp index 37910d179a..0cf03a54c2 100644 --- a/lib/Transforms/IPO/GlobalDCE.cpp +++ b/lib/Transforms/IPO/GlobalDCE.cpp @@ -100,7 +100,7 @@ bool GlobalDCE::runOnModule(Module &M) { I != E; ++I) if (!AliveGlobals.count(I)) { DeadGlobalVars.push_back(I); // Keep track of dead globals - I->setInitializer(0); + I->setInitializer(nullptr); } // The second pass drops the bodies of functions which are dead... @@ -118,7 +118,7 @@ bool GlobalDCE::runOnModule(Module &M) { ++I) if (!AliveGlobals.count(I)) { DeadAliases.push_back(I); - I->setAliasee(0); + I->setAliasee(nullptr); } if (!DeadFunctions.empty()) { diff --git a/lib/Transforms/IPO/GlobalOpt.cpp b/lib/Transforms/IPO/GlobalOpt.cpp index 3846339b18..cc7e2abd80 100644 --- a/lib/Transforms/IPO/GlobalOpt.cpp +++ b/lib/Transforms/IPO/GlobalOpt.cpp @@ -295,7 +295,7 @@ static bool CleanupConstantGlobalUsers(Value *V, Constant *Init, Changed = true; } else if (ConstantExpr *CE = dyn_cast<ConstantExpr>(U)) { if (CE->getOpcode() == Instruction::GetElementPtr) { - Constant *SubInit = 0; + Constant *SubInit = nullptr; if (Init) SubInit = ConstantFoldLoadThroughGEPConstantExpr(Init, CE); Changed |= CleanupConstantGlobalUsers(CE, SubInit, DL, TLI); @@ -303,7 +303,7 @@ static bool CleanupConstantGlobalUsers(Value *V, Constant *Init, CE->getType()->isPointerTy()) || CE->getOpcode() == Instruction::AddrSpaceCast) { // Pointer cast, delete any stores and memsets to the global. - Changed |= CleanupConstantGlobalUsers(CE, 0, DL, TLI); + Changed |= CleanupConstantGlobalUsers(CE, nullptr, DL, TLI); } if (CE->use_empty()) { @@ -314,7 +314,7 @@ static bool CleanupConstantGlobalUsers(Value *V, Constant *Init, // Do not transform "gepinst (gep constexpr (GV))" here, because forming // "gepconstexpr (gep constexpr (GV))" will cause the two gep's to fold // and will invalidate our notion of what Init is. - Constant *SubInit = 0; + Constant *SubInit = nullptr; if (!isa<ConstantExpr>(GEP->getOperand(0))) { ConstantExpr *CE = dyn_cast_or_null<ConstantExpr>(ConstantFoldInstruction(GEP, DL, TLI)); @@ -371,7 +371,7 @@ static bool isSafeSROAElementUse(Value *V) { // Otherwise, it must be a GEP. GetElementPtrInst *GEPI = dyn_cast<GetElementPtrInst>(I); - if (GEPI == 0) return false; + if (!GEPI) return false; if (GEPI->getNumOperands() < 3 || !isa<Constant>(GEPI->getOperand(1)) || !cast<Constant>(GEPI->getOperand(1))->isNullValue()) @@ -471,7 +471,7 @@ static bool GlobalUsersSafeToSRA(GlobalValue *GV) { static GlobalVariable *SRAGlobal(GlobalVariable *GV, const DataLayout &DL) { // Make sure this global only has simple uses that we can SRA. if (!GlobalUsersSafeToSRA(GV)) - return 0; + return nullptr; assert(GV->hasLocalLinkage() && !GV->isConstant()); Constant *Init = GV->getInitializer(); @@ -515,7 +515,7 @@ static GlobalVariable *SRAGlobal(GlobalVariable *GV, const DataLayout &DL) { NumElements = cast<VectorType>(STy)->getNumElements(); if (NumElements > 16 && GV->hasNUsesOrMore(16)) - return 0; // It's not worth it. + return nullptr; // It's not worth it. NewGlobals.reserve(NumElements); uint64_t EltSize = DL.getTypeAllocSize(STy->getElementType()); @@ -542,7 +542,7 @@ static GlobalVariable *SRAGlobal(GlobalVariable *GV, const DataLayout &DL) { } if (NewGlobals.empty()) - return 0; + return nullptr; DEBUG(dbgs() << "PERFORMING GLOBAL SRA ON: " << *GV); @@ -604,7 +604,7 @@ static GlobalVariable *SRAGlobal(GlobalVariable *GV, const DataLayout &DL) { if (FirstGlobal == i) ++FirstGlobal; } - return FirstGlobal != NewGlobals.size() ? NewGlobals[FirstGlobal] : 0; + return FirstGlobal != NewGlobals.size() ? NewGlobals[FirstGlobal] : nullptr; } /// AllUsesOfValueWillTrapIfNull - Return true if all users of the specified @@ -786,7 +786,7 @@ static bool OptimizeAwayTrappingUsesOfLoads(GlobalVariable *GV, Constant *LV, Changed |= CleanupPointerRootUsers(GV, TLI); } else { Changed = true; - CleanupConstantGlobalUsers(GV, 0, DL, TLI); + CleanupConstantGlobalUsers(GV, nullptr, DL, TLI); } if (GV->use_empty()) { DEBUG(dbgs() << " *** GLOBAL NOW DEAD!\n"); @@ -848,7 +848,7 @@ static GlobalVariable *OptimizeGlobalAddressOfMalloc(GlobalVariable *GV, // If there are bitcast users of the malloc (which is typical, usually we have // a malloc + bitcast) then replace them with uses of the new global. Update // other users to use the global as well. - BitCastInst *TheBC = 0; + BitCastInst *TheBC = nullptr; while (!CI->use_empty()) { Instruction *User = cast<Instruction>(CI->user_back()); if (BitCastInst *BCI = dyn_cast<BitCastInst>(User)) { @@ -859,7 +859,7 @@ static GlobalVariable *OptimizeGlobalAddressOfMalloc(GlobalVariable *GV, BCI->setOperand(0, NewGV); } } else { - if (TheBC == 0) + if (!TheBC) TheBC = new BitCastInst(NewGV, CI->getType(), "newgv", CI); User->replaceUsesOfWith(CI, TheBC); } @@ -1307,7 +1307,7 @@ static GlobalVariable *PerformHeapAllocSRoA(GlobalVariable *GV, CallInst *CI, Type *IntPtrTy = DL->getIntPtrType(CI->getType()); Value *NMI = CallInst::CreateMalloc(CI, IntPtrTy, FieldTy, ConstantInt::get(IntPtrTy, TypeSize), - NElems, 0, + NElems, nullptr, CI->getName() + ".f" + Twine(FieldNo)); FieldMallocs.push_back(NMI); new StoreInst(NMI, NGV, CI); @@ -1540,7 +1540,7 @@ static bool TryToOptimizeStoreOfMallocToGlobal(GlobalVariable *GV, Value *NumElements = ConstantInt::get(IntPtrTy, AT->getNumElements()); Instruction *Malloc = CallInst::CreateMalloc(CI, IntPtrTy, AllocSTy, AllocSize, NumElements, - 0, CI->getName()); + nullptr, CI->getName()); Instruction *Cast = new BitCastInst(Malloc, CI->getType(), "tmp", CI); CI->replaceAllUsesWith(Cast); CI->eraseFromParent(); @@ -1755,7 +1755,8 @@ bool GlobalOpt::ProcessInternalGlobal(GlobalVariable *GV, ->getEntryBlock().begin()); Type *ElemTy = GV->getType()->getElementType(); // FIXME: Pass Global's alignment when globals have alignment - AllocaInst *Alloca = new AllocaInst(ElemTy, NULL, GV->getName(), &FirstI); + AllocaInst *Alloca = new AllocaInst(ElemTy, nullptr, + GV->getName(), &FirstI); if (!isa<UndefValue>(GV->getInitializer())) new StoreInst(GV->getInitializer(), Alloca, &FirstI); @@ -1966,11 +1967,11 @@ bool GlobalOpt::OptimizeGlobalVars(Module &M) { /// initializers have an init priority of 65535. GlobalVariable *GlobalOpt::FindGlobalCtors(Module &M) { GlobalVariable *GV = M.getGlobalVariable("llvm.global_ctors"); - if (GV == 0) return 0; + if (!GV) return nullptr; // Verify that the initializer is simple enough for us to handle. We are // only allowed to optimize the initializer if it is unique. - if (!GV->hasUniqueInitializer()) return 0; + if (!GV->hasUniqueInitializer()) return nullptr; if (isa<ConstantAggregateZero>(GV->getInitializer())) return GV; @@ -1985,12 +1986,12 @@ GlobalVariable *GlobalOpt::FindGlobalCtors(Module &M) { // Must have a function or null ptr. if (!isa<Function>(CS->getOperand(1))) - return 0; + return nullptr; // Init priority must be standard. ConstantInt *CI = cast<ConstantInt>(CS->getOperand(0)); if (CI->getZExtValue() != 65535) - return 0; + return nullptr; } return GV; @@ -2018,7 +2019,7 @@ static GlobalVariable *InstallGlobalCtors(GlobalVariable *GCL, // If we made a change, reassemble the initializer list. Constant *CSVals[2]; CSVals[0] = ConstantInt::get(Type::getInt32Ty(GCL->getContext()), 65535); - CSVals[1] = 0; + CSVals[1] = nullptr; StructType *StructTy = cast<StructType>(GCL->getType()->getElementType()->getArrayElementType()); @@ -2068,7 +2069,7 @@ static GlobalVariable *InstallGlobalCtors(GlobalVariable *GCL, if (Ctors.size()) return NGV; else - return 0; + return nullptr; } @@ -2368,7 +2369,7 @@ Constant *Evaluator::ComputeLoadResult(Constant *P) { if (GlobalVariable *GV = dyn_cast<GlobalVariable>(P)) { if (GV->hasDefinitiveInitializer()) return GV->getInitializer(); - return 0; + return nullptr; } // Handle a constantexpr getelementptr. @@ -2380,7 +2381,7 @@ Constant *Evaluator::ComputeLoadResult(Constant *P) { return ConstantFoldLoadThroughGEPConstantExpr(GV->getInitializer(), CE); } - return 0; // don't know how to evaluate. + return nullptr; // don't know how to evaluate. } /// EvaluateBlock - Evaluate all instructions in block BB, returning true if @@ -2390,7 +2391,7 @@ bool Evaluator::EvaluateBlock(BasicBlock::iterator CurInst, BasicBlock *&NextBB) { // This is the main evaluation loop. while (1) { - Constant *InstResult = 0; + Constant *InstResult = nullptr; DEBUG(dbgs() << "Evaluating Instruction: " << *CurInst << "\n"); @@ -2516,7 +2517,7 @@ bool Evaluator::EvaluateBlock(BasicBlock::iterator CurInst, "folding: " << *Ptr << "\n"); } InstResult = ComputeLoadResult(Ptr); - if (InstResult == 0) { + if (!InstResult) { DEBUG(dbgs() << "Failed to compute load result. Can not evaluate load." "\n"); return false; // Could not evaluate load. @@ -2634,7 +2635,7 @@ bool Evaluator::EvaluateBlock(BasicBlock::iterator CurInst, return false; } - Constant *RetVal = 0; + Constant *RetVal = nullptr; // Execute the call, if successful, use the return value. ValueStack.push_back(make_unique<DenseMap<Value *, Constant *>>()); if (!EvaluateFunction(Callee, RetVal, Formals)) { @@ -2644,7 +2645,7 @@ bool Evaluator::EvaluateBlock(BasicBlock::iterator CurInst, ValueStack.pop_back(); InstResult = RetVal; - if (InstResult != NULL) { + if (InstResult) { DEBUG(dbgs() << "Successfully evaluated function. Result: " << InstResult << "\n\n"); } else { @@ -2676,7 +2677,7 @@ bool Evaluator::EvaluateBlock(BasicBlock::iterator CurInst, else return false; // Cannot determine. } else if (isa<ReturnInst>(CurInst)) { - NextBB = 0; + NextBB = nullptr; } else { // invoke, unwind, resume, unreachable. DEBUG(dbgs() << "Can not handle terminator."); @@ -2741,13 +2742,13 @@ bool Evaluator::EvaluateFunction(Function *F, Constant *&RetVal, BasicBlock::iterator CurInst = CurBB->begin(); while (1) { - BasicBlock *NextBB = 0; // Initialized to avoid compiler warnings. + BasicBlock *NextBB = nullptr; // Initialized to avoid compiler warnings. DEBUG(dbgs() << "Trying to evaluate BB: " << *CurBB << "\n"); if (!EvaluateBlock(CurInst, NextBB)) return false; - if (NextBB == 0) { + if (!NextBB) { // Successfully running until there's no next block means that we found // the return. Fill it the return value and pop the call stack. ReturnInst *RI = cast<ReturnInst>(CurBB->getTerminator()); @@ -2766,7 +2767,7 @@ bool Evaluator::EvaluateFunction(Function *F, Constant *&RetVal, // Okay, we have never been in this block before. Check to see if there // are any PHI nodes. If so, evaluate them with information about where // we came from. - PHINode *PN = 0; + PHINode *PN = nullptr; for (CurInst = NextBB->begin(); (PN = dyn_cast<PHINode>(CurInst)); ++CurInst) setVal(PN, getVal(PN->getIncomingValueForBlock(CurBB))); @@ -2816,7 +2817,7 @@ bool GlobalOpt::OptimizeGlobalCtorsList(GlobalVariable *&GCL) { Function *F = Ctors[i]; // Found a null terminator in the middle of the list, prune off the rest of // the list. - if (F == 0) { + if (!F) { if (i != Ctors.size()-1) { Ctors.resize(i+1); MadeChange = true; @@ -3040,12 +3041,12 @@ bool GlobalOpt::OptimizeGlobalAliases(Module &M) { static Function *FindCXAAtExit(Module &M, TargetLibraryInfo *TLI) { if (!TLI->has(LibFunc::cxa_atexit)) - return 0; + return nullptr; Function *Fn = M.getFunction(TLI->getName(LibFunc::cxa_atexit)); if (!Fn) - return 0; + return nullptr; FunctionType *FTy = Fn->getFunctionType(); @@ -3056,7 +3057,7 @@ static Function *FindCXAAtExit(Module &M, TargetLibraryInfo *TLI) { !FTy->getParamType(0)->isPointerTy() || !FTy->getParamType(1)->isPointerTy() || !FTy->getParamType(2)->isPointerTy()) - return 0; + return nullptr; return Fn; } @@ -3158,7 +3159,7 @@ bool GlobalOpt::runOnModule(Module &M) { bool Changed = false; DataLayoutPass *DLP = getAnalysisIfAvailable<DataLayoutPass>(); - DL = DLP ? &DLP->getDataLayout() : 0; + DL = DLP ? &DLP->getDataLayout() : nullptr; TLI = &getAnalysis<TargetLibraryInfo>(); // Try to find the llvm.globalctors list. diff --git a/lib/Transforms/IPO/IPConstantPropagation.cpp b/lib/Transforms/IPO/IPConstantPropagation.cpp index aaaab5e45c..af541d1552 100644 --- a/lib/Transforms/IPO/IPConstantPropagation.cpp +++ b/lib/Transforms/IPO/IPConstantPropagation.cpp @@ -113,7 +113,7 @@ bool IPCP::PropagateConstantsIntoArguments(Function &F) { continue; Constant *C = dyn_cast<Constant>(*AI); - if (C && ArgumentConstants[i].first == 0) { + if (C && ArgumentConstants[i].first == nullptr) { ArgumentConstants[i].first = C; // First constant seen. } else if (C && ArgumentConstants[i].first == C) { // Still the constant value we think it is. @@ -140,7 +140,7 @@ bool IPCP::PropagateConstantsIntoArguments(Function &F) { continue; Value *V = ArgumentConstants[i].first; - if (V == 0) V = UndefValue::get(AI->getType()); + if (!V) V = UndefValue::get(AI->getType()); AI->replaceAllUsesWith(V); ++NumArgumentsProped; MadeChange = true; @@ -210,7 +210,7 @@ bool IPCP::PropagateConstantReturn(Function &F) { } // Different or no known return value? Don't propagate this return // value. - RetVals[i] = 0; + RetVals[i] = nullptr; // All values non-constant? Stop looking. if (++NumNonConstant == RetVals.size()) return false; @@ -236,7 +236,7 @@ bool IPCP::PropagateConstantReturn(Function &F) { MadeChange = true; - if (STy == 0) { + if (!STy) { Value* New = RetVals[0]; if (Argument *A = dyn_cast<Argument>(New)) // Was an argument returned? Then find the corresponding argument in diff --git a/lib/Transforms/IPO/InlineAlways.cpp b/lib/Transforms/IPO/InlineAlways.cpp index 73416722be..c5d9546cce 100644 --- a/lib/Transforms/IPO/InlineAlways.cpp +++ b/lib/Transforms/IPO/InlineAlways.cpp @@ -37,12 +37,13 @@ class AlwaysInliner : public Inliner { public: // Use extremely low threshold. - AlwaysInliner() : Inliner(ID, -2000000000, /*InsertLifetime*/ true), ICA(0) { + AlwaysInliner() : Inliner(ID, -2000000000, /*InsertLifetime*/ true), + ICA(nullptr) { initializeAlwaysInlinerPass(*PassRegistry::getPassRegistry()); } AlwaysInliner(bool InsertLifetime) - : Inliner(ID, -2000000000, InsertLifetime), ICA(0) { + : Inliner(ID, -2000000000, InsertLifetime), ICA(nullptr) { initializeAlwaysInlinerPass(*PassRegistry::getPassRegistry()); } diff --git a/lib/Transforms/IPO/InlineSimple.cpp b/lib/Transforms/IPO/InlineSimple.cpp index 27c9f52f9e..d189756032 100644 --- a/lib/Transforms/IPO/InlineSimple.cpp +++ b/lib/Transforms/IPO/InlineSimple.cpp @@ -38,12 +38,12 @@ class SimpleInliner : public Inliner { InlineCostAnalysis *ICA; public: - SimpleInliner() : Inliner(ID), ICA(0) { + SimpleInliner() : Inliner(ID), ICA(nullptr) { initializeSimpleInlinerPass(*PassRegistry::getPassRegistry()); } SimpleInliner(int Threshold) - : Inliner(ID, Threshold, /*InsertLifetime*/ true), ICA(0) { + : Inliner(ID, Threshold, /*InsertLifetime*/ true), ICA(nullptr) { initializeSimpleInlinerPass(*PassRegistry::getPassRegistry()); } diff --git a/lib/Transforms/IPO/Inliner.cpp b/lib/Transforms/IPO/Inliner.cpp index 03b5e4e5e8..e6748c4698 100644 --- a/lib/Transforms/IPO/Inliner.cpp +++ b/lib/Transforms/IPO/Inliner.cpp @@ -185,7 +185,7 @@ static bool InlineCallIfPossible(CallSite CS, InlineFunctionInfo &IFI, // canonicalized to be an allocation *of* an array), or allocations whose // type is not itself an array (because we're afraid of pessimizing SRoA). ArrayType *ATy = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(AI->getAllocatedType()); - if (ATy == 0 || AI->isArrayAllocation()) + if (!ATy || AI->isArrayAllocation()) continue; // Get the list of all available allocas for this array type. @@ -241,7 +241,7 @@ static bool InlineCallIfPossible(CallSite CS, InlineFunctionInfo &IFI, AI->eraseFromParent(); MergedAwayAlloca = true; ++NumMergedAllocas; - IFI.StaticAllocas[AllocaNo] = 0; + IFI.StaticAllocas[AllocaNo] = nullptr; break; } @@ -412,7 +412,7 @@ static bool InlineHistoryIncludes(Function *F, int InlineHistoryID, bool Inliner::runOnSCC(CallGraphSCC &SCC) { CallGraph &CG = getAnalysis<CallGraphWrapperPass>().getCallGraph(); DataLayoutPass *DLP = getAnalysisIfAvailable<DataLayoutPass>(); - const DataLayout *DL = DLP ? &DLP->getDataLayout() : 0; + const DataLayout *DL = DLP ? &DLP->getDataLayout() : nullptr; const TargetLibraryInfo *TLI = getAnalysisIfAvailable<TargetLibraryInfo>(); SmallPtrSet<Function*, 8> SCCFunctions; @@ -501,7 +501,7 @@ bool Inliner::runOnSCC(CallGraphSCC &SCC) { ++NumCallsDeleted; } else { // We can only inline direct calls to non-declarations. - if (Callee == 0 || Callee->isDeclaration()) continue; + if (!Callee || Callee->isDeclaration()) continue; // If this call site was obtained by inlining another function, verify // that the include path for the function did not include the callee diff --git a/lib/Transforms/IPO/Internalize.cpp b/lib/Transforms/IPO/Internalize.cpp index 2ca0bdbdb8..cdb85fd525 100644 --- a/lib/Transforms/IPO/Internalize.cpp +++ b/lib/Transforms/IPO/Internalize.cpp @@ -132,8 +132,8 @@ static bool shouldInternalize(const GlobalValue &GV, bool InternalizePass::runOnModule(Module &M) { CallGraphWrapperPass *CGPass = getAnalysisIfAvailable<CallGraphWrapperPass>(); - CallGraph *CG = CGPass ? &CGPass->getCallGraph() : 0; - CallGraphNode *ExternalNode = CG ? CG->getExternalCallingNode() : 0; + CallGraph *CG = CGPass ? &CGPass->getCallGraph() : nullptr; + CallGraphNode *ExternalNode = CG ? CG->getExternalCallingNode() : nullptr; bool Changed = false; SmallPtrSet<GlobalValue *, 8> Used; diff --git a/lib/Transforms/IPO/LoopExtractor.cpp b/lib/Transforms/IPO/LoopExtractor.cpp index c55fabceac..20414aa05b 100644 --- a/lib/Transforms/IPO/LoopExtractor.cpp +++ b/lib/Transforms/IPO/LoopExtractor.cpp @@ -137,7 +137,7 @@ bool LoopExtractor::runOnLoop(Loop *L, LPPassManager &LPM) { if (NumLoops == 0) return Changed; --NumLoops; CodeExtractor Extractor(DT, *L); - if (Extractor.extractCodeRegion() != 0) { + if (Extractor.extractCodeRegion() != nullptr) { Changed = true; // After extraction, the loop is replaced by a function call, so // we shouldn't try to run any more loop passes on it. @@ -242,7 +242,7 @@ void BlockExtractorPass::SplitLandingPadPreds(Function *F) { if (!Split) continue; SmallVector<BasicBlock*, 2> NewBBs; - SplitLandingPadPredecessors(LPad, Parent, ".1", ".2", 0, NewBBs); + SplitLandingPadPredecessors(LPad, Parent, ".1", ".2", nullptr, NewBBs); } } diff --git a/lib/Transforms/IPO/MergeFunctions.cpp b/lib/Transforms/IPO/MergeFunctions.cpp index 3471d8f1f3..a1764ca33c 100644 --- a/lib/Transforms/IPO/MergeFunctions.cpp +++ b/lib/Transforms/IPO/MergeFunctions.cpp @@ -121,12 +121,12 @@ public: void release() { assert(Func && "Attempted to release function twice, or release empty/tombstone!"); - Func = NULL; + Func = nullptr; } private: explicit ComparableFunction(unsigned Hash) - : Func(NULL), Hash(Hash), DL(NULL) {} + : Func(nullptr), Hash(Hash), DL(nullptr) {} AssertingVH<Function> Func; unsigned Hash; @@ -684,7 +684,7 @@ ModulePass *llvm::createMergeFunctionsPass() { bool MergeFunctions::runOnModule(Module &M) { bool Changed = false; DataLayoutPass *DLP = getAnalysisIfAvailable<DataLayoutPass>(); - DL = DLP ? &DLP->getDataLayout() : 0; + DL = DLP ? &DLP->getDataLayout() : nullptr; for (Module::iterator I = M.begin(), E = M.end(); I != E; ++I) { if (!I->isDeclaration() && !I->hasAvailableExternallyLinkage()) diff --git a/lib/Transforms/IPO/PartialInlining.cpp b/lib/Transforms/IPO/PartialInlining.cpp index f35f491b7f..76d6dfa8e8 100644 --- a/lib/Transforms/IPO/PartialInlining.cpp +++ b/lib/Transforms/IPO/PartialInlining.cpp @@ -53,10 +53,10 @@ Function* PartialInliner::unswitchFunction(Function* F) { BasicBlock* entryBlock = F->begin(); BranchInst *BR = dyn_cast<BranchInst>(entryBlock->getTerminator()); if (!BR || BR->isUnconditional()) - return 0; + return nullptr; - BasicBlock* returnBlock = 0; - BasicBlock* nonReturnBlock = 0; + BasicBlock* returnBlock = nullptr; + BasicBlock* nonReturnBlock = nullptr; unsigned returnCount = 0; for (succ_iterator SI = succ_begin(entryBlock), SE = succ_end(entryBlock); SI != SE; ++SI) @@ -67,7 +67,7 @@ Function* PartialInliner::unswitchFunction(Function* F) { nonReturnBlock = *SI; if (returnCount != 1) - return 0; + return nullptr; // Clone the function, so that we can hack away on it. ValueToValueMapTy VMap; diff --git a/lib/Transforms/IPO/PassManagerBuilder.cpp b/lib/Transforms/IPO/PassManagerBuilder.cpp index 052d24f58a..01ab31deca 100644 --- a/lib/Transforms/IPO/PassManagerBuilder.cpp +++ b/lib/Transforms/IPO/PassManagerBuilder.cpp @@ -56,8 +56,8 @@ RunLoopRerolling("reroll-loops", cl::Hidden, PassManagerBuilder::PassManagerBuilder() { OptLevel = 2; SizeLevel = 0; - LibraryInfo = 0; - Inliner = 0; + LibraryInfo = nullptr; + Inliner = nullptr; DisableTailCalls = false; DisableUnitAtATime = false; DisableUnrollLoops = false; @@ -129,7 +129,7 @@ void PassManagerBuilder::populateModulePassManager(PassManagerBase &MPM) { if (OptLevel == 0) { if (Inliner) { MPM.add(Inliner); - Inliner = 0; + Inliner = nullptr; } // FIXME: This is a HACK! The inliner pass above implicitly creates a CGSCC @@ -165,7 +165,7 @@ void PassManagerBuilder::populateModulePassManager(PassManagerBase &MPM) { MPM.add(createPruneEHPass()); // Remove dead EH info if (Inliner) { MPM.add(Inliner); - Inliner = 0; + Inliner = nullptr; } if (!DisableUnitAtATime) MPM.add(createFunctionAttrsPass()); // Set readonly/readnone attrs diff --git a/lib/Transforms/IPO/PruneEH.cpp b/lib/Transforms/IPO/PruneEH.cpp index 5f89065ea7..b2c4a099b0 100644 --- a/lib/Transforms/IPO/PruneEH.cpp +++ b/lib/Transforms/IPO/PruneEH.cpp @@ -86,7 +86,7 @@ bool PruneEH::runOnSCC(CallGraphSCC &SCC) { for (CallGraphSCC::iterator I = SCC.begin(), E = SCC.end(); (!SCCMightUnwind || !SCCMightReturn) && I != E; ++I) { Function *F = (*I)->getFunction(); - if (F == 0) { + if (!F) { SCCMightUnwind = true; SCCMightReturn = true; } else if (F->isDeclaration() || F->mayBeOverridden()) { diff --git a/lib/Transforms/IPO/StripSymbols.cpp b/lib/Transforms/IPO/StripSymbols.cpp index 6d0be8fac2..1abbccc0fc 100644 --- a/lib/Transforms/IPO/StripSymbols.cpp +++ b/lib/Transforms/IPO/StripSymbols.cpp @@ -192,7 +192,7 @@ static void StripTypeNames(Module &M, bool PreserveDbgInfo) { /// Find values that are marked as llvm.used. static void findUsedValues(GlobalVariable *LLVMUsed, SmallPtrSet<const GlobalValue*, 8> &UsedValues) { - if (LLVMUsed == 0) return; + if (!LLVMUsed) return; UsedValues.insert(LLVMUsed); ConstantArray *Inits = cast<ConstantArray>(LLVMUsed->getInitializer()); diff --git a/lib/Transforms/InstCombine/InstCombineAddSub.cpp b/lib/Transforms/InstCombine/InstCombineAddSub.cpp index 7bd75d81f2..e461145d6b 100644 --- a/lib/Transforms/InstCombine/InstCombineAddSub.cpp +++ b/lib/Transforms/InstCombine/InstCombineAddSub.cpp @@ -114,12 +114,12 @@ namespace { /// class FAddend { public: - FAddend() { Val = 0; } + FAddend() { Val = nullptr; } Value *getSymVal (void) const { return Val; } const FAddendCoef &getCoef(void) const { return Coeff; } - bool isConstant() const { return Val == 0; } + bool isConstant() const { return Val == nullptr; } bool isZero() const { return Coeff.isZero(); } void set(short Coefficient, Value *V) { Coeff.set(Coefficient), Val = V; } @@ -156,7 +156,7 @@ namespace { /// class FAddCombine { public: - FAddCombine(InstCombiner::BuilderTy *B) : Builder(B), Instr(0) {} + FAddCombine(InstCombiner::BuilderTy *B) : Builder(B), Instr(nullptr) {} Value *simplify(Instruction *FAdd); private: @@ -350,8 +350,8 @@ Value *FAddendCoef::getValue(Type *Ty) const { // unsigned FAddend::drillValueDownOneStep (Value *Val, FAddend &Addend0, FAddend &Addend1) { - Instruction *I = 0; - if (Val == 0 || !(I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(Val))) + Instruction *I = nullptr; + if (!Val || !(I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(Val))) return 0; unsigned Opcode = I->getOpcode(); @@ -361,16 +361,16 @@ unsigned FAddend::drillValueDownOneStep Value *Opnd0 = I->getOperand(0); Value *Opnd1 = I->getOperand(1); if ((C0 = dyn_cast<ConstantFP>(Opnd0)) && C0->isZero()) - Opnd0 = 0; + Opnd0 = nullptr; if ((C1 = dyn_cast<ConstantFP>(Opnd1)) && C1->isZero()) - Opnd1 = 0; + Opnd1 = nullptr; if (Opnd0) { if (!C0) Addend0.set(1, Opnd0); else - Addend0.set(C0, 0); + Addend0.set(C0, nullptr); } if (Opnd1) { @@ -378,7 +378,7 @@ unsigned FAddend::drillValueDownOneStep if (!C1) Addend.set(1, Opnd1); else - Addend.set(C1, 0); + Addend.set(C1, nullptr); if (Opcode == Instruction::FSub) Addend.negate(); } @@ -387,7 +387,7 @@ unsigned FAddend::drillValueDownOneStep return Opnd0 && Opnd1 ? 2 : 1; // Both operands are zero. Weird! - Addend0.set(APFloat(C0->getValueAPF().getSemantics()), 0); + Addend0.set(APFloat(C0->getValueAPF().getSemantics()), nullptr); return 1; } @@ -445,13 +445,13 @@ Value *FAddCombine::performFactorization(Instruction *I) { Instruction *I1 = dyn_cast<Instruction>(I->getOperand(1)); if (!I0 || !I1 || I0->getOpcode() != I1->getOpcode()) - return 0; + return nullptr; bool isMpy = false; if (I0->getOpcode() == Instruction::FMul) isMpy = true; else if (I0->getOpcode() != Instruction::FDiv) - return 0; + return nullptr; Value *Opnd0_0 = I0->getOperand(0); Value *Opnd0_1 = I0->getOperand(1); @@ -463,8 +463,8 @@ Value *FAddCombine::performFactorization(Instruction *I) { // (x*y) +/- (x*z) x y z // (y/x) +/- (z/x) x y z // - Value *Factor = 0; - Value *AddSub0 = 0, *AddSub1 = 0; + Value *Factor = nullptr; + Value *AddSub0 = nullptr, *AddSub1 = nullptr; if (isMpy) { if (Opnd0_0 == Opnd1_0 || Opnd0_0 == Opnd1_1) @@ -483,7 +483,7 @@ Value *FAddCombine::performFactorization(Instruction *I) { } if (!Factor) - return 0; + return nullptr; FastMathFlags Flags; Flags.setUnsafeAlgebra(); @@ -497,7 +497,7 @@ Value *FAddCombine::performFactorization(Instruction *I) { if (ConstantFP *CFP = dyn_cast<ConstantFP>(NewAddSub)) { const APFloat &F = CFP->getValueAPF(); if (!F.isNormal()) - return 0; + return nullptr; } else if (Instruction *II = dyn_cast<Instruction>(NewAddSub)) II->setFastMathFlags(Flags); @@ -519,7 +519,7 @@ Value *FAddCombine::simplify(Instruction *I) { // Currently we are not able to handle vector type. if (I->getType()->isVectorTy()) - return 0; + return nullptr; assert((I->getOpcode() == Instruction::FAdd || I->getOpcode() == Instruction::FSub) && "Expect add/sub"); @@ -570,7 +570,7 @@ Value *FAddCombine::simplify(Instruction *I) { // been optimized into "I = Y - X" in the previous steps. // const FAddendCoef &CE = Opnd0.getCoef(); - return CE.isOne() ? Opnd0.getSymVal() : 0; + return CE.isOne() ? Opnd0.getSymVal() : nullptr; } // step 4: Try to optimize Opnd0 + Opnd1_0 [+ Opnd1_1] @@ -616,7 +616,7 @@ Value *FAddCombine::simplifyFAdd(AddendVect& Addends, unsigned InstrQuota) { // constant close to supper-expr(s) will potentially reveal some optimization // opportunities in super-expr(s). // - const FAddend *ConstAdd = 0; + const FAddend *ConstAdd = nullptr; // Simplified addends are placed <SimpVect>. AddendVect SimpVect; @@ -649,7 +649,7 @@ Value *FAddCombine::simplifyFAdd(AddendVect& Addends, unsigned InstrQuota) { if (T && T->getSymVal() == Val) { // Set null such that next iteration of the outer loop will not process // this addend again. - Addends[SameSymIdx] = 0; + Addends[SameSymIdx] = nullptr; SimpVect.push_back(T); } } @@ -663,7 +663,7 @@ Value *FAddCombine::simplifyFAdd(AddendVect& Addends, unsigned InstrQuota) { // Pop all addends being folded and push the resulting folded addend. SimpVect.resize(StartIdx); - if (Val != 0) { + if (Val) { if (!R.isZero()) { SimpVect.push_back(&R); } @@ -700,7 +700,7 @@ Value *FAddCombine::createNaryFAdd // unsigned InstrNeeded = calcInstrNumber(Opnds); if (InstrNeeded > InstrQuota) - return 0; + return nullptr; initCreateInstNum(); @@ -712,7 +712,7 @@ Value *FAddCombine::createNaryFAdd // N-ary addition has at most two instructions, and we don't need to worry // about tree-height when constructing the N-ary addition. - Value *LastVal = 0; + Value *LastVal = nullptr; bool LastValNeedNeg = false; // Iterate the addends, creating fadd/fsub using adjacent two addends. @@ -872,10 +872,10 @@ Value *FAddCombine::createAddendVal // static inline Value *dyn_castFoldableMul(Value *V, Constant *&CST) { if (!V->hasOneUse() || !V->getType()->isIntOrIntVectorTy()) - return 0; + return nullptr; Instruction *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(V); - if (I == 0) return 0; + if (!I) return nullptr; if (I->getOpcode() == Instruction::Mul) if ((CST = dyn_cast<Constant>(I->getOperand(1)))) @@ -886,7 +886,7 @@ static inline Value *dyn_castFoldableMul(Value *V, Constant *&CST) { CST = ConstantExpr::getShl(ConstantInt::get(V->getType(), 1), CST); return I->getOperand(0); } - return 0; + return nullptr; } @@ -944,7 +944,7 @@ Instruction *InstCombiner::visitAdd(BinaryOperator &I) { if (ZI->getSrcTy()->isIntegerTy(1)) return SelectInst::Create(ZI->getOperand(0), AddOne(CI), CI); - Value *XorLHS = 0; ConstantInt *XorRHS = 0; + Value *XorLHS = nullptr; ConstantInt *XorRHS = nullptr; if (match(LHS, m_Xor(m_Value(XorLHS), m_ConstantInt(XorRHS)))) { uint32_t TySizeBits = I.getType()->getScalarSizeInBits(); const APInt &RHSVal = CI->getValue(); @@ -1176,7 +1176,7 @@ Instruction *InstCombiner::visitAdd(BinaryOperator &I) { // Check for (x & y) + (x ^ y) { - Value *A = 0, *B = 0; + Value *A = nullptr, *B = nullptr; if (match(RHS, m_Xor(m_Value(A), m_Value(B))) && (match(LHS, m_And(m_Specific(A), m_Specific(B))) || match(LHS, m_And(m_Specific(B), m_Specific(A))))) @@ -1188,7 +1188,7 @@ Instruction *InstCombiner::visitAdd(BinaryOperator &I) { return BinaryOperator::CreateOr(A, B); } - return Changed ? &I : 0; + return Changed ? &I : nullptr; } Instruction *InstCombiner::visitFAdd(BinaryOperator &I) { @@ -1268,7 +1268,7 @@ Instruction *InstCombiner::visitFAdd(BinaryOperator &I) { if (match(LHS, m_Select(m_Value(C1), m_Value(A1), m_Value(B1))) && match(RHS, m_Select(m_Value(C2), m_Value(A2), m_Value(B2)))) { if (C1 == C2) { - Constant *Z1=0, *Z2=0; + Constant *Z1=nullptr, *Z2=nullptr; Value *A, *B, *C=C1; if (match(A1, m_AnyZero()) && match(B2, m_AnyZero())) { Z1 = dyn_cast<Constant>(A1); A = A2; @@ -1292,7 +1292,7 @@ Instruction *InstCombiner::visitFAdd(BinaryOperator &I) { return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, V); } - return Changed ? &I : 0; + return Changed ? &I : nullptr; } @@ -1307,7 +1307,7 @@ Value *InstCombiner::OptimizePointerDifference(Value *LHS, Value *RHS, // If LHS is a gep based on RHS or RHS is a gep based on LHS, we can optimize // this. bool Swapped = false; - GEPOperator *GEP1 = 0, *GEP2 = 0; + GEPOperator *GEP1 = nullptr, *GEP2 = nullptr; // For now we require one side to be the base pointer "A" or a constant // GEP derived from it. @@ -1345,9 +1345,9 @@ Value *InstCombiner::OptimizePointerDifference(Value *LHS, Value *RHS, // Avoid duplicating the arithmetic if GEP2 has non-constant indices and // multiple users. - if (GEP1 == 0 || - (GEP2 != 0 && !GEP2->hasAllConstantIndices() && !GEP2->hasOneUse())) - return 0; + if (!GEP1 || + (GEP2 && !GEP2->hasAllConstantIndices() && !GEP2->hasOneUse())) + return nullptr; // Emit the offset of the GEP and an intptr_t. Value *Result = EmitGEPOffset(GEP1); @@ -1395,7 +1395,7 @@ Instruction *InstCombiner::visitSub(BinaryOperator &I) { if (Constant *C = dyn_cast<Constant>(Op0)) { // C - ~X == X + (1+C) - Value *X = 0; + Value *X = nullptr; if (match(Op1, m_Not(m_Value(X)))) return BinaryOperator::CreateAdd(X, AddOne(C)); @@ -1453,9 +1453,9 @@ Instruction *InstCombiner::visitSub(BinaryOperator &I) { } if (Op1->hasOneUse()) { - Value *X = 0, *Y = 0, *Z = 0; - Constant *C = 0; - Constant *CI = 0; + Value *X = nullptr, *Y = nullptr, *Z = nullptr; + Constant *C = nullptr; + Constant *CI = nullptr; // (X - (Y - Z)) --> (X + (Z - Y)). if (match(Op1, m_Sub(m_Value(Y), m_Value(Z)))) @@ -1534,7 +1534,7 @@ Instruction *InstCombiner::visitSub(BinaryOperator &I) { return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Res); } - return 0; + return nullptr; } Instruction *InstCombiner::visitFSub(BinaryOperator &I) { @@ -1576,5 +1576,5 @@ Instruction *InstCombiner::visitFSub(BinaryOperator &I) { return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, V); } - return 0; + return nullptr; } diff --git a/lib/Transforms/InstCombine/InstCombineAndOrXor.cpp b/lib/Transforms/InstCombine/InstCombineAndOrXor.cpp index a8e2aaaa81..8c5da90ffe 100644 --- a/lib/Transforms/InstCombine/InstCombineAndOrXor.cpp +++ b/lib/Transforms/InstCombine/InstCombineAndOrXor.cpp @@ -52,7 +52,7 @@ static inline Value *dyn_castNotVal(Value *V) { // Constants can be considered to be not'ed values... if (ConstantInt *C = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(V)) return ConstantInt::get(C->getType(), ~C->getValue()); - return 0; + return nullptr; } /// getFCmpCode - Similar to getICmpCode but for FCmpInst. This encodes a fcmp @@ -125,7 +125,7 @@ Instruction *InstCombiner::OptAndOp(Instruction *Op, ConstantInt *AndRHS, BinaryOperator &TheAnd) { Value *X = Op->getOperand(0); - Constant *Together = 0; + Constant *Together = nullptr; if (!Op->isShift()) Together = ConstantExpr::getAnd(AndRHS, OpRHS); @@ -252,7 +252,7 @@ Instruction *InstCombiner::OptAndOp(Instruction *Op, } break; } - return 0; + return nullptr; } /// Emit a computation of: (V >= Lo && V < Hi) if Inside is true, otherwise @@ -334,12 +334,12 @@ Value *InstCombiner::FoldLogicalPlusAnd(Value *LHS, Value *RHS, Instruction &I) { Instruction *LHSI = dyn_cast<Instruction>(LHS); if (!LHSI || LHSI->getNumOperands() != 2 || - !isa<ConstantInt>(LHSI->getOperand(1))) return 0; + !isa<ConstantInt>(LHSI->getOperand(1))) return nullptr; ConstantInt *N = cast<ConstantInt>(LHSI->getOperand(1)); switch (LHSI->getOpcode()) { - default: return 0; + default: return nullptr; case Instruction::And: if (ConstantExpr::getAnd(N, Mask) == Mask) { // If the AndRHS is a power of two minus one (0+1+), this is simple. @@ -359,7 +359,7 @@ Value *InstCombiner::FoldLogicalPlusAnd(Value *LHS, Value *RHS, break; } } - return 0; + return nullptr; case Instruction::Or: case Instruction::Xor: // If the AndRHS is a power of two minus one (0+1+), and N&Mask == 0 @@ -367,7 +367,7 @@ Value *InstCombiner::FoldLogicalPlusAnd(Value *LHS, Value *RHS, Mask->getValue().countPopulation()) == Mask->getValue().getBitWidth() && ConstantExpr::getAnd(N, Mask)->isNullValue()) break; - return 0; + return nullptr; } if (isSub) @@ -420,12 +420,12 @@ static unsigned getTypeOfMaskedICmp(Value* A, Value* B, Value* C, ConstantInt *BCst = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(B); ConstantInt *CCst = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(C); bool icmp_eq = (SCC == ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ); - bool icmp_abit = (ACst != 0 && !ACst->isZero() && + bool icmp_abit = (ACst && !ACst->isZero() && ACst->getValue().isPowerOf2()); - bool icmp_bbit = (BCst != 0 && !BCst->isZero() && + bool icmp_bbit = (BCst && !BCst->isZero() && BCst->getValue().isPowerOf2()); unsigned result = 0; - if (CCst != 0 && CCst->isZero()) { + if (CCst && CCst->isZero()) { // if C is zero, then both A and B qualify as mask result |= (icmp_eq ? (FoldMskICmp_Mask_AllZeroes | FoldMskICmp_Mask_AllZeroes | @@ -457,7 +457,7 @@ static unsigned getTypeOfMaskedICmp(Value* A, Value* B, Value* C, FoldMskICmp_AMask_NotMixed) : (FoldMskICmp_Mask_AllZeroes | FoldMskICmp_AMask_Mixed)); - } else if (ACst != 0 && CCst != 0 && + } else if (ACst && CCst && ConstantExpr::getAnd(ACst, CCst) == CCst) { result |= (icmp_eq ? FoldMskICmp_AMask_Mixed : FoldMskICmp_AMask_NotMixed); @@ -472,7 +472,7 @@ static unsigned getTypeOfMaskedICmp(Value* A, Value* B, Value* C, FoldMskICmp_BMask_NotMixed) : (FoldMskICmp_Mask_AllZeroes | FoldMskICmp_BMask_Mixed)); - } else if (BCst != 0 && CCst != 0 && + } else if (BCst && CCst && ConstantExpr::getAnd(BCst, CCst) == CCst) { result |= (icmp_eq ? FoldMskICmp_BMask_Mixed : FoldMskICmp_BMask_NotMixed); @@ -572,12 +572,12 @@ static unsigned foldLogOpOfMaskedICmpsHelper(Value*& A, Value *L11,*L12,*L21,*L22; // Check whether the icmp can be decomposed into a bit test. if (decomposeBitTestICmp(LHS, LHSCC, L11, L12, L2)) { - L21 = L22 = L1 = 0; + L21 = L22 = L1 = nullptr; } else { // Look for ANDs in the LHS icmp. if (!L1->getType()->isIntegerTy()) { // You can icmp pointers, for example. They really aren't masks. - L11 = L12 = 0; + L11 = L12 = nullptr; } else if (!match(L1, m_And(m_Value(L11), m_Value(L12)))) { // Any icmp can be viewed as being trivially masked; if it allows us to // remove one, it's worth it. @@ -587,7 +587,7 @@ static unsigned foldLogOpOfMaskedICmpsHelper(Value*& A, if (!L2->getType()->isIntegerTy()) { // You can icmp pointers, for example. They really aren't masks. - L21 = L22 = 0; + L21 = L22 = nullptr; } else if (!match(L2, m_And(m_Value(L21), m_Value(L22)))) { L21 = L2; L22 = Constant::getAllOnesValue(L2->getType()); @@ -610,7 +610,7 @@ static unsigned foldLogOpOfMaskedICmpsHelper(Value*& A, } else { return 0; } - E = R2; R1 = 0; ok = true; + E = R2; R1 = nullptr; ok = true; } else if (R1->getType()->isIntegerTy()) { if (!match(R1, m_And(m_Value(R11), m_Value(R12)))) { // As before, model no mask as a trivial mask if it'll let us do an @@ -667,11 +667,11 @@ static unsigned foldLogOpOfMaskedICmpsHelper(Value*& A, /// into a single (icmp(A & X) ==/!= Y) static Value* foldLogOpOfMaskedICmps(ICmpInst *LHS, ICmpInst *RHS, bool IsAnd, llvm::InstCombiner::BuilderTy* Builder) { - Value *A = 0, *B = 0, *C = 0, *D = 0, *E = 0; + Value *A = nullptr, *B = nullptr, *C = nullptr, *D = nullptr, *E = nullptr; ICmpInst::Predicate LHSCC = LHS->getPredicate(), RHSCC = RHS->getPredicate(); unsigned mask = foldLogOpOfMaskedICmpsHelper(A, B, C, D, E, LHS, RHS, LHSCC, RHSCC); - if (mask == 0) return 0; + if (mask == 0) return nullptr; assert(ICmpInst::isEquality(LHSCC) && ICmpInst::isEquality(RHSCC) && "foldLogOpOfMaskedICmpsHelper must return an equality predicate."); @@ -724,9 +724,9 @@ static Value* foldLogOpOfMaskedICmps(ICmpInst *LHS, ICmpInst *RHS, bool IsAnd, // their actual values. This isn't strictly, necessary, just a "handle the // easy cases for now" decision. ConstantInt *BCst = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(B); - if (BCst == 0) return 0; + if (!BCst) return nullptr; ConstantInt *DCst = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(D); - if (DCst == 0) return 0; + if (!DCst) return nullptr; if (mask & (FoldMskICmp_Mask_NotAllZeroes | FoldMskICmp_BMask_NotAllOnes)) { // (icmp ne (A & B), 0) & (icmp ne (A & D), 0) and @@ -765,11 +765,11 @@ static Value* foldLogOpOfMaskedICmps(ICmpInst *LHS, ICmpInst *RHS, bool IsAnd, // (icmp ne (A & B), B) & (icmp eq (A & D), D) // with B and D, having a single bit set ConstantInt *CCst = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(C); - if (CCst == 0) return 0; + if (!CCst) return nullptr; if (LHSCC != NEWCC) CCst = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>( ConstantExpr::getXor(BCst, CCst) ); ConstantInt *ECst = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(E); - if (ECst == 0) return 0; + if (!ECst) return nullptr; if (RHSCC != NEWCC) ECst = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>( ConstantExpr::getXor(DCst, ECst) ); ConstantInt* MCst = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>( @@ -778,13 +778,13 @@ static Value* foldLogOpOfMaskedICmps(ICmpInst *LHS, ICmpInst *RHS, bool IsAnd, // if there is a conflict we should actually return a false for the // whole construct if (!MCst->isZero()) - return 0; + return nullptr; Value *newOr1 = Builder->CreateOr(B, D); Value *newOr2 = ConstantExpr::getOr(CCst, ECst); Value *newAnd = Builder->CreateAnd(A, newOr1); return Builder->CreateICmp(NEWCC, newAnd, newOr2); } - return 0; + return nullptr; } /// FoldAndOfICmps - Fold (icmp)&(icmp) if possible. @@ -813,7 +813,7 @@ Value *InstCombiner::FoldAndOfICmps(ICmpInst *LHS, ICmpInst *RHS) { Value *Val = LHS->getOperand(0), *Val2 = RHS->getOperand(0); ConstantInt *LHSCst = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(LHS->getOperand(1)); ConstantInt *RHSCst = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(RHS->getOperand(1)); - if (LHSCst == 0 || RHSCst == 0) return 0; + if (!LHSCst || !RHSCst) return nullptr; if (LHSCst == RHSCst && LHSCC == RHSCC) { // (icmp ult A, C) & (icmp ult B, C) --> (icmp ult (A|B), C) @@ -837,7 +837,7 @@ Value *InstCombiner::FoldAndOfICmps(ICmpInst *LHS, ICmpInst *RHS) { if (LHSCC == ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ && LHSCC == RHSCC && LHS->hasOneUse() && RHS->hasOneUse()) { Value *V; - ConstantInt *AndCst, *SmallCst = 0, *BigCst = 0; + ConstantInt *AndCst, *SmallCst = nullptr, *BigCst = nullptr; // (trunc x) == C1 & (and x, CA) == C2 // (and x, CA) == C2 & (trunc x) == C1 @@ -868,14 +868,14 @@ Value *InstCombiner::FoldAndOfICmps(ICmpInst *LHS, ICmpInst *RHS) { // From here on, we only handle: // (icmp1 A, C1) & (icmp2 A, C2) --> something simpler. - if (Val != Val2) return 0; + if (Val != Val2) return nullptr; // ICMP_[US][GL]E X, CST is folded to ICMP_[US][GL]T elsewhere. if (LHSCC == ICmpInst::ICMP_UGE || LHSCC == ICmpInst::ICMP_ULE || RHSCC == ICmpInst::ICMP_UGE || RHSCC == ICmpInst::ICMP_ULE || LHSCC == ICmpInst::ICMP_SGE || LHSCC == ICmpInst::ICMP_SLE || RHSCC == ICmpInst::ICMP_SGE || RHSCC == ICmpInst::ICMP_SLE) - return 0; + return nullptr; // Make a constant range that's the intersection of the two icmp ranges. // If the intersection is empty, we know that the result is false. @@ -889,7 +889,7 @@ Value *InstCombiner::FoldAndOfICmps(ICmpInst *LHS, ICmpInst *RHS) { // We can't fold (ugt x, C) & (sgt x, C2). if (!PredicatesFoldable(LHSCC, RHSCC)) - return 0; + return nullptr; // Ensure that the larger constant is on the RHS. bool ShouldSwap; @@ -1018,7 +1018,7 @@ Value *InstCombiner::FoldAndOfICmps(ICmpInst *LHS, ICmpInst *RHS) { break; } - return 0; + return nullptr; } /// FoldAndOfFCmps - Optimize (fcmp)&(fcmp). NOTE: Unlike the rest of @@ -1028,7 +1028,7 @@ Value *InstCombiner::FoldAndOfFCmps(FCmpInst *LHS, FCmpInst *RHS) { if (LHS->getPredicate() == FCmpInst::FCMP_ORD && RHS->getPredicate() == FCmpInst::FCMP_ORD) { if (LHS->getOperand(0)->getType() != RHS->getOperand(0)->getType()) - return 0; + return nullptr; // (fcmp ord x, c) & (fcmp ord y, c) -> (fcmp ord x, y) if (ConstantFP *LHSC = dyn_cast<ConstantFP>(LHS->getOperand(1))) @@ -1045,7 +1045,7 @@ Value *InstCombiner::FoldAndOfFCmps(FCmpInst *LHS, FCmpInst *RHS) { if (isa<ConstantAggregateZero>(LHS->getOperand(1)) && isa<ConstantAggregateZero>(RHS->getOperand(1))) return Builder->CreateFCmpORD(LHS->getOperand(0), RHS->getOperand(0)); - return 0; + return nullptr; } Value *Op0LHS = LHS->getOperand(0), *Op0RHS = LHS->getOperand(1); @@ -1098,7 +1098,7 @@ Value *InstCombiner::FoldAndOfFCmps(FCmpInst *LHS, FCmpInst *RHS) { } } - return 0; + return nullptr; } @@ -1200,7 +1200,7 @@ Instruction *InstCombiner::visitAnd(BinaryOperator &I) { // If this is an integer truncation, and if the source is an 'and' with // immediate, transform it. This frequently occurs for bitfield accesses. { - Value *X = 0; ConstantInt *YC = 0; + Value *X = nullptr; ConstantInt *YC = nullptr; if (match(Op0, m_Trunc(m_And(m_Value(X), m_ConstantInt(YC))))) { // Change: and (trunc (and X, YC) to T), C2 // into : and (trunc X to T), trunc(YC) & C2 @@ -1233,7 +1233,7 @@ Instruction *InstCombiner::visitAnd(BinaryOperator &I) { } { - Value *A = 0, *B = 0, *C = 0, *D = 0; + Value *A = nullptr, *B = nullptr, *C = nullptr, *D = nullptr; // (A|B) & ~(A&B) -> A^B if (match(Op0, m_Or(m_Value(A), m_Value(B))) && match(Op1, m_Not(m_And(m_Value(C), m_Value(D)))) && @@ -1341,7 +1341,7 @@ Instruction *InstCombiner::visitAnd(BinaryOperator &I) { } { - Value *X = 0; + Value *X = nullptr; bool OpsSwapped = false; // Canonicalize SExt or Not to the LHS if (match(Op1, m_SExt(m_Value())) || @@ -1368,7 +1368,7 @@ Instruction *InstCombiner::visitAnd(BinaryOperator &I) { std::swap(Op0, Op1); } - return Changed ? &I : 0; + return Changed ? &I : nullptr; } /// CollectBSwapParts - Analyze the specified subexpression and see if it is @@ -1500,7 +1500,7 @@ Instruction *InstCombiner::MatchBSwap(BinaryOperator &I) { if (!ITy || ITy->getBitWidth() % 16 || // ByteMask only allows up to 32-byte values. ITy->getBitWidth() > 32*8) - return 0; // Can only bswap pairs of bytes. Can't do vectors. + return nullptr; // Can only bswap pairs of bytes. Can't do vectors. /// ByteValues - For each byte of the result, we keep track of which value /// defines each byte. @@ -1510,16 +1510,16 @@ Instruction *InstCombiner::MatchBSwap(BinaryOperator &I) { // Try to find all the pieces corresponding to the bswap. uint32_t ByteMask = ~0U >> (32-ByteValues.size()); if (CollectBSwapParts(&I, 0, ByteMask, ByteValues)) - return 0; + return nullptr; // Check to see if all of the bytes come from the same value. Value *V = ByteValues[0]; - if (V == 0) return 0; // Didn't find a byte? Must be zero. + if (!V) return nullptr; // Didn't find a byte? Must be zero. // Check to make sure that all of the bytes come from the same value. for (unsigned i = 1, e = ByteValues.size(); i != e; ++i) if (ByteValues[i] != V) - return 0; + return nullptr; Module *M = I.getParent()->getParent()->getParent(); Function *F = Intrinsic::getDeclaration(M, Intrinsic::bswap, ITy); return CallInst::Create(F, V); @@ -1531,10 +1531,10 @@ Instruction *InstCombiner::MatchBSwap(BinaryOperator &I) { static Instruction *MatchSelectFromAndOr(Value *A, Value *B, Value *C, Value *D) { // If A is not a select of -1/0, this cannot match. - Value *Cond = 0; + Value *Cond = nullptr; if (!match(A, m_SExt(m_Value(Cond))) || !Cond->getType()->isIntegerTy(1)) - return 0; + return nullptr; // ((cond?-1:0)&C) | (B&(cond?0:-1)) -> cond ? C : B. if (match(D, m_Not(m_SExt(m_Specific(Cond))))) @@ -1547,7 +1547,7 @@ static Instruction *MatchSelectFromAndOr(Value *A, Value *B, return SelectInst::Create(Cond, C, D); if (match(B, m_SExt(m_Not(m_Specific(Cond))))) return SelectInst::Create(Cond, C, D); - return 0; + return nullptr; } /// FoldOrOfICmps - Fold (icmp)|(icmp) if possible. @@ -1568,8 +1568,8 @@ Value *InstCombiner::FoldOrOfICmps(ICmpInst *LHS, ICmpInst *RHS) { LAnd->getOpcode() == Instruction::And && RAnd->getOpcode() == Instruction::And) { - Value *Mask = 0; - Value *Masked = 0; + Value *Mask = nullptr; + Value *Masked = nullptr; if (LAnd->getOperand(0) == RAnd->getOperand(0) && isKnownToBeAPowerOfTwo(LAnd->getOperand(1)) && isKnownToBeAPowerOfTwo(RAnd->getOperand(1))) { @@ -1610,7 +1610,7 @@ Value *InstCombiner::FoldOrOfICmps(ICmpInst *LHS, ICmpInst *RHS) { if (LHS->hasOneUse() || RHS->hasOneUse()) { // (icmp eq B, 0) | (icmp ult A, B) -> (icmp ule A, B-1) // (icmp eq B, 0) | (icmp ugt B, A) -> (icmp ule A, B-1) - Value *A = 0, *B = 0; + Value *A = nullptr, *B = nullptr; if (LHSCC == ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ && LHSCst && LHSCst->isZero()) { B = Val; if (RHSCC == ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT && Val == RHS->getOperand(1)) @@ -1634,7 +1634,7 @@ Value *InstCombiner::FoldOrOfICmps(ICmpInst *LHS, ICmpInst *RHS) { } // This only handles icmp of constants: (icmp1 A, C1) | (icmp2 B, C2). - if (LHSCst == 0 || RHSCst == 0) return 0; + if (!LHSCst || !RHSCst) return nullptr; if (LHSCst == RHSCst && LHSCC == RHSCC) { // (icmp ne A, 0) | (icmp ne B, 0) --> (icmp ne (A|B), 0) @@ -1655,18 +1655,18 @@ Value *InstCombiner::FoldOrOfICmps(ICmpInst *LHS, ICmpInst *RHS) { // From here on, we only handle: // (icmp1 A, C1) | (icmp2 A, C2) --> something simpler. - if (Val != Val2) return 0; + if (Val != Val2) return nullptr; // ICMP_[US][GL]E X, CST is folded to ICMP_[US][GL]T elsewhere. if (LHSCC == ICmpInst::ICMP_UGE || LHSCC == ICmpInst::ICMP_ULE || RHSCC == ICmpInst::ICMP_UGE || RHSCC == ICmpInst::ICMP_ULE || LHSCC == ICmpInst::ICMP_SGE || LHSCC == ICmpInst::ICMP_SLE || RHSCC == ICmpInst::ICMP_SGE || RHSCC == ICmpInst::ICMP_SLE) - return 0; + return nullptr; // We can't fold (ugt x, C) | (sgt x, C2). if (!PredicatesFoldable(LHSCC, RHSCC)) - return 0; + return nullptr; // Ensure that the larger constant is on the RHS. bool ShouldSwap; @@ -1811,7 +1811,7 @@ Value *InstCombiner::FoldOrOfICmps(ICmpInst *LHS, ICmpInst *RHS) { } break; } - return 0; + return nullptr; } /// FoldOrOfFCmps - Optimize (fcmp)|(fcmp). NOTE: Unlike the rest of @@ -1839,7 +1839,7 @@ Value *InstCombiner::FoldOrOfFCmps(FCmpInst *LHS, FCmpInst *RHS) { isa<ConstantAggregateZero>(RHS->getOperand(1))) return Builder->CreateFCmpUNO(LHS->getOperand(0), RHS->getOperand(0)); - return 0; + return nullptr; } Value *Op0LHS = LHS->getOperand(0), *Op0RHS = LHS->getOperand(1); @@ -1871,7 +1871,7 @@ Value *InstCombiner::FoldOrOfFCmps(FCmpInst *LHS, FCmpInst *RHS) { return getFCmpValue(Op0Ordered, Op0Pred|Op1Pred, Op0LHS, Op0RHS, Builder); } } - return 0; + return nullptr; } /// FoldOrWithConstants - This helper function folds: @@ -1886,21 +1886,21 @@ Value *InstCombiner::FoldOrOfFCmps(FCmpInst *LHS, FCmpInst *RHS) { Instruction *InstCombiner::FoldOrWithConstants(BinaryOperator &I, Value *Op, Value *A, Value *B, Value *C) { ConstantInt *CI1 = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(C); - if (!CI1) return 0; + if (!CI1) return nullptr; - Value *V1 = 0; - ConstantInt *CI2 = 0; - if (!match(Op, m_And(m_Value(V1), m_ConstantInt(CI2)))) return 0; + Value *V1 = nullptr; + ConstantInt *CI2 = nullptr; + if (!match(Op, m_And(m_Value(V1), m_ConstantInt(CI2)))) return nullptr; APInt Xor = CI1->getValue() ^ CI2->getValue(); - if (!Xor.isAllOnesValue()) return 0; + if (!Xor.isAllOnesValue()) return nullptr; if (V1 == A || V1 == B) { Value *NewOp = Builder->CreateAnd((V1 == A) ? B : A, CI1); return BinaryOperator::CreateOr(NewOp, V1); } - return 0; + return nullptr; } Instruction *InstCombiner::visitOr(BinaryOperator &I) { @@ -1920,7 +1920,7 @@ Instruction *InstCombiner::visitOr(BinaryOperator &I) { return &I; if (ConstantInt *RHS = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(Op1)) { - ConstantInt *C1 = 0; Value *X = 0; + ConstantInt *C1 = nullptr; Value *X = nullptr; // (X & C1) | C2 --> (X | C2) & (C1|C2) // iff (C1 & C2) == 0. if (match(Op0, m_And(m_Value(X), m_ConstantInt(C1))) && @@ -1951,8 +1951,8 @@ Instruction *InstCombiner::visitOr(BinaryOperator &I) { return NV; } - Value *A = 0, *B = 0; - ConstantInt *C1 = 0, *C2 = 0; + Value *A = nullptr, *B = nullptr; + ConstantInt *C1 = nullptr, *C2 = nullptr; // (A | B) | C and A | (B | C) -> bswap if possible. // (A >> B) | (C << D) and (A << B) | (B >> C) -> bswap if possible. @@ -1983,10 +1983,10 @@ Instruction *InstCombiner::visitOr(BinaryOperator &I) { } // (A & C)|(B & D) - Value *C = 0, *D = 0; + Value *C = nullptr, *D = nullptr; if (match(Op0, m_And(m_Value(A), m_Value(C))) && match(Op1, m_And(m_Value(B), m_Value(D)))) { - Value *V1 = 0, *V2 = 0; + Value *V1 = nullptr, *V2 = nullptr; C1 = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(C); C2 = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(D); if (C1 && C2) { // (A & C1)|(B & C2) @@ -2030,7 +2030,7 @@ Instruction *InstCombiner::visitOr(BinaryOperator &I) { // ((V|C3)&C1) | ((V|C4)&C2) --> (V|C3|C4)&(C1|C2) // iff (C1&C2) == 0 and (C3&~C1) == 0 and (C4&~C2) == 0. - ConstantInt *C3 = 0, *C4 = 0; + ConstantInt *C3 = nullptr, *C4 = nullptr; if (match(A, m_Or(m_Value(V1), m_ConstantInt(C3))) && (C3->getValue() & ~C1->getValue()) == 0 && match(B, m_Or(m_Specific(V1), m_ConstantInt(C4))) && @@ -2222,7 +2222,7 @@ Instruction *InstCombiner::visitOr(BinaryOperator &I) { // Since this OR statement hasn't been optimized further yet, we hope // that this transformation will allow the new ORs to be optimized. { - Value *X = 0, *Y = 0; + Value *X = nullptr, *Y = nullptr; if (Op0->hasOneUse() && Op1->hasOneUse() && match(Op0, m_Select(m_Value(X), m_Value(A), m_Value(B))) && match(Op1, m_Select(m_Value(Y), m_Value(C), m_Value(D))) && X == Y) { @@ -2232,7 +2232,7 @@ Instruction *InstCombiner::visitOr(BinaryOperator &I) { } } - return Changed ? &I : 0; + return Changed ? &I : nullptr; } Instruction *InstCombiner::visitXor(BinaryOperator &I) { @@ -2496,5 +2496,5 @@ Instruction *InstCombiner::visitXor(BinaryOperator &I) { } } - return Changed ? &I : 0; + return Changed ? &I : nullptr; } diff --git a/lib/Transforms/InstCombine/InstCombineCalls.cpp b/lib/Transforms/InstCombine/InstCombineCalls.cpp index 40732d2f0b..17ada47d2b 100644 --- a/lib/Transforms/InstCombine/InstCombineCalls.cpp +++ b/lib/Transforms/InstCombine/InstCombineCalls.cpp @@ -72,7 +72,7 @@ Instruction *InstCombiner::SimplifyMemTransfer(MemIntrinsic *MI) { // If MemCpyInst length is 1/2/4/8 bytes then replace memcpy with // load/store. ConstantInt *MemOpLength = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(MI->getArgOperand(2)); - if (MemOpLength == 0) return 0; + if (!MemOpLength) return nullptr; // Source and destination pointer types are always "i8*" for intrinsic. See // if the size is something we can handle with a single primitive load/store. @@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ Instruction *InstCombiner::SimplifyMemTransfer(MemIntrinsic *MI) { assert(Size && "0-sized memory transferring should be removed already."); if (Size > 8 || (Size&(Size-1))) - return 0; // If not 1/2/4/8 bytes, exit. + return nullptr; // If not 1/2/4/8 bytes, exit. // Use an integer load+store unless we can find something better. unsigned SrcAddrSp = @@ -101,7 +101,7 @@ Instruction *InstCombiner::SimplifyMemTransfer(MemIntrinsic *MI) { // dest address will be promotable. See if we can find a better type than the // integer datatype. Value *StrippedDest = MI->getArgOperand(0)->stripPointerCasts(); - MDNode *CopyMD = 0; + MDNode *CopyMD = nullptr; if (StrippedDest != MI->getArgOperand(0)) { Type *SrcETy = cast<PointerType>(StrippedDest->getType()) ->getElementType(); @@ -165,7 +165,7 @@ Instruction *InstCombiner::SimplifyMemSet(MemSetInst *MI) { ConstantInt *LenC = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(MI->getLength()); ConstantInt *FillC = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(MI->getValue()); if (!LenC || !FillC || !FillC->getType()->isIntegerTy(8)) - return 0; + return nullptr; uint64_t Len = LenC->getLimitedValue(); Alignment = MI->getAlignment(); assert(Len && "0-sized memory setting should be removed already."); @@ -193,7 +193,7 @@ Instruction *InstCombiner::SimplifyMemSet(MemSetInst *MI) { return MI; } - return 0; + return nullptr; } /// visitCallInst - CallInst simplification. This mostly only handles folding @@ -235,7 +235,7 @@ Instruction *InstCombiner::visitCallInst(CallInst &CI) { // No other transformations apply to volatile transfers. if (MI->isVolatile()) - return 0; + return nullptr; // If we have a memmove and the source operation is a constant global, // then the source and dest pointers can't alias, so we can change this @@ -278,11 +278,11 @@ Instruction *InstCombiner::visitCallInst(CallInst &CI) { uint64_t Size; if (getObjectSize(II->getArgOperand(0), Size, DL, TLI)) return ReplaceInstUsesWith(CI, ConstantInt::get(CI.getType(), Size)); - return 0; + return nullptr; } case Intrinsic::bswap: { Value *IIOperand = II->getArgOperand(0); - Value *X = 0; + Value *X = nullptr; // bswap(bswap(x)) -> x if (match(IIOperand, m_BSwap(m_Value(X)))) @@ -711,8 +711,7 @@ Instruction *InstCombiner::visitCallInst(CallInst &CI) { bool AllEltsOk = true; for (unsigned i = 0; i != 16; ++i) { Constant *Elt = Mask->getAggregateElement(i); - if (Elt == 0 || - !(isa<ConstantInt>(Elt) || isa<UndefValue>(Elt))) { + if (!Elt || !(isa<ConstantInt>(Elt) || isa<UndefValue>(Elt))) { AllEltsOk = false; break; } @@ -737,7 +736,7 @@ Instruction *InstCombiner::visitCallInst(CallInst &CI) { cast<ConstantInt>(Mask->getAggregateElement(i))->getZExtValue(); Idx &= 31; // Match the hardware behavior. - if (ExtractedElts[Idx] == 0) { + if (!ExtractedElts[Idx]) { ExtractedElts[Idx] = Builder->CreateExtractElement(Idx < 16 ? Op0 : Op1, Builder->getInt32(Idx&15)); @@ -901,14 +900,14 @@ static bool isSafeToEliminateVarargsCast(const CallSite CS, // mempcpy_chk, memmove_chk, memset_chk, strcpy_chk, stpcpy_chk, strncpy_chk, // strcat_chk and strncat_chk. Instruction *InstCombiner::tryOptimizeCall(CallInst *CI, const DataLayout *DL) { - if (CI->getCalledFunction() == 0) return 0; + if (!CI->getCalledFunction()) return nullptr; if (Value *With = Simplifier->optimizeCall(CI)) { ++NumSimplified; return CI->use_empty() ? CI : ReplaceInstUsesWith(*CI, With); } - return 0; + return nullptr; } static IntrinsicInst *FindInitTrampolineFromAlloca(Value *TrampMem) { @@ -917,35 +916,35 @@ static IntrinsicInst *FindInitTrampolineFromAlloca(Value *TrampMem) { Value *Underlying = TrampMem->stripPointerCasts(); if (Underlying != TrampMem && (!Underlying->hasOneUse() || Underlying->user_back() != TrampMem)) - return 0; + return nullptr; if (!isa<AllocaInst>(Underlying)) - return 0; + return nullptr; - IntrinsicInst *InitTrampoline = 0; + IntrinsicInst *InitTrampoline = nullptr; for (User *U : TrampMem->users()) { IntrinsicInst *II = dyn_cast<IntrinsicInst>(U); if (!II) - return 0; + return nullptr; if (II->getIntrinsicID() == Intrinsic::init_trampoline) { if (InitTrampoline) // More than one init_trampoline writes to this value. Give up. - return 0; + return nullptr; InitTrampoline = II; continue; } if (II->getIntrinsicID() == Intrinsic::adjust_trampoline) // Allow any number of calls to adjust.trampoline. continue; - return 0; + return nullptr; } // No call to init.trampoline found. if (!InitTrampoline) - return 0; + return nullptr; // Check that the alloca is being used in the expected way. if (InitTrampoline->getOperand(0) != TrampMem) - return 0; + return nullptr; return InitTrampoline; } @@ -962,9 +961,9 @@ static IntrinsicInst *FindInitTrampolineFromBB(IntrinsicInst *AdjustTramp, II->getOperand(0) == TrampMem) return II; if (Inst->mayWriteToMemory()) - return 0; + return nullptr; } - return 0; + return nullptr; } // Given a call to llvm.adjust.trampoline, find and return the corresponding @@ -976,7 +975,7 @@ static IntrinsicInst *FindInitTrampoline(Value *Callee) { IntrinsicInst *AdjustTramp = dyn_cast<IntrinsicInst>(Callee); if (!AdjustTramp || AdjustTramp->getIntrinsicID() != Intrinsic::adjust_trampoline) - return 0; + return nullptr; Value *TrampMem = AdjustTramp->getOperand(0); @@ -984,7 +983,7 @@ static IntrinsicInst *FindInitTrampoline(Value *Callee) { return IT; if (IntrinsicInst *IT = FindInitTrampolineFromBB(AdjustTramp, TrampMem)) return IT; - return 0; + return nullptr; } // visitCallSite - Improvements for call and invoke instructions. @@ -999,7 +998,7 @@ Instruction *InstCombiner::visitCallSite(CallSite CS) { // arguments of the call/invoke. Value *Callee = CS.getCalledValue(); if (!isa<Function>(Callee) && transformConstExprCastCall(CS)) - return 0; + return nullptr; if (Function *CalleeF = dyn_cast<Function>(Callee)) // If the call and callee calling conventions don't match, this call must @@ -1024,7 +1023,7 @@ Instruction *InstCombiner::visitCallSite(CallSite CS) { // change the callee to a null pointer. cast<InvokeInst>(OldCall)->setCalledFunction( Constant::getNullValue(CalleeF->getType())); - return 0; + return nullptr; } if (isa<ConstantPointerNull>(Callee) || isa<UndefValue>(Callee)) { @@ -1036,7 +1035,7 @@ Instruction *InstCombiner::visitCallSite(CallSite CS) { if (isa<InvokeInst>(CS.getInstruction())) { // Can't remove an invoke because we cannot change the CFG. - return 0; + return nullptr; } // This instruction is not reachable, just remove it. We insert a store to @@ -1084,7 +1083,7 @@ Instruction *InstCombiner::visitCallSite(CallSite CS) { if (I) return EraseInstFromFunction(*I); } - return Changed ? CS.getInstruction() : 0; + return Changed ? CS.getInstruction() : nullptr; } // transformConstExprCastCall - If the callee is a constexpr cast of a function, @@ -1093,7 +1092,7 @@ Instruction *InstCombiner::visitCallSite(CallSite CS) { bool InstCombiner::transformConstExprCastCall(CallSite CS) { Function *Callee = dyn_cast<Function>(CS.getCalledValue()->stripPointerCasts()); - if (Callee == 0) + if (!Callee) return false; Instruction *Caller = CS.getInstruction(); const AttributeSet &CallerPAL = CS.getAttributes(); @@ -1169,7 +1168,7 @@ bool InstCombiner::transformConstExprCastCall(CallSite CS) { CallerPAL.getParamAttributes(i + 1).hasAttribute(i + 1, Attribute::ByVal)) { PointerType *ParamPTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(ParamTy); - if (ParamPTy == 0 || !ParamPTy->getElementType()->isSized() || DL == 0) + if (!ParamPTy || !ParamPTy->getElementType()->isSized() || !DL) return false; Type *CurElTy = ActTy->getPointerElementType(); @@ -1360,7 +1359,7 @@ InstCombiner::transformCallThroughTrampoline(CallSite CS, // If the call already has the 'nest' attribute somewhere then give up - // otherwise 'nest' would occur twice after splicing in the chain. if (Attrs.hasAttrSomewhere(Attribute::Nest)) - return 0; + return nullptr; assert(Tramp && "transformCallThroughTrampoline called with incorrect CallSite."); @@ -1372,7 +1371,7 @@ InstCombiner::transformCallThroughTrampoline(CallSite CS, const AttributeSet &NestAttrs = NestF->getAttributes(); if (!NestAttrs.isEmpty()) { unsigned NestIdx = 1; - Type *NestTy = 0; + Type *NestTy = nullptr; AttributeSet NestAttr; // Look for a parameter marked with the 'nest' attribute. diff --git a/lib/Transforms/InstCombine/InstCombineCasts.cpp b/lib/Transforms/InstCombine/InstCombineCasts.cpp index 3e50bcd42d..de8b94d6c2 100644 --- a/lib/Transforms/InstCombine/InstCombineCasts.cpp +++ b/lib/Transforms/InstCombine/InstCombineCasts.cpp @@ -81,7 +81,7 @@ static Value *DecomposeSimpleLinearExpr(Value *Val, unsigned &Scale, Instruction *InstCombiner::PromoteCastOfAllocation(BitCastInst &CI, AllocaInst &AI) { // This requires DataLayout to get the alloca alignment and size information. - if (!DL) return 0; + if (!DL) return nullptr; PointerType *PTy = cast<PointerType>(CI.getType()); @@ -91,26 +91,26 @@ Instruction *InstCombiner::PromoteCastOfAllocation(BitCastInst &CI, // Get the type really allocated and the type casted to. Type *AllocElTy = AI.getAllocatedType(); Type *CastElTy = PTy->getElementType(); - if (!AllocElTy->isSized() || !CastElTy->isSized()) return 0; + if (!AllocElTy->isSized() || !CastElTy->isSized()) return nullptr; unsigned AllocElTyAlign = DL->getABITypeAlignment(AllocElTy); unsigned CastElTyAlign = DL->getABITypeAlignment(CastElTy); - if (CastElTyAlign < AllocElTyAlign) return 0; + if (CastElTyAlign < AllocElTyAlign) return nullptr; // If the allocation has multiple uses, only promote it if we are strictly // increasing the alignment of the resultant allocation. If we keep it the // same, we open the door to infinite loops of various kinds. - if (!AI.hasOneUse() && CastElTyAlign == AllocElTyAlign) return 0; + if (!AI.hasOneUse() && CastElTyAlign == AllocElTyAlign) return nullptr; uint64_t AllocElTySize = DL->getTypeAllocSize(AllocElTy); uint64_t CastElTySize = DL->getTypeAllocSize(CastElTy); - if (CastElTySize == 0 || AllocElTySize == 0) return 0; + if (CastElTySize == 0 || AllocElTySize == 0) return nullptr; // If the allocation has multiple uses, only promote it if we're not // shrinking the amount of memory being allocated. uint64_t AllocElTyStoreSize = DL->getTypeStoreSize(AllocElTy); uint64_t CastElTyStoreSize = DL->getTypeStoreSize(CastElTy); - if (!AI.hasOneUse() && CastElTyStoreSize < AllocElTyStoreSize) return 0; + if (!AI.hasOneUse() && CastElTyStoreSize < AllocElTyStoreSize) return nullptr; // See if we can satisfy the modulus by pulling a scale out of the array // size argument. @@ -122,10 +122,10 @@ Instruction *InstCombiner::PromoteCastOfAllocation(BitCastInst &CI, // If we can now satisfy the modulus, by using a non-1 scale, we really can // do the xform. if ((AllocElTySize*ArraySizeScale) % CastElTySize != 0 || - (AllocElTySize*ArrayOffset ) % CastElTySize != 0) return 0; + (AllocElTySize*ArrayOffset ) % CastElTySize != 0) return nullptr; unsigned Scale = (AllocElTySize*ArraySizeScale)/CastElTySize; - Value *Amt = 0; + Value *Amt = nullptr; if (Scale == 1) { Amt = NumElements; } else { @@ -171,7 +171,7 @@ Value *InstCombiner::EvaluateInDifferentType(Value *V, Type *Ty, // Otherwise, it must be an instruction. Instruction *I = cast<Instruction>(V); - Instruction *Res = 0; + Instruction *Res = nullptr; unsigned Opc = I->getOpcode(); switch (Opc) { case Instruction::Add: @@ -247,11 +247,11 @@ isEliminableCastPair( Instruction::CastOps firstOp = Instruction::CastOps(CI->getOpcode()); Instruction::CastOps secondOp = Instruction::CastOps(opcode); Type *SrcIntPtrTy = DL && SrcTy->isPtrOrPtrVectorTy() ? - DL->getIntPtrType(SrcTy) : 0; + DL->getIntPtrType(SrcTy) : nullptr; Type *MidIntPtrTy = DL && MidTy->isPtrOrPtrVectorTy() ? - DL->getIntPtrType(MidTy) : 0; + DL->getIntPtrType(MidTy) : nullptr; Type *DstIntPtrTy = DL && DstTy->isPtrOrPtrVectorTy() ? - DL->getIntPtrType(DstTy) : 0; + DL->getIntPtrType(DstTy) : nullptr; unsigned Res = CastInst::isEliminableCastPair(firstOp, secondOp, SrcTy, MidTy, DstTy, SrcIntPtrTy, MidIntPtrTy, DstIntPtrTy); @@ -320,7 +320,7 @@ Instruction *InstCombiner::commonCastTransforms(CastInst &CI) { return NV; } - return 0; + return nullptr; } /// CanEvaluateTruncated - Return true if we can evaluate the specified @@ -472,7 +472,7 @@ Instruction *InstCombiner::visitTrunc(TruncInst &CI) { } // Transform trunc(lshr (zext A), Cst) to eliminate one type conversion. - Value *A = 0; ConstantInt *Cst = 0; + Value *A = nullptr; ConstantInt *Cst = nullptr; if (Src->hasOneUse() && match(Src, m_LShr(m_ZExt(m_Value(A)), m_ConstantInt(Cst)))) { // We have three types to worry about here, the type of A, the source of @@ -504,7 +504,7 @@ Instruction *InstCombiner::visitTrunc(TruncInst &CI) { ConstantExpr::getTrunc(Cst, CI.getType())); } - return 0; + return nullptr; } /// transformZExtICmp - Transform (zext icmp) to bitwise / integer operations @@ -629,7 +629,7 @@ Instruction *InstCombiner::transformZExtICmp(ICmpInst *ICI, Instruction &CI, } } - return 0; + return nullptr; } /// CanEvaluateZExtd - Determine if the specified value can be computed in the @@ -760,7 +760,7 @@ Instruction *InstCombiner::visitZExt(ZExtInst &CI) { // If this zero extend is only used by a truncate, let the truncate be // eliminated before we try to optimize this zext. if (CI.hasOneUse() && isa<TruncInst>(CI.user_back())) - return 0; + return nullptr; // If one of the common conversion will work, do it. if (Instruction *Result = commonCastTransforms(CI)) @@ -885,7 +885,7 @@ Instruction *InstCombiner::visitZExt(ZExtInst &CI) { return BinaryOperator::CreateXor(New, ConstantInt::get(CI.getType(), 1)); } - return 0; + return nullptr; } /// transformSExtICmp - Transform (sext icmp) to bitwise / integer operations @@ -969,7 +969,7 @@ Instruction *InstCombiner::transformSExtICmp(ICmpInst *ICI, Instruction &CI) { } } - return 0; + return nullptr; } /// CanEvaluateSExtd - Return true if we can take the specified value @@ -1041,7 +1041,7 @@ Instruction *InstCombiner::visitSExt(SExtInst &CI) { // If this sign extend is only used by a truncate, let the truncate be // eliminated before we try to optimize this sext. if (CI.hasOneUse() && isa<TruncInst>(CI.user_back())) - return 0; + return nullptr; if (Instruction *I = commonCastTransforms(CI)) return I; @@ -1109,9 +1109,9 @@ Instruction *InstCombiner::visitSExt(SExtInst &CI) { // into: // %a = shl i32 %i, 30 // %d = ashr i32 %a, 30 - Value *A = 0; + Value *A = nullptr; // TODO: Eventually this could be subsumed by EvaluateInDifferentType. - ConstantInt *BA = 0, *CA = 0; + ConstantInt *BA = nullptr, *CA = nullptr; if (match(Src, m_AShr(m_Shl(m_Trunc(m_Value(A)), m_ConstantInt(BA)), m_ConstantInt(CA))) && BA == CA && A->getType() == CI.getType()) { @@ -1123,7 +1123,7 @@ Instruction *InstCombiner::visitSExt(SExtInst &CI) { return BinaryOperator::CreateAShr(A, ShAmtV); } - return 0; + return nullptr; } @@ -1135,7 +1135,7 @@ static Constant *FitsInFPType(ConstantFP *CFP, const fltSemantics &Sem) { (void)F.convert(Sem, APFloat::rmNearestTiesToEven, &losesInfo); if (!losesInfo) return ConstantFP::get(CFP->getContext(), F); - return 0; + return nullptr; } /// LookThroughFPExtensions - If this is an fp extension instruction, look @@ -1347,7 +1347,7 @@ Instruction *InstCombiner::visitFPTrunc(FPTruncInst &CI) { } } - return 0; + return nullptr; } Instruction *InstCombiner::visitFPExt(CastInst &CI) { @@ -1356,7 +1356,7 @@ Instruction *InstCombiner::visitFPExt(CastInst &CI) { Instruction *InstCombiner::visitFPToUI(FPToUIInst &FI) { Instruction *OpI = dyn_cast<Instruction>(FI.getOperand(0)); - if (OpI == 0) + if (!OpI) return commonCastTransforms(FI); // fptoui(uitofp(X)) --> X @@ -1376,7 +1376,7 @@ Instruction *InstCombiner::visitFPToUI(FPToUIInst &FI) { Instruction *InstCombiner::visitFPToSI(FPToSIInst &FI) { Instruction *OpI = dyn_cast<Instruction>(FI.getOperand(0)); - if (OpI == 0) + if (!OpI) return commonCastTransforms(FI); // fptosi(sitofp(X)) --> X @@ -1423,7 +1423,7 @@ Instruction *InstCombiner::visitIntToPtr(IntToPtrInst &CI) { if (Instruction *I = commonCastTransforms(CI)) return I; - return 0; + return nullptr; } /// @brief Implement the transforms for cast of pointer (bitcast/ptrtoint) @@ -1522,7 +1522,7 @@ static Instruction *OptimizeVectorResize(Value *InVal, VectorType *DestTy, // there yet. if (SrcTy->getElementType()->getPrimitiveSizeInBits() != DestTy->getElementType()->getPrimitiveSizeInBits()) - return 0; + return nullptr; SrcTy = VectorType::get(DestTy->getElementType(), SrcTy->getNumElements()); InVal = IC.Builder->CreateBitCast(InVal, SrcTy); @@ -1600,7 +1600,7 @@ static bool CollectInsertionElements(Value *V, unsigned Shift, ElementIndex = Elements.size() - ElementIndex - 1; // Fail if multiple elements are inserted into this slot. - if (Elements[ElementIndex] != 0) + if (Elements[ElementIndex]) return false; Elements[ElementIndex] = V; @@ -1640,7 +1640,7 @@ static bool CollectInsertionElements(Value *V, unsigned Shift, if (!V->hasOneUse()) return false; Instruction *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(V); - if (I == 0) return false; + if (!I) return false; switch (I->getOpcode()) { default: return false; // Unhandled case. case Instruction::BitCast: @@ -1661,7 +1661,7 @@ static bool CollectInsertionElements(Value *V, unsigned Shift, case Instruction::Shl: { // Must be shifting by a constant that is a multiple of the element size. ConstantInt *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(I->getOperand(1)); - if (CI == 0) return false; + if (!CI) return false; Shift += CI->getZExtValue(); if (!isMultipleOfTypeSize(Shift, VecEltTy)) return false; return CollectInsertionElements(I->getOperand(0), Shift, @@ -1689,7 +1689,7 @@ static bool CollectInsertionElements(Value *V, unsigned Shift, static Value *OptimizeIntegerToVectorInsertions(BitCastInst &CI, InstCombiner &IC) { // We need to know the target byte order to perform this optimization. - if (!IC.getDataLayout()) return 0; + if (!IC.getDataLayout()) return nullptr; VectorType *DestVecTy = cast<VectorType>(CI.getType()); Value *IntInput = CI.getOperand(0); @@ -1697,14 +1697,14 @@ static Value *OptimizeIntegerToVectorInsertions(BitCastInst &CI, SmallVector<Value*, 8> Elements(DestVecTy->getNumElements()); if (!CollectInsertionElements(IntInput, 0, Elements, DestVecTy->getElementType(), IC)) - return 0; + return nullptr; // If we succeeded, we know that all of the element are specified by Elements // or are zero if Elements has a null entry. Recast this as a set of // insertions. Value *Result = Constant::getNullValue(CI.getType()); for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) { - if (Elements[i] == 0) continue; // Unset element. + if (!Elements[i]) continue; // Unset element. Result = IC.Builder->CreateInsertElement(Result, Elements[i], IC.Builder->getInt32(i)); @@ -1718,14 +1718,14 @@ static Value *OptimizeIntegerToVectorInsertions(BitCastInst &CI, /// bitcast. The various long double bitcasts can't get in here. static Instruction *OptimizeIntToFloatBitCast(BitCastInst &CI,InstCombiner &IC){ // We need to know the target byte order to perform this optimization. - if (!IC.getDataLayout()) return 0; + if (!IC.getDataLayout()) return nullptr; Value *Src = CI.getOperand(0); Type *DestTy = CI.getType(); // If this is a bitcast from int to float, check to see if the int is an // extraction from a vector. - Value *VecInput = 0; + Value *VecInput = nullptr; // bitcast(trunc(bitcast(somevector))) if (match(Src, m_Trunc(m_BitCast(m_Value(VecInput)))) && isa<VectorType>(VecInput->getType())) { @@ -1749,7 +1749,7 @@ static Instruction *OptimizeIntToFloatBitCast(BitCastInst &CI,InstCombiner &IC){ } // bitcast(trunc(lshr(bitcast(somevector), cst)) - ConstantInt *ShAmt = 0; + ConstantInt *ShAmt = nullptr; if (match(Src, m_Trunc(m_LShr(m_BitCast(m_Value(VecInput)), m_ConstantInt(ShAmt)))) && isa<VectorType>(VecInput->getType())) { @@ -1771,7 +1771,7 @@ static Instruction *OptimizeIntToFloatBitCast(BitCastInst &CI,InstCombiner &IC){ return ExtractElementInst::Create(VecInput, IC.Builder->getInt32(Elt)); } } - return 0; + return nullptr; } Instruction *InstCombiner::visitBitCast(BitCastInst &CI) { diff --git a/lib/Transforms/InstCombine/InstCombineCompares.cpp b/lib/Transforms/InstCombine/InstCombineCompares.cpp index da3787c6a2..d803904ed3 100644 --- a/lib/Transforms/InstCombine/InstCombineCompares.cpp +++ b/lib/Transforms/InstCombine/InstCombineCompares.cpp @@ -220,15 +220,15 @@ Instruction *InstCombiner:: FoldCmpLoadFromIndexedGlobal(GetElementPtrInst *GEP, GlobalVariable *GV, CmpInst &ICI, ConstantInt *AndCst) { // We need TD information to know the pointer size unless this is inbounds. - if (!GEP->isInBounds() && DL == 0) - return 0; + if (!GEP->isInBounds() && !DL) + return nullptr; Constant *Init = GV->getInitializer(); if (!isa<ConstantArray>(Init) && !isa<ConstantDataArray>(Init)) - return 0; + return nullptr; uint64_t ArrayElementCount = Init->getType()->getArrayNumElements(); - if (ArrayElementCount > 1024) return 0; // Don't blow up on huge arrays. + if (ArrayElementCount > 1024) return nullptr; // Don't blow up on huge arrays. // There are many forms of this optimization we can handle, for now, just do // the simple index into a single-dimensional array. @@ -238,7 +238,7 @@ FoldCmpLoadFromIndexedGlobal(GetElementPtrInst *GEP, GlobalVariable *GV, !isa<ConstantInt>(GEP->getOperand(1)) || !cast<ConstantInt>(GEP->getOperand(1))->isZero() || isa<Constant>(GEP->getOperand(2))) - return 0; + return nullptr; // Check that indices after the variable are constants and in-range for the // type they index. Collect the indices. This is typically for arrays of @@ -248,18 +248,18 @@ FoldCmpLoadFromIndexedGlobal(GetElementPtrInst *GEP, GlobalVariable *GV, Type *EltTy = Init->getType()->getArrayElementType(); for (unsigned i = 3, e = GEP->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i) { ConstantInt *Idx = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(GEP->getOperand(i)); - if (Idx == 0) return 0; // Variable index. + if (!Idx) return nullptr; // Variable index. uint64_t IdxVal = Idx->getZExtValue(); - if ((unsigned)IdxVal != IdxVal) return 0; // Too large array index. + if ((unsigned)IdxVal != IdxVal) return nullptr; // Too large array index. if (StructType *STy = dyn_cast<StructType>(EltTy)) EltTy = STy->getElementType(IdxVal); else if (ArrayType *ATy = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(EltTy)) { - if (IdxVal >= ATy->getNumElements()) return 0; + if (IdxVal >= ATy->getNumElements()) return nullptr; EltTy = ATy->getElementType(); } else { - return 0; // Unknown type. + return nullptr; // Unknown type. } LaterIndices.push_back(IdxVal); @@ -298,7 +298,7 @@ FoldCmpLoadFromIndexedGlobal(GetElementPtrInst *GEP, GlobalVariable *GV, Constant *CompareRHS = cast<Constant>(ICI.getOperand(1)); for (unsigned i = 0, e = ArrayElementCount; i != e; ++i) { Constant *Elt = Init->getAggregateElement(i); - if (Elt == 0) return 0; + if (!Elt) return nullptr; // If this is indexing an array of structures, get the structure element. if (!LaterIndices.empty()) @@ -323,7 +323,7 @@ FoldCmpLoadFromIndexedGlobal(GetElementPtrInst *GEP, GlobalVariable *GV, // If we can't compute the result for any of the elements, we have to give // up evaluating the entire conditional. - if (!isa<ConstantInt>(C)) return 0; + if (!isa<ConstantInt>(C)) return nullptr; // Otherwise, we know if the comparison is true or false for this element, // update our state machines. @@ -377,7 +377,7 @@ FoldCmpLoadFromIndexedGlobal(GetElementPtrInst *GEP, GlobalVariable *GV, if ((i & 8) == 0 && i >= 64 && SecondTrueElement == Overdefined && SecondFalseElement == Overdefined && TrueRangeEnd == Overdefined && FalseRangeEnd == Overdefined) - return 0; + return nullptr; } // Now that we've scanned the entire array, emit our new comparison(s). We @@ -469,7 +469,7 @@ FoldCmpLoadFromIndexedGlobal(GetElementPtrInst *GEP, GlobalVariable *GV, // of this load, replace it with computation that does: // ((magic_cst >> i) & 1) != 0 { - Type *Ty = 0; + Type *Ty = nullptr; // Look for an appropriate type: // - The type of Idx if the magic fits @@ -482,7 +482,7 @@ FoldCmpLoadFromIndexedGlobal(GetElementPtrInst *GEP, GlobalVariable *GV, else if (ArrayElementCount <= 32) Ty = Type::getInt32Ty(Init->getContext()); - if (Ty != 0) { + if (Ty) { Value *V = Builder->CreateIntCast(Idx, Ty, false); V = Builder->CreateLShr(ConstantInt::get(Ty, MagicBitvector), V); V = Builder->CreateAnd(ConstantInt::get(Ty, 1), V); @@ -490,7 +490,7 @@ FoldCmpLoadFromIndexedGlobal(GetElementPtrInst *GEP, GlobalVariable *GV, } } - return 0; + return nullptr; } @@ -535,7 +535,7 @@ static Value *EvaluateGEPOffsetExpression(User *GEP, InstCombiner &IC) { // If there are no variable indices, we must have a constant offset, just // evaluate it the general way. - if (i == e) return 0; + if (i == e) return nullptr; Value *VariableIdx = GEP->getOperand(i); // Determine the scale factor of the variable element. For example, this is @@ -545,7 +545,7 @@ static Value *EvaluateGEPOffsetExpression(User *GEP, InstCombiner &IC) { // Verify that there are no other variable indices. If so, emit the hard way. for (++i, ++GTI; i != e; ++i, ++GTI) { ConstantInt *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(GEP->getOperand(i)); - if (!CI) return 0; + if (!CI) return nullptr; // Compute the aggregate offset of constant indices. if (CI->isZero()) continue; @@ -589,7 +589,7 @@ static Value *EvaluateGEPOffsetExpression(User *GEP, InstCombiner &IC) { // multiple of the variable scale. int64_t NewOffs = Offset / (int64_t)VariableScale; if (Offset != NewOffs*(int64_t)VariableScale) - return 0; + return nullptr; // Okay, we can do this evaluation. Start by converting the index to intptr. if (VariableIdx->getType() != IntPtrTy) @@ -610,7 +610,7 @@ Instruction *InstCombiner::FoldGEPICmp(GEPOperator *GEPLHS, Value *RHS, // e.g. "&foo[0] <s &foo[1]" can't be folded to "true" because "foo" could be // the maximum signed value for the pointer type. if (ICmpInst::isSigned(Cond)) - return 0; + return nullptr; // Look through bitcasts. if (BitCastInst *BCI = dyn_cast<BitCastInst>(RHS)) @@ -625,7 +625,7 @@ Instruction *InstCombiner::FoldGEPICmp(GEPOperator *GEPLHS, Value *RHS, Value *Offset = EvaluateGEPOffsetExpression(GEPLHS, *this); // If not, synthesize the offset the hard way. - if (Offset == 0) + if (!Offset) Offset = EmitGEPOffset(GEPLHS); return new ICmpInst(ICmpInst::getSignedPredicate(Cond), Offset, Constant::getNullValue(Offset->getType())); @@ -663,7 +663,7 @@ Instruction *InstCombiner::FoldGEPICmp(GEPOperator *GEPLHS, Value *RHS, // Otherwise, the base pointers are different and the indices are // different, bail out. - return 0; + return nullptr; } // If one of the GEPs has all zero indices, recurse. @@ -731,7 +731,7 @@ Instruction *InstCombiner::FoldGEPICmp(GEPOperator *GEPLHS, Value *RHS, return new ICmpInst(ICmpInst::getSignedPredicate(Cond), L, R); } } - return 0; + return nullptr; } /// FoldICmpAddOpCst - Fold "icmp pred (X+CI), X". @@ -814,11 +814,11 @@ Instruction *InstCombiner::FoldICmpDivCst(ICmpInst &ICI, BinaryOperator *DivI, // if it finds it. bool DivIsSigned = DivI->getOpcode() == Instruction::SDiv; if (!ICI.isEquality() && DivIsSigned != ICI.isSigned()) - return 0; + return nullptr; if (DivRHS->isZero()) - return 0; // The ProdOV computation fails on divide by zero. + return nullptr; // The ProdOV computation fails on divide by zero. if (DivIsSigned && DivRHS->isAllOnesValue()) - return 0; // The overflow computation also screws up here + return nullptr; // The overflow computation also screws up here if (DivRHS->isOne()) { // This eliminates some funny cases with INT_MIN. ICI.setOperand(0, DivI->getOperand(0)); // X/1 == X. @@ -852,7 +852,7 @@ Instruction *InstCombiner::FoldICmpDivCst(ICmpInst &ICI, BinaryOperator *DivI, // overflow variable is set to 0 if it's corresponding bound variable is valid // -1 if overflowed off the bottom end, or +1 if overflowed off the top end. int LoOverflow = 0, HiOverflow = 0; - Constant *LoBound = 0, *HiBound = 0; + Constant *LoBound = nullptr, *HiBound = nullptr; if (!DivIsSigned) { // udiv // e.g. X/5 op 3 --> [15, 20) @@ -892,7 +892,7 @@ Instruction *InstCombiner::FoldICmpDivCst(ICmpInst &ICI, BinaryOperator *DivI, HiBound = cast<ConstantInt>(ConstantExpr::getNeg(RangeSize)); if (HiBound == DivRHS) { // -INTMIN = INTMIN HiOverflow = 1; // [INTMIN+1, overflow) - HiBound = 0; // e.g. X/INTMIN = 0 --> X > INTMIN + HiBound = nullptr; // e.g. X/INTMIN = 0 --> X > INTMIN } } else if (CmpRHSV.isStrictlyPositive()) { // (X / neg) op pos // e.g. X/-5 op 3 --> [-19, -14) @@ -966,20 +966,20 @@ Instruction *InstCombiner::FoldICmpShrCst(ICmpInst &ICI, BinaryOperator *Shr, uint32_t TypeBits = CmpRHSV.getBitWidth(); uint32_t ShAmtVal = (uint32_t)ShAmt->getLimitedValue(TypeBits); if (ShAmtVal >= TypeBits || ShAmtVal == 0) - return 0; + return nullptr; if (!ICI.isEquality()) { // If we have an unsigned comparison and an ashr, we can't simplify this. // Similarly for signed comparisons with lshr. if (ICI.isSigned() != (Shr->getOpcode() == Instruction::AShr)) - return 0; + return nullptr; // Otherwise, all lshr and most exact ashr's are equivalent to a udiv/sdiv // by a power of 2. Since we already have logic to simplify these, // transform to div and then simplify the resultant comparison. if (Shr->getOpcode() == Instruction::AShr && (!Shr->isExact() || ShAmtVal == TypeBits - 1)) - return 0; + return nullptr; // Revisit the shift (to delete it). Worklist.Add(Shr); @@ -996,7 +996,7 @@ Instruction *InstCombiner::FoldICmpShrCst(ICmpInst &ICI, BinaryOperator *Shr, // If the builder folded the binop, just return it. BinaryOperator *TheDiv = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(Tmp); - if (TheDiv == 0) + if (!TheDiv) return &ICI; // Otherwise, fold this div/compare. @@ -1039,7 +1039,7 @@ Instruction *InstCombiner::FoldICmpShrCst(ICmpInst &ICI, BinaryOperator *Shr, Mask, Shr->getName()+".mask"); return new ICmpInst(ICI.getPredicate(), And, ShiftedCmpRHS); } - return 0; + return nullptr; } @@ -1183,10 +1183,10 @@ Instruction *InstCombiner::visitICmpInstWithInstAndIntCst(ICmpInst &ICI, // access. BinaryOperator *Shift = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(LHSI->getOperand(0)); if (Shift && !Shift->isShift()) - Shift = 0; + Shift = nullptr; ConstantInt *ShAmt; - ShAmt = Shift ? dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(Shift->getOperand(1)) : 0; + ShAmt = Shift ? dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(Shift->getOperand(1)) : nullptr; // This seemingly simple opportunity to fold away a shift turns out to // be rather complicated. See PR17827 @@ -1779,7 +1779,7 @@ Instruction *InstCombiner::visitICmpInstWithInstAndIntCst(ICmpInst &ICI, } } } - return 0; + return nullptr; } /// visitICmpInstWithCastAndCast - Handle icmp (cast x to y), (cast/cst). @@ -1796,7 +1796,7 @@ Instruction *InstCombiner::visitICmpInstWithCastAndCast(ICmpInst &ICI) { // integer type is the same size as the pointer type. if (DL && LHSCI->getOpcode() == Instruction::PtrToInt && DL->getPointerTypeSizeInBits(SrcTy) == DestTy->getIntegerBitWidth()) { - Value *RHSOp = 0; + Value *RHSOp = nullptr; if (Constant *RHSC = dyn_cast<Constant>(ICI.getOperand(1))) { RHSOp = ConstantExpr::getIntToPtr(RHSC, SrcTy); } else if (PtrToIntInst *RHSC = dyn_cast<PtrToIntInst>(ICI.getOperand(1))) { @@ -1814,7 +1814,7 @@ Instruction *InstCombiner::visitICmpInstWithCastAndCast(ICmpInst &ICI) { // Enforce this. if (LHSCI->getOpcode() != Instruction::ZExt && LHSCI->getOpcode() != Instruction::SExt) - return 0; + return nullptr; bool isSignedExt = LHSCI->getOpcode() == Instruction::SExt; bool isSignedCmp = ICI.isSigned(); @@ -1823,12 +1823,12 @@ Instruction *InstCombiner::visitICmpInstWithCastAndCast(ICmpInst &ICI) { // Not an extension from the same type? RHSCIOp = CI->getOperand(0); if (RHSCIOp->getType() != LHSCIOp->getType()) - return 0; + return nullptr; // If the signedness of the two casts doesn't agree (i.e. one is a sext // and the other is a zext), then we can't handle this. if (CI->getOpcode() != LHSCI->getOpcode()) - return 0; + return nullptr; // Deal with equality cases early. if (ICI.isEquality()) @@ -1846,7 +1846,7 @@ Instruction *InstCombiner::visitICmpInstWithCastAndCast(ICmpInst &ICI) { // If we aren't dealing with a constant on the RHS, exit early ConstantInt *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(ICI.getOperand(1)); if (!CI) - return 0; + return nullptr; // Compute the constant that would happen if we truncated to SrcTy then // reextended to DestTy. @@ -1875,7 +1875,7 @@ Instruction *InstCombiner::visitICmpInstWithCastAndCast(ICmpInst &ICI) { // by SimplifyICmpInst, so only deal with the tricky case. if (isSignedCmp || !isSignedExt) - return 0; + return nullptr; // Evaluate the comparison for LT (we invert for GT below). LE and GE cases // should have been folded away previously and not enter in here. @@ -1911,12 +1911,12 @@ static Instruction *ProcessUGT_ADDCST_ADD(ICmpInst &I, Value *A, Value *B, // In order to eliminate the add-with-constant, the compare can be its only // use. Instruction *AddWithCst = cast<Instruction>(I.getOperand(0)); - if (!AddWithCst->hasOneUse()) return 0; + if (!AddWithCst->hasOneUse()) return nullptr; // If CI2 is 2^7, 2^15, 2^31, then it might be an sadd.with.overflow. - if (!CI2->getValue().isPowerOf2()) return 0; + if (!CI2->getValue().isPowerOf2()) return nullptr; unsigned NewWidth = CI2->getValue().countTrailingZeros(); - if (NewWidth != 7 && NewWidth != 15 && NewWidth != 31) return 0; + if (NewWidth != 7 && NewWidth != 15 && NewWidth != 31) return nullptr; // The width of the new add formed is 1 more than the bias. ++NewWidth; @@ -1924,7 +1924,7 @@ static Instruction *ProcessUGT_ADDCST_ADD(ICmpInst &I, Value *A, Value *B, // Check to see that CI1 is an all-ones value with NewWidth bits. if (CI1->getBitWidth() == NewWidth || CI1->getValue() != APInt::getLowBitsSet(CI1->getBitWidth(), NewWidth)) - return 0; + return nullptr; // This is only really a signed overflow check if the inputs have been // sign-extended; check for that condition. For example, if CI2 is 2^31 and @@ -1932,7 +1932,7 @@ static Instruction *ProcessUGT_ADDCST_ADD(ICmpInst &I, Value *A, Value *B, unsigned NeededSignBits = CI1->getBitWidth() - NewWidth + 1; if (IC.ComputeNumSignBits(A) < NeededSignBits || IC.ComputeNumSignBits(B) < NeededSignBits) - return 0; + return nullptr; // In order to replace the original add with a narrower // llvm.sadd.with.overflow, the only uses allowed are the add-with-constant @@ -1948,8 +1948,8 @@ static Instruction *ProcessUGT_ADDCST_ADD(ICmpInst &I, Value *A, Value *B, // original add had another add which was then immediately truncated, we // could still do the transformation. TruncInst *TI = dyn_cast<TruncInst>(U); - if (TI == 0 || - TI->getType()->getPrimitiveSizeInBits() > NewWidth) return 0; + if (!TI || TI->getType()->getPrimitiveSizeInBits() > NewWidth) + return nullptr; } // If the pattern matches, truncate the inputs to the narrower type and @@ -1985,11 +1985,11 @@ static Instruction *ProcessUAddIdiom(Instruction &I, Value *OrigAddV, InstCombiner &IC) { // Don't bother doing this transformation for pointers, don't do it for // vectors. - if (!isa<IntegerType>(OrigAddV->getType())) return 0; + if (!isa<IntegerType>(OrigAddV->getType())) return nullptr; // If the add is a constant expr, then we don't bother transforming it. Instruction *OrigAdd = dyn_cast<Instruction>(OrigAddV); - if (OrigAdd == 0) return 0; + if (!OrigAdd) return nullptr; Value *LHS = OrigAdd->getOperand(0), *RHS = OrigAdd->getOperand(1); @@ -2063,19 +2063,19 @@ static Instruction *ProcessUMulZExtIdiom(ICmpInst &I, Value *MulVal, // Check if truncation ignores bits above MulWidth. unsigned TruncWidth = TI->getType()->getPrimitiveSizeInBits(); if (TruncWidth > MulWidth) - return 0; + return nullptr; } else if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(U)) { // Check if AND ignores bits above MulWidth. if (BO->getOpcode() != Instruction::And) - return 0; + return nullptr; if (ConstantInt *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(BO->getOperand(1))) { const APInt &CVal = CI->getValue(); if (CVal.getBitWidth() - CVal.countLeadingZeros() > MulWidth) - return 0; + return nullptr; } } else { // Other uses prohibit this transformation. - return 0; + return nullptr; } } @@ -2101,7 +2101,7 @@ static Instruction *ProcessUMulZExtIdiom(ICmpInst &I, Value *MulVal, Value *ValToMask; if (match(OtherVal, m_And(m_Value(ValToMask), m_ConstantInt(CI)))) { if (ValToMask != MulVal) - return 0; + return nullptr; const APInt &CVal = CI->getValue() + 1; if (CVal.isPowerOf2()) { unsigned MaskWidth = CVal.logBase2(); @@ -2109,7 +2109,7 @@ static Instruction *ProcessUMulZExtIdiom(ICmpInst &I, Value *MulVal, break; // Recognized } } - return 0; + return nullptr; case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT: // Recognize pattern: @@ -2121,7 +2121,7 @@ static Instruction *ProcessUMulZExtIdiom(ICmpInst &I, Value *MulVal, if (MaxVal.eq(CI->getValue())) break; // Recognized } - return 0; + return nullptr; case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGE: // Recognize pattern: @@ -2132,7 +2132,7 @@ static Instruction *ProcessUMulZExtIdiom(ICmpInst &I, Value *MulVal, if (MaxVal.eq(CI->getValue())) break; // Recognized } - return 0; + return nullptr; case ICmpInst::ICMP_ULE: // Recognize pattern: @@ -2144,7 +2144,7 @@ static Instruction *ProcessUMulZExtIdiom(ICmpInst &I, Value *MulVal, if (MaxVal.eq(CI->getValue())) break; // Recognized } - return 0; + return nullptr; case ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT: // Recognize pattern: @@ -2155,10 +2155,10 @@ static Instruction *ProcessUMulZExtIdiom(ICmpInst &I, Value *MulVal, if (MaxVal.eq(CI->getValue())) break; // Recognized } - return 0; + return nullptr; default: - return 0; + return nullptr; } InstCombiner::BuilderTy *Builder = IC.Builder; @@ -2410,7 +2410,7 @@ Instruction *InstCombiner::visitICmpInst(ICmpInst &I) { // See if we are doing a comparison with a constant. if (ConstantInt *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(Op1)) { - Value *A = 0, *B = 0; + Value *A = nullptr, *B = nullptr; // Match the following pattern, which is a common idiom when writing // overflow-safe integer arithmetic function. The source performs an @@ -2525,15 +2525,15 @@ Instruction *InstCombiner::visitICmpInst(ICmpInst &I) { APInt Op0KnownZeroInverted = ~Op0KnownZero; if (~Op1KnownZero == 0 && Op0KnownZeroInverted.isPowerOf2()) { // If the LHS is an AND with the same constant, look through it. - Value *LHS = 0; - ConstantInt *LHSC = 0; + Value *LHS = nullptr; + ConstantInt *LHSC = nullptr; if (!match(Op0, m_And(m_Value(LHS), m_ConstantInt(LHSC))) || LHSC->getValue() != Op0KnownZeroInverted) LHS = Op0; // If the LHS is 1 << x, and we know the result is a power of 2 like 8, // then turn "((1 << x)&8) == 0" into "x != 3". - Value *X = 0; + Value *X = nullptr; if (match(LHS, m_Shl(m_One(), m_Value(X)))) { unsigned CmpVal = Op0KnownZeroInverted.countTrailingZeros(); return new ICmpInst(ICmpInst::ICMP_NE, X, @@ -2562,15 +2562,15 @@ Instruction *InstCombiner::visitICmpInst(ICmpInst &I) { APInt Op0KnownZeroInverted = ~Op0KnownZero; if (~Op1KnownZero == 0 && Op0KnownZeroInverted.isPowerOf2()) { // If the LHS is an AND with the same constant, look through it. - Value *LHS = 0; - ConstantInt *LHSC = 0; + Value *LHS = nullptr; + ConstantInt *LHSC = nullptr; if (!match(Op0, m_And(m_Value(LHS), m_ConstantInt(LHSC))) || LHSC->getValue() != Op0KnownZeroInverted) LHS = Op0; // If the LHS is 1 << x, and we know the result is a power of 2 like 8, // then turn "((1 << x)&8) != 0" into "x == 3". - Value *X = 0; + Value *X = nullptr; if (match(LHS, m_Shl(m_One(), m_Value(X)))) { unsigned CmpVal = Op0KnownZeroInverted.countTrailingZeros(); return new ICmpInst(ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ, X, @@ -2702,7 +2702,7 @@ Instruction *InstCombiner::visitICmpInst(ICmpInst &I) { if (SelectInst *SI = dyn_cast<SelectInst>(*I.user_begin())) if ((SI->getOperand(1) == Op0 && SI->getOperand(2) == Op1) || (SI->getOperand(2) == Op0 && SI->getOperand(1) == Op1)) - return 0; + return nullptr; // See if we are doing a comparison between a constant and an instruction that // can be folded into the comparison. @@ -2738,7 +2738,7 @@ Instruction *InstCombiner::visitICmpInst(ICmpInst &I) { // If either operand of the select is a constant, we can fold the // comparison into the select arms, which will cause one to be // constant folded and the select turned into a bitwise or. - Value *Op1 = 0, *Op2 = 0; + Value *Op1 = nullptr, *Op2 = nullptr; if (Constant *C = dyn_cast<Constant>(LHSI->getOperand(1))) Op1 = ConstantExpr::getICmp(I.getPredicate(), C, RHSC); if (Constant *C = dyn_cast<Constant>(LHSI->getOperand(2))) @@ -2850,7 +2850,7 @@ Instruction *InstCombiner::visitICmpInst(ICmpInst &I) { // Analyze the case when either Op0 or Op1 is an add instruction. // Op0 = A + B (or A and B are null); Op1 = C + D (or C and D are null). - Value *A = 0, *B = 0, *C = 0, *D = 0; + Value *A = nullptr, *B = nullptr, *C = nullptr, *D = nullptr; if (BO0 && BO0->getOpcode() == Instruction::Add) A = BO0->getOperand(0), B = BO0->getOperand(1); if (BO1 && BO1->getOpcode() == Instruction::Add) @@ -2945,7 +2945,7 @@ Instruction *InstCombiner::visitICmpInst(ICmpInst &I) { // Analyze the case when either Op0 or Op1 is a sub instruction. // Op0 = A - B (or A and B are null); Op1 = C - D (or C and D are null). - A = 0; B = 0; C = 0; D = 0; + A = nullptr; B = nullptr; C = nullptr; D = nullptr; if (BO0 && BO0->getOpcode() == Instruction::Sub) A = BO0->getOperand(0), B = BO0->getOperand(1); if (BO1 && BO1->getOpcode() == Instruction::Sub) @@ -2971,7 +2971,7 @@ Instruction *InstCombiner::visitICmpInst(ICmpInst &I) { BO0->hasOneUse() && BO1->hasOneUse()) return new ICmpInst(Pred, D, B); - BinaryOperator *SRem = NULL; + BinaryOperator *SRem = nullptr; // icmp (srem X, Y), Y if (BO0 && BO0->getOpcode() == Instruction::SRem && Op1 == BO0->getOperand(1)) @@ -3160,7 +3160,7 @@ Instruction *InstCombiner::visitICmpInst(ICmpInst &I) { // (X&Z) == (Y&Z) -> (X^Y) & Z == 0 if (match(Op0, m_OneUse(m_And(m_Value(A), m_Value(B)))) && match(Op1, m_OneUse(m_And(m_Value(C), m_Value(D))))) { - Value *X = 0, *Y = 0, *Z = 0; + Value *X = nullptr, *Y = nullptr, *Z = nullptr; if (A == C) { X = B; Y = D; Z = A; @@ -3251,7 +3251,7 @@ Instruction *InstCombiner::visitICmpInst(ICmpInst &I) { if (match(Op1, m_Add(m_Value(X), m_ConstantInt(Cst))) && Op0 == X) return FoldICmpAddOpCst(I, X, Cst, I.getSwappedPredicate()); } - return Changed ? &I : 0; + return Changed ? &I : nullptr; } /// FoldFCmp_IntToFP_Cst - Fold fcmp ([us]itofp x, cst) if possible. @@ -3259,13 +3259,13 @@ Instruction *InstCombiner::visitICmpInst(ICmpInst &I) { Instruction *InstCombiner::FoldFCmp_IntToFP_Cst(FCmpInst &I, Instruction *LHSI, Constant *RHSC) { - if (!isa<ConstantFP>(RHSC)) return 0; + if (!isa<ConstantFP>(RHSC)) return nullptr; const APFloat &RHS = cast<ConstantFP>(RHSC)->getValueAPF(); // Get the width of the mantissa. We don't want to hack on conversions that // might lose information from the integer, e.g. "i64 -> float" int MantissaWidth = LHSI->getType()->getFPMantissaWidth(); - if (MantissaWidth == -1) return 0; // Unknown. + if (MantissaWidth == -1) return nullptr; // Unknown. // Check to see that the input is converted from an integer type that is small // enough that preserves all bits. TODO: check here for "known" sign bits. @@ -3279,7 +3279,7 @@ Instruction *InstCombiner::FoldFCmp_IntToFP_Cst(FCmpInst &I, // If the conversion would lose info, don't hack on this. if ((int)InputSize > MantissaWidth) - return 0; + return nullptr; // Otherwise, we can potentially simplify the comparison. We know that it // will always come through as an integer value and we know the constant is @@ -3625,5 +3625,5 @@ Instruction *InstCombiner::visitFCmpInst(FCmpInst &I) { return new FCmpInst(I.getPredicate(), LHSExt->getOperand(0), RHSExt->getOperand(0)); - return Changed ? &I : 0; + return Changed ? &I : nullptr; } diff --git a/lib/Transforms/InstCombine/InstCombineLoadStoreAlloca.cpp b/lib/Transforms/InstCombine/InstCombineLoadStoreAlloca.cpp index dceb1a83e5..66d09388f4 100644 --- a/lib/Transforms/InstCombine/InstCombineLoadStoreAlloca.cpp +++ b/lib/Transforms/InstCombine/InstCombineLoadStoreAlloca.cpp @@ -117,7 +117,7 @@ isOnlyCopiedFromConstantGlobal(Value *V, MemTransferInst *&TheCopy, // If this is isn't our memcpy/memmove, reject it as something we can't // handle. MemTransferInst *MI = dyn_cast<MemTransferInst>(I); - if (MI == 0) + if (!MI) return false; // If the transfer is using the alloca as a source of the transfer, then @@ -153,10 +153,10 @@ isOnlyCopiedFromConstantGlobal(Value *V, MemTransferInst *&TheCopy, static MemTransferInst * isOnlyCopiedFromConstantGlobal(AllocaInst *AI, SmallVectorImpl<Instruction *> &ToDelete) { - MemTransferInst *TheCopy = 0; + MemTransferInst *TheCopy = nullptr; if (isOnlyCopiedFromConstantGlobal(AI, TheCopy, ToDelete)) return TheCopy; - return 0; + return nullptr; } Instruction *InstCombiner::visitAllocaInst(AllocaInst &AI) { @@ -177,7 +177,7 @@ Instruction *InstCombiner::visitAllocaInst(AllocaInst &AI) { if (const ConstantInt *C = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(AI.getArraySize())) { Type *NewTy = ArrayType::get(AI.getAllocatedType(), C->getZExtValue()); - AllocaInst *New = Builder->CreateAlloca(NewTy, 0, AI.getName()); + AllocaInst *New = Builder->CreateAlloca(NewTy, nullptr, AI.getName()); New->setAlignment(AI.getAlignment()); // Scan to the end of the allocation instructions, to skip over a block of @@ -300,7 +300,7 @@ static Instruction *InstCombineLoadCast(InstCombiner &IC, LoadInst &LI, // If the address spaces don't match, don't eliminate the cast. if (DestTy->getAddressSpace() != SrcTy->getAddressSpace()) - return 0; + return nullptr; Type *SrcPTy = SrcTy->getElementType(); @@ -351,7 +351,7 @@ static Instruction *InstCombineLoadCast(InstCombiner &IC, LoadInst &LI, } } } - return 0; + return nullptr; } Instruction *InstCombiner::visitLoadInst(LoadInst &LI) { @@ -378,7 +378,7 @@ Instruction *InstCombiner::visitLoadInst(LoadInst &LI) { // None of the following transforms are legal for volatile/atomic loads. // FIXME: Some of it is okay for atomic loads; needs refactoring. - if (!LI.isSimple()) return 0; + if (!LI.isSimple()) return nullptr; // Do really simple store-to-load forwarding and load CSE, to catch cases // where there are several consecutive memory accesses to the same location, @@ -460,7 +460,7 @@ Instruction *InstCombiner::visitLoadInst(LoadInst &LI) { } } } - return 0; + return nullptr; } /// InstCombineStoreToCast - Fold store V, (cast P) -> store (cast V), P @@ -472,12 +472,12 @@ static Instruction *InstCombineStoreToCast(InstCombiner &IC, StoreInst &SI) { Type *DestPTy = cast<PointerType>(CI->getType())->getElementType(); PointerType *SrcTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(CastOp->getType()); - if (SrcTy == 0) return 0; + if (!SrcTy) return nullptr; Type *SrcPTy = SrcTy->getElementType(); if (!DestPTy->isIntegerTy() && !DestPTy->isPointerTy()) - return 0; + return nullptr; /// NewGEPIndices - If SrcPTy is an aggregate type, we can emit a "noop gep" /// to its first element. This allows us to handle things like: @@ -511,20 +511,20 @@ static Instruction *InstCombineStoreToCast(InstCombiner &IC, StoreInst &SI) { } if (!SrcPTy->isIntegerTy() && !SrcPTy->isPointerTy()) - return 0; + return nullptr; // If the pointers point into different address spaces don't do the // transformation. if (SrcTy->getAddressSpace() != cast<PointerType>(CI->getType())->getAddressSpace()) - return 0; + return nullptr; // If the pointers point to values of different sizes don't do the // transformation. if (!IC.getDataLayout() || IC.getDataLayout()->getTypeSizeInBits(SrcPTy) != IC.getDataLayout()->getTypeSizeInBits(DestPTy)) - return 0; + return nullptr; // If the pointers point to pointers to different address spaces don't do the // transformation. It is not safe to introduce an addrspacecast instruction in @@ -532,7 +532,7 @@ static Instruction *InstCombineStoreToCast(InstCombiner &IC, StoreInst &SI) { // cast. if (SrcPTy->isPointerTy() && DestPTy->isPointerTy() && SrcPTy->getPointerAddressSpace() != DestPTy->getPointerAddressSpace()) - return 0; + return nullptr; // Okay, we are casting from one integer or pointer type to another of // the same size. Instead of casting the pointer before @@ -612,7 +612,7 @@ Instruction *InstCombiner::visitStoreInst(StoreInst &SI) { // Don't hack volatile/atomic stores. // FIXME: Some bits are legal for atomic stores; needs refactoring. - if (!SI.isSimple()) return 0; + if (!SI.isSimple()) return nullptr; // If the RHS is an alloca with a single use, zapify the store, making the // alloca dead. @@ -679,7 +679,7 @@ Instruction *InstCombiner::visitStoreInst(StoreInst &SI) { if (Instruction *U = dyn_cast<Instruction>(Val)) Worklist.Add(U); // Dropped a use. } - return 0; // Do not modify these! + return nullptr; // Do not modify these! } // store undef, Ptr -> noop @@ -708,9 +708,9 @@ Instruction *InstCombiner::visitStoreInst(StoreInst &SI) { if (BranchInst *BI = dyn_cast<BranchInst>(BBI)) if (BI->isUnconditional()) if (SimplifyStoreAtEndOfBlock(SI)) - return 0; // xform done! + return nullptr; // xform done! - return 0; + return nullptr; } /// SimplifyStoreAtEndOfBlock - Turn things like: @@ -733,7 +733,7 @@ bool InstCombiner::SimplifyStoreAtEndOfBlock(StoreInst &SI) { // the other predecessor. pred_iterator PI = pred_begin(DestBB); BasicBlock *P = *PI; - BasicBlock *OtherBB = 0; + BasicBlock *OtherBB = nullptr; if (P != StoreBB) OtherBB = P; @@ -763,7 +763,7 @@ bool InstCombiner::SimplifyStoreAtEndOfBlock(StoreInst &SI) { // If the other block ends in an unconditional branch, check for the 'if then // else' case. there is an instruction before the branch. - StoreInst *OtherStore = 0; + StoreInst *OtherStore = nullptr; if (OtherBr->isUnconditional()) { --BBI; // Skip over debugging info. diff --git a/lib/Transforms/InstCombine/InstCombineMulDivRem.cpp b/lib/Transforms/InstCombine/InstCombineMulDivRem.cpp index bbd4b2edc1..ab705a4056 100644 --- a/lib/Transforms/InstCombine/InstCombineMulDivRem.cpp +++ b/lib/Transforms/InstCombine/InstCombineMulDivRem.cpp @@ -29,13 +29,13 @@ static Value *simplifyValueKnownNonZero(Value *V, InstCombiner &IC) { // If V has multiple uses, then we would have to do more analysis to determine // if this is safe. For example, the use could be in dynamically unreached // code. - if (!V->hasOneUse()) return 0; + if (!V->hasOneUse()) return nullptr; bool MadeChange = false; // ((1 << A) >>u B) --> (1 << (A-B)) // Because V cannot be zero, we know that B is less than A. - Value *A = 0, *B = 0, *PowerOf2 = 0; + Value *A = nullptr, *B = nullptr, *PowerOf2 = nullptr; if (match(V, m_LShr(m_OneUse(m_Shl(m_Value(PowerOf2), m_Value(A))), m_Value(B))) && // The "1" can be any value known to be a power of 2. @@ -70,7 +70,7 @@ static Value *simplifyValueKnownNonZero(Value *V, InstCombiner &IC) { // If V is a phi node, we can call this on each of its operands. // "select cond, X, 0" can simplify to "X". - return MadeChange ? V : 0; + return MadeChange ? V : nullptr; } @@ -109,7 +109,7 @@ static Constant *getLogBase2Vector(ConstantDataVector *CV) { for (unsigned I = 0, E = CV->getNumElements(); I != E; ++I) { Constant *Elt = CV->getElementAsConstant(I); if (!match(Elt, m_APInt(IVal)) || !IVal->isPowerOf2()) - return 0; + return nullptr; Elts.push_back(ConstantInt::get(Elt->getType(), IVal->logBase2())); } @@ -141,7 +141,7 @@ Instruction *InstCombiner::visitMul(BinaryOperator &I) { return BinaryOperator::CreateMul(NewOp, ConstantExpr::getShl(C1, C2)); if (match(&I, m_Mul(m_Value(NewOp), m_Constant(C1)))) { - Constant *NewCst = 0; + Constant *NewCst = nullptr; if (match(C1, m_APInt(IVal)) && IVal->isPowerOf2()) // Replace X*(2^C) with X << C, where C is either a scalar or a splat. NewCst = ConstantInt::get(NewOp->getType(), IVal->logBase2()); @@ -167,10 +167,10 @@ Instruction *InstCombiner::visitMul(BinaryOperator &I) { const APInt & Val = CI->getValue(); const APInt &PosVal = Val.abs(); if (Val.isNegative() && PosVal.isPowerOf2()) { - Value *X = 0, *Y = 0; + Value *X = nullptr, *Y = nullptr; if (Op0->hasOneUse()) { ConstantInt *C1; - Value *Sub = 0; + Value *Sub = nullptr; if (match(Op0, m_Sub(m_Value(Y), m_Value(X)))) Sub = Builder->CreateSub(X, Y, "suba"); else if (match(Op0, m_Add(m_Value(Y), m_ConstantInt(C1)))) @@ -270,7 +270,7 @@ Instruction *InstCombiner::visitMul(BinaryOperator &I) { // -2 is "-1 << 1" so it is all bits set except the low one. APInt Negative2(I.getType()->getPrimitiveSizeInBits(), (uint64_t)-2, true); - Value *BoolCast = 0, *OtherOp = 0; + Value *BoolCast = nullptr, *OtherOp = nullptr; if (MaskedValueIsZero(Op0, Negative2)) BoolCast = Op0, OtherOp = Op1; else if (MaskedValueIsZero(Op1, Negative2)) @@ -283,7 +283,7 @@ Instruction *InstCombiner::visitMul(BinaryOperator &I) { } } - return Changed ? &I : 0; + return Changed ? &I : nullptr; } // @@ -386,7 +386,7 @@ Value *InstCombiner::foldFMulConst(Instruction *FMulOrDiv, Constant *C, Constant *C0 = dyn_cast<Constant>(Opnd0); Constant *C1 = dyn_cast<Constant>(Opnd1); - BinaryOperator *R = 0; + BinaryOperator *R = nullptr; // (X * C0) * C => X * (C0*C) if (FMulOrDiv->getOpcode() == Instruction::FMul) { @@ -485,7 +485,7 @@ Instruction *InstCombiner::visitFMul(BinaryOperator &I) { Value *M1 = ConstantExpr::getFMul(C1, C); Value *M0 = isNormalFp(cast<Constant>(M1)) ? foldFMulConst(cast<Instruction>(Opnd0), C, &I) : - 0; + nullptr; if (M0 && M1) { if (Swap && FAddSub->getOpcode() == Instruction::FSub) std::swap(M0, M1); @@ -505,8 +505,8 @@ Instruction *InstCombiner::visitFMul(BinaryOperator &I) { // Under unsafe algebra do: // X * log2(0.5*Y) = X*log2(Y) - X if (I.hasUnsafeAlgebra()) { - Value *OpX = NULL; - Value *OpY = NULL; + Value *OpX = nullptr; + Value *OpY = nullptr; IntrinsicInst *Log2; detectLog2OfHalf(Op0, OpY, Log2); if (OpY) { @@ -569,7 +569,7 @@ Instruction *InstCombiner::visitFMul(BinaryOperator &I) { Value *Opnd0_0, *Opnd0_1; if (Opnd0->hasOneUse() && match(Opnd0, m_FMul(m_Value(Opnd0_0), m_Value(Opnd0_1)))) { - Value *Y = 0; + Value *Y = nullptr; if (Opnd0_0 == Opnd1 && Opnd0_1 != Opnd1) Y = Opnd0_1; else if (Opnd0_1 == Opnd1 && Opnd0_0 != Opnd1) @@ -623,7 +623,7 @@ Instruction *InstCombiner::visitFMul(BinaryOperator &I) { break; } - return Changed ? &I : 0; + return Changed ? &I : nullptr; } /// SimplifyDivRemOfSelect - Try to fold a divide or remainder of a select @@ -684,12 +684,12 @@ bool InstCombiner::SimplifyDivRemOfSelect(BinaryOperator &I) { // If we past the instruction, quit looking for it. if (&*BBI == SI) - SI = 0; + SI = nullptr; if (&*BBI == SelectCond) - SelectCond = 0; + SelectCond = nullptr; // If we ran out of things to eliminate, break out of the loop. - if (SelectCond == 0 && SI == 0) + if (!SelectCond && !SI) break; } @@ -742,7 +742,7 @@ Instruction *InstCombiner::commonIDivTransforms(BinaryOperator &I) { return &I; // (X - (X rem Y)) / Y -> X / Y; usually originates as ((X / Y) * Y) / Y - Value *X = 0, *Z = 0; + Value *X = nullptr, *Z = nullptr; if (match(Op0, m_Sub(m_Value(X), m_Value(Z)))) { // (X - Z) / Y; Y = Op1 bool isSigned = I.getOpcode() == Instruction::SDiv; if ((isSigned && match(Z, m_SRem(m_Specific(X), m_Specific(Op1)))) || @@ -750,7 +750,7 @@ Instruction *InstCombiner::commonIDivTransforms(BinaryOperator &I) { return BinaryOperator::Create(I.getOpcode(), X, Op1); } - return 0; + return nullptr; } /// dyn_castZExtVal - Checks if V is a zext or constant that can @@ -763,7 +763,7 @@ static Value *dyn_castZExtVal(Value *V, Type *Ty) { if (C->getValue().getActiveBits() <= cast<IntegerType>(Ty)->getBitWidth()) return ConstantExpr::getTrunc(C, Ty); } - return 0; + return nullptr; } namespace { @@ -788,7 +788,7 @@ struct UDivFoldAction { }; UDivFoldAction(FoldUDivOperandCb FA, Value *InputOperand) - : FoldAction(FA), OperandToFold(InputOperand), FoldResult(0) {} + : FoldAction(FA), OperandToFold(InputOperand), FoldResult(nullptr) {} UDivFoldAction(FoldUDivOperandCb FA, Value *InputOperand, size_t SLHS) : FoldAction(FA), OperandToFold(InputOperand), SelectLHSIdx(SLHS) {} }; @@ -867,7 +867,8 @@ static size_t visitUDivOperand(Value *Op0, Value *Op1, const BinaryOperator &I, if (SelectInst *SI = dyn_cast<SelectInst>(Op1)) if (size_t LHSIdx = visitUDivOperand(Op0, SI->getOperand(1), I, Actions)) if (visitUDivOperand(Op0, SI->getOperand(2), I, Actions)) { - Actions.push_back(UDivFoldAction((FoldUDivOperandCb)0, Op1, LHSIdx-1)); + Actions.push_back(UDivFoldAction((FoldUDivOperandCb)nullptr, Op1, + LHSIdx-1)); return Actions.size(); } @@ -930,7 +931,7 @@ Instruction *InstCombiner::visitUDiv(BinaryOperator &I) { return Inst; } - return 0; + return nullptr; } Instruction *InstCombiner::visitSDiv(BinaryOperator &I) { @@ -985,7 +986,7 @@ Instruction *InstCombiner::visitSDiv(BinaryOperator &I) { } } - return 0; + return nullptr; } /// CvtFDivConstToReciprocal tries to convert X/C into X*1/C if C not a special @@ -999,7 +1000,7 @@ static Instruction *CvtFDivConstToReciprocal(Value *Dividend, Constant *Divisor, bool AllowReciprocal) { if (!isa<ConstantFP>(Divisor)) // TODO: handle vectors. - return 0; + return nullptr; const APFloat &FpVal = cast<ConstantFP>(Divisor)->getValueAPF(); APFloat Reciprocal(FpVal.getSemantics()); @@ -1012,7 +1013,7 @@ static Instruction *CvtFDivConstToReciprocal(Value *Dividend, } if (!Cvt) - return 0; + return nullptr; ConstantFP *R; R = ConstantFP::get(Dividend->getType()->getContext(), Reciprocal); @@ -1039,10 +1040,10 @@ Instruction *InstCombiner::visitFDiv(BinaryOperator &I) { return R; if (AllowReassociate) { - Constant *C1 = 0; + Constant *C1 = nullptr; Constant *C2 = Op1C; Value *X; - Instruction *Res = 0; + Instruction *Res = nullptr; if (match(Op0, m_FMul(m_Value(X), m_Constant(C1)))) { // (X*C1)/C2 => X * (C1/C2) @@ -1073,12 +1074,12 @@ Instruction *InstCombiner::visitFDiv(BinaryOperator &I) { return T; } - return 0; + return nullptr; } if (AllowReassociate && isa<Constant>(Op0)) { Constant *C1 = cast<Constant>(Op0), *C2; - Constant *Fold = 0; + Constant *Fold = nullptr; Value *X; bool CreateDiv = true; @@ -1100,13 +1101,13 @@ Instruction *InstCombiner::visitFDiv(BinaryOperator &I) { R->setFastMathFlags(I.getFastMathFlags()); return R; } - return 0; + return nullptr; } if (AllowReassociate) { Value *X, *Y; - Value *NewInst = 0; - Instruction *SimpR = 0; + Value *NewInst = nullptr; + Instruction *SimpR = nullptr; if (Op0->hasOneUse() && match(Op0, m_FDiv(m_Value(X), m_Value(Y)))) { // (X/Y) / Z => X / (Y*Z) @@ -1142,7 +1143,7 @@ Instruction *InstCombiner::visitFDiv(BinaryOperator &I) { } } - return 0; + return nullptr; } /// This function implements the transforms common to both integer remainder @@ -1178,7 +1179,7 @@ Instruction *InstCombiner::commonIRemTransforms(BinaryOperator &I) { } } - return 0; + return nullptr; } Instruction *InstCombiner::visitURem(BinaryOperator &I) { @@ -1210,7 +1211,7 @@ Instruction *InstCombiner::visitURem(BinaryOperator &I) { return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Ext); } - return 0; + return nullptr; } Instruction *InstCombiner::visitSRem(BinaryOperator &I) { @@ -1252,7 +1253,7 @@ Instruction *InstCombiner::visitSRem(BinaryOperator &I) { bool hasMissing = false; for (unsigned i = 0; i != VWidth; ++i) { Constant *Elt = C->getAggregateElement(i); - if (Elt == 0) { + if (!Elt) { hasMissing = true; break; } @@ -1281,7 +1282,7 @@ Instruction *InstCombiner::visitSRem(BinaryOperator &I) { } } - return 0; + return nullptr; } Instruction *InstCombiner::visitFRem(BinaryOperator &I) { @@ -1294,5 +1295,5 @@ Instruction *InstCombiner::visitFRem(BinaryOperator &I) { if (isa<SelectInst>(Op1) && SimplifyDivRemOfSelect(I)) return &I; - return 0; + return nullptr; } diff --git a/lib/Transforms/InstCombine/InstCombinePHI.cpp b/lib/Transforms/InstCombine/InstCombinePHI.cpp index 292164271c..46f7b8a095 100644 --- a/lib/Transforms/InstCombine/InstCombinePHI.cpp +++ b/lib/Transforms/InstCombine/InstCombinePHI.cpp @@ -50,12 +50,12 @@ Instruction *InstCombiner::FoldPHIArgBinOpIntoPHI(PHINode &PN) { // types. I->getOperand(0)->getType() != LHSType || I->getOperand(1)->getType() != RHSType) - return 0; + return nullptr; // If they are CmpInst instructions, check their predicates if (CmpInst *CI = dyn_cast<CmpInst>(I)) if (CI->getPredicate() != cast<CmpInst>(FirstInst)->getPredicate()) - return 0; + return nullptr; if (isNUW) isNUW = cast<OverflowingBinaryOperator>(I)->hasNoUnsignedWrap(); @@ -65,8 +65,8 @@ Instruction *InstCombiner::FoldPHIArgBinOpIntoPHI(PHINode &PN) { isExact = cast<PossiblyExactOperator>(I)->isExact(); // Keep track of which operand needs a phi node. - if (I->getOperand(0) != LHSVal) LHSVal = 0; - if (I->getOperand(1) != RHSVal) RHSVal = 0; + if (I->getOperand(0) != LHSVal) LHSVal = nullptr; + if (I->getOperand(1) != RHSVal) RHSVal = nullptr; } // If both LHS and RHS would need a PHI, don't do this transformation, @@ -74,14 +74,14 @@ Instruction *InstCombiner::FoldPHIArgBinOpIntoPHI(PHINode &PN) { // which leads to higher register pressure. This is especially // bad when the PHIs are in the header of a loop. if (!LHSVal && !RHSVal) - return 0; + return nullptr; // Otherwise, this is safe to transform! Value *InLHS = FirstInst->getOperand(0); Value *InRHS = FirstInst->getOperand(1); - PHINode *NewLHS = 0, *NewRHS = 0; - if (LHSVal == 0) { + PHINode *NewLHS = nullptr, *NewRHS = nullptr; + if (!LHSVal) { NewLHS = PHINode::Create(LHSType, PN.getNumIncomingValues(), FirstInst->getOperand(0)->getName() + ".pn"); NewLHS->addIncoming(InLHS, PN.getIncomingBlock(0)); @@ -89,7 +89,7 @@ Instruction *InstCombiner::FoldPHIArgBinOpIntoPHI(PHINode &PN) { LHSVal = NewLHS; } - if (RHSVal == 0) { + if (!RHSVal) { NewRHS = PHINode::Create(RHSType, PN.getNumIncomingValues(), FirstInst->getOperand(1)->getName() + ".pn"); NewRHS->addIncoming(InRHS, PN.getIncomingBlock(0)); @@ -150,7 +150,7 @@ Instruction *InstCombiner::FoldPHIArgGEPIntoPHI(PHINode &PN) { GetElementPtrInst *GEP= dyn_cast<GetElementPtrInst>(PN.getIncomingValue(i)); if (!GEP || !GEP->hasOneUse() || GEP->getType() != FirstInst->getType() || GEP->getNumOperands() != FirstInst->getNumOperands()) - return 0; + return nullptr; AllInBounds &= GEP->isInBounds(); @@ -172,19 +172,19 @@ Instruction *InstCombiner::FoldPHIArgGEPIntoPHI(PHINode &PN) { // for struct indices, which must always be constant. if (isa<ConstantInt>(FirstInst->getOperand(op)) || isa<ConstantInt>(GEP->getOperand(op))) - return 0; + return nullptr; if (FirstInst->getOperand(op)->getType() !=GEP->getOperand(op)->getType()) - return 0; + return nullptr; // If we already needed a PHI for an earlier operand, and another operand // also requires a PHI, we'd be introducing more PHIs than we're // eliminating, which increases register pressure on entry to the PHI's // block. if (NeededPhi) - return 0; + return nullptr; - FixedOperands[op] = 0; // Needs a PHI. + FixedOperands[op] = nullptr; // Needs a PHI. NeededPhi = true; } } @@ -196,7 +196,7 @@ Instruction *InstCombiner::FoldPHIArgGEPIntoPHI(PHINode &PN) { // load up into the predecessors so that we have a load of a gep of an alloca, // which can usually all be folded into the load. if (AllBasePointersAreAllocas) - return 0; + return nullptr; // Otherwise, this is safe to transform. Insert PHI nodes for each operand // that is variable. @@ -290,7 +290,7 @@ Instruction *InstCombiner::FoldPHIArgLoadIntoPHI(PHINode &PN) { // FIXME: This is overconservative; this transform is allowed in some cases // for atomic operations. if (FirstLI->isAtomic()) - return 0; + return nullptr; // When processing loads, we need to propagate two bits of information to the // sunk load: whether it is volatile, and what its alignment is. We currently @@ -305,20 +305,20 @@ Instruction *InstCombiner::FoldPHIArgLoadIntoPHI(PHINode &PN) { // load and the PHI. if (FirstLI->getParent() != PN.getIncomingBlock(0) || !isSafeAndProfitableToSinkLoad(FirstLI)) - return 0; + return nullptr; // If the PHI is of volatile loads and the load block has multiple // successors, sinking it would remove a load of the volatile value from // the path through the other successor. if (isVolatile && FirstLI->getParent()->getTerminator()->getNumSuccessors() != 1) - return 0; + return nullptr; // Check to see if all arguments are the same operation. for (unsigned i = 1, e = PN.getNumIncomingValues(); i != e; ++i) { LoadInst *LI = dyn_cast<LoadInst>(PN.getIncomingValue(i)); if (!LI || !LI->hasOneUse()) - return 0; + return nullptr; // We can't sink the load if the loaded value could be modified between // the load and the PHI. @@ -326,12 +326,12 @@ Instruction *InstCombiner::FoldPHIArgLoadIntoPHI(PHINode &PN) { LI->getParent() != PN.getIncomingBlock(i) || LI->getPointerAddressSpace() != LoadAddrSpace || !isSafeAndProfitableToSinkLoad(LI)) - return 0; + return nullptr; // If some of the loads have an alignment specified but not all of them, // we can't do the transformation. if ((LoadAlignment != 0) != (LI->getAlignment() != 0)) - return 0; + return nullptr; LoadAlignment = std::min(LoadAlignment, LI->getAlignment()); @@ -340,7 +340,7 @@ Instruction *InstCombiner::FoldPHIArgLoadIntoPHI(PHINode &PN) { // the path through the other successor. if (isVolatile && LI->getParent()->getTerminator()->getNumSuccessors() != 1) - return 0; + return nullptr; } // Okay, they are all the same operation. Create a new PHI node of the @@ -356,7 +356,7 @@ Instruction *InstCombiner::FoldPHIArgLoadIntoPHI(PHINode &PN) { for (unsigned i = 1, e = PN.getNumIncomingValues(); i != e; ++i) { Value *NewInVal = cast<LoadInst>(PN.getIncomingValue(i))->getOperand(0); if (NewInVal != InVal) - InVal = 0; + InVal = nullptr; NewPN->addIncoming(NewInVal, PN.getIncomingBlock(i)); } @@ -400,8 +400,8 @@ Instruction *InstCombiner::FoldPHIArgOpIntoPHI(PHINode &PN) { // If all input operands to the phi are the same instruction (e.g. a cast from // the same type or "+42") we can pull the operation through the PHI, reducing // code size and simplifying code. - Constant *ConstantOp = 0; - Type *CastSrcTy = 0; + Constant *ConstantOp = nullptr; + Type *CastSrcTy = nullptr; bool isNUW = false, isNSW = false, isExact = false; if (isa<CastInst>(FirstInst)) { @@ -411,13 +411,13 @@ Instruction *InstCombiner::FoldPHIArgOpIntoPHI(PHINode &PN) { // the code by turning an i32 into an i1293. if (PN.getType()->isIntegerTy() && CastSrcTy->isIntegerTy()) { if (!ShouldChangeType(PN.getType(), CastSrcTy)) - return 0; + return nullptr; } } else if (isa<BinaryOperator>(FirstInst) || isa<CmpInst>(FirstInst)) { // Can fold binop, compare or shift here if the RHS is a constant, // otherwise call FoldPHIArgBinOpIntoPHI. ConstantOp = dyn_cast<Constant>(FirstInst->getOperand(1)); - if (ConstantOp == 0) + if (!ConstantOp) return FoldPHIArgBinOpIntoPHI(PN); if (OverflowingBinaryOperator *BO = @@ -428,19 +428,19 @@ Instruction *InstCombiner::FoldPHIArgOpIntoPHI(PHINode &PN) { dyn_cast<PossiblyExactOperator>(FirstInst)) isExact = PEO->isExact(); } else { - return 0; // Cannot fold this operation. + return nullptr; // Cannot fold this operation. } // Check to see if all arguments are the same operation. for (unsigned i = 1, e = PN.getNumIncomingValues(); i != e; ++i) { Instruction *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(PN.getIncomingValue(i)); - if (I == 0 || !I->hasOneUse() || !I->isSameOperationAs(FirstInst)) - return 0; + if (!I || !I->hasOneUse() || !I->isSameOperationAs(FirstInst)) + return nullptr; if (CastSrcTy) { if (I->getOperand(0)->getType() != CastSrcTy) - return 0; // Cast operation must match. + return nullptr; // Cast operation must match. } else if (I->getOperand(1) != ConstantOp) { - return 0; + return nullptr; } if (isNUW) @@ -464,7 +464,7 @@ Instruction *InstCombiner::FoldPHIArgOpIntoPHI(PHINode &PN) { for (unsigned i = 1, e = PN.getNumIncomingValues(); i != e; ++i) { Value *NewInVal = cast<Instruction>(PN.getIncomingValue(i))->getOperand(0); if (NewInVal != InVal) - InVal = 0; + InVal = nullptr; NewPN->addIncoming(NewInVal, PN.getIncomingBlock(i)); } @@ -589,10 +589,10 @@ namespace llvm { template<> struct DenseMapInfo<LoweredPHIRecord> { static inline LoweredPHIRecord getEmptyKey() { - return LoweredPHIRecord(0, 0); + return LoweredPHIRecord(nullptr, 0); } static inline LoweredPHIRecord getTombstoneKey() { - return LoweredPHIRecord(0, 1); + return LoweredPHIRecord(nullptr, 1); } static unsigned getHashValue(const LoweredPHIRecord &Val) { return DenseMapInfo<PHINode*>::getHashValue(Val.PN) ^ (Val.Shift>>3) ^ @@ -639,14 +639,14 @@ Instruction *InstCombiner::SliceUpIllegalIntegerPHI(PHINode &FirstPhi) { // bail out. for (unsigned i = 0, e = PN->getNumIncomingValues(); i != e; ++i) { InvokeInst *II = dyn_cast<InvokeInst>(PN->getIncomingValue(i)); - if (II == 0) continue; + if (!II) continue; if (II->getParent() != PN->getIncomingBlock(i)) continue; // If we have a phi, and if it's directly in the predecessor, then we have // a critical edge where we need to put the truncate. Since we can't // split the edge in instcombine, we have to bail out. - return 0; + return nullptr; } for (User *U : PN->users()) { @@ -669,7 +669,7 @@ Instruction *InstCombiner::SliceUpIllegalIntegerPHI(PHINode &FirstPhi) { if (UserI->getOpcode() != Instruction::LShr || !UserI->hasOneUse() || !isa<TruncInst>(UserI->user_back()) || !isa<ConstantInt>(UserI->getOperand(1))) - return 0; + return nullptr; unsigned Shift = cast<ConstantInt>(UserI->getOperand(1))->getZExtValue(); PHIUsers.push_back(PHIUsageRecord(PHIId, Shift, UserI->user_back())); @@ -707,7 +707,7 @@ Instruction *InstCombiner::SliceUpIllegalIntegerPHI(PHINode &FirstPhi) { // If we've already lowered a user like this, reuse the previously lowered // value. - if ((EltPHI = ExtractedVals[LoweredPHIRecord(PN, Offset, Ty)]) == 0) { + if ((EltPHI = ExtractedVals[LoweredPHIRecord(PN, Offset, Ty)]) == nullptr) { // Otherwise, Create the new PHI node for this user. EltPHI = PHINode::Create(Ty, PN->getNumIncomingValues(), @@ -896,5 +896,5 @@ Instruction *InstCombiner::visitPHINode(PHINode &PN) { if (Instruction *Res = SliceUpIllegalIntegerPHI(PN)) return Res; - return 0; + return nullptr; } diff --git a/lib/Transforms/InstCombine/InstCombineSelect.cpp b/lib/Transforms/InstCombine/InstCombineSelect.cpp index a366d6c416..795e645840 100644 --- a/lib/Transforms/InstCombine/InstCombineSelect.cpp +++ b/lib/Transforms/InstCombine/InstCombineSelect.cpp @@ -26,10 +26,10 @@ using namespace PatternMatch; static SelectPatternFlavor MatchSelectPattern(Value *V, Value *&LHS, Value *&RHS) { SelectInst *SI = dyn_cast<SelectInst>(V); - if (SI == 0) return SPF_UNKNOWN; + if (!SI) return SPF_UNKNOWN; ICmpInst *ICI = dyn_cast<ICmpInst>(SI->getCondition()); - if (ICI == 0) return SPF_UNKNOWN; + if (!ICI) return SPF_UNKNOWN; LHS = ICI->getOperand(0); RHS = ICI->getOperand(1); @@ -131,15 +131,15 @@ Instruction *InstCombiner::FoldSelectOpOp(SelectInst &SI, Instruction *TI, if (TI->isCast()) { Type *FIOpndTy = FI->getOperand(0)->getType(); if (TI->getOperand(0)->getType() != FIOpndTy) - return 0; + return nullptr; // The select condition may be a vector. We may only change the operand // type if the vector width remains the same (and matches the condition). Type *CondTy = SI.getCondition()->getType(); if (CondTy->isVectorTy() && (!FIOpndTy->isVectorTy() || CondTy->getVectorNumElements() != FIOpndTy->getVectorNumElements())) - return 0; + return nullptr; } else { - return 0; // unknown unary op. + return nullptr; // unknown unary op. } // Fold this by inserting a select from the input values. @@ -151,7 +151,7 @@ Instruction *InstCombiner::FoldSelectOpOp(SelectInst &SI, Instruction *TI, // Only handle binary operators here. if (!isa<BinaryOperator>(TI)) - return 0; + return nullptr; // Figure out if the operations have any operands in common. Value *MatchOp, *OtherOpT, *OtherOpF; @@ -167,7 +167,7 @@ Instruction *InstCombiner::FoldSelectOpOp(SelectInst &SI, Instruction *TI, OtherOpF = FI->getOperand(0); MatchIsOpZero = false; } else if (!TI->isCommutative()) { - return 0; + return nullptr; } else if (TI->getOperand(0) == FI->getOperand(1)) { MatchOp = TI->getOperand(0); OtherOpT = TI->getOperand(1); @@ -179,7 +179,7 @@ Instruction *InstCombiner::FoldSelectOpOp(SelectInst &SI, Instruction *TI, OtherOpF = FI->getOperand(1); MatchIsOpZero = true; } else { - return 0; + return nullptr; } // If we reach here, they do have operations in common. @@ -284,7 +284,7 @@ Instruction *InstCombiner::FoldSelectIntoOp(SelectInst &SI, Value *TrueVal, } } - return 0; + return nullptr; } /// SimplifyWithOpReplaced - See if V simplifies when its operand Op is @@ -298,7 +298,7 @@ static Value *SimplifyWithOpReplaced(Value *V, Value *Op, Value *RepOp, Instruction *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(V); if (!I) - return 0; + return nullptr; // If this is a binary operator, try to simplify it with the replaced op. if (BinaryOperator *B = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(I)) { @@ -349,7 +349,7 @@ static Value *SimplifyWithOpReplaced(Value *V, Value *Op, Value *RepOp, } } - return 0; + return nullptr; } /// foldSelectICmpAndOr - We want to turn: @@ -370,18 +370,18 @@ static Value *foldSelectICmpAndOr(const SelectInst &SI, Value *TrueVal, InstCombiner::BuilderTy *Builder) { const ICmpInst *IC = dyn_cast<ICmpInst>(SI.getCondition()); if (!IC || !IC->isEquality() || !SI.getType()->isIntegerTy()) - return 0; + return nullptr; Value *CmpLHS = IC->getOperand(0); Value *CmpRHS = IC->getOperand(1); if (!match(CmpRHS, m_Zero())) - return 0; + return nullptr; Value *X; const APInt *C1; if (!match(CmpLHS, m_And(m_Value(X), m_Power2(C1)))) - return 0; + return nullptr; const APInt *C2; bool OrOnTrueVal = false; @@ -390,7 +390,7 @@ static Value *foldSelectICmpAndOr(const SelectInst &SI, Value *TrueVal, OrOnTrueVal = match(TrueVal, m_Or(m_Specific(FalseVal), m_Power2(C2))); if (!OrOnFalseVal && !OrOnTrueVal) - return 0; + return nullptr; Value *V = CmpLHS; Value *Y = OrOnFalseVal ? TrueVal : FalseVal; @@ -529,7 +529,7 @@ Instruction *InstCombiner::visitSelectInstWithICmp(SelectInst &SI, if (IntegerType *Ty = dyn_cast<IntegerType>(CmpLHS->getType())) { if (TrueVal->getType() == Ty) { if (ConstantInt *Cmp = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(CmpRHS)) { - ConstantInt *C1 = NULL, *C2 = NULL; + ConstantInt *C1 = nullptr, *C2 = nullptr; if (Pred == ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT && Cmp->isAllOnesValue()) { C1 = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(TrueVal); C2 = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(FalseVal); @@ -588,7 +588,7 @@ Instruction *InstCombiner::visitSelectInstWithICmp(SelectInst &SI, if (Value *V = foldSelectICmpAndOr(SI, TrueVal, FalseVal, Builder)) return ReplaceInstUsesWith(SI, V); - return Changed ? &SI : 0; + return Changed ? &SI : nullptr; } @@ -608,7 +608,7 @@ static bool CanSelectOperandBeMappingIntoPredBlock(const Value *V, // If the value is a non-instruction value like a constant or argument, it // can always be mapped. const Instruction *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(V); - if (I == 0) return true; + if (!I) return true; // If V is a PHI node defined in the same block as the condition PHI, we can // map the arguments. @@ -652,7 +652,7 @@ Instruction *InstCombiner::FoldSPFofSPF(Instruction *Inner, } // TODO: MIN(MIN(A, 23), 97) - return 0; + return nullptr; } @@ -665,27 +665,27 @@ static Value *foldSelectICmpAnd(const SelectInst &SI, ConstantInt *TrueVal, InstCombiner::BuilderTy *Builder) { const ICmpInst *IC = dyn_cast<ICmpInst>(SI.getCondition()); if (!IC || !IC->isEquality() || !SI.getType()->isIntegerTy()) - return 0; + return nullptr; if (!match(IC->getOperand(1), m_Zero())) - return 0; + return nullptr; ConstantInt *AndRHS; Value *LHS = IC->getOperand(0); if (!match(LHS, m_And(m_Value(), m_ConstantInt(AndRHS)))) - return 0; + return nullptr; // If both select arms are non-zero see if we have a select of the form // 'x ? 2^n + C : C'. Then we can offset both arms by C, use the logic // for 'x ? 2^n : 0' and fix the thing up at the end. - ConstantInt *Offset = 0; + ConstantInt *Offset = nullptr; if (!TrueVal->isZero() && !FalseVal->isZero()) { if ((TrueVal->getValue() - FalseVal->getValue()).isPowerOf2()) Offset = FalseVal; else if ((FalseVal->getValue() - TrueVal->getValue()).isPowerOf2()) Offset = TrueVal; else - return 0; + return nullptr; // Adjust TrueVal and FalseVal to the offset. TrueVal = ConstantInt::get(Builder->getContext(), @@ -698,7 +698,7 @@ static Value *foldSelectICmpAnd(const SelectInst &SI, ConstantInt *TrueVal, if (!AndRHS->getValue().isPowerOf2() || (!TrueVal->getValue().isPowerOf2() && !FalseVal->getValue().isPowerOf2())) - return 0; + return nullptr; // Determine which shift is needed to transform result of the 'and' into the // desired result. @@ -710,7 +710,7 @@ static Value *foldSelectICmpAnd(const SelectInst &SI, ConstantInt *TrueVal, // or a trunc of the 'and'. The trunc case requires that all of the truncated // bits are zero, we can figure that out by looking at the 'and' mask. if (AndZeros >= ValC->getBitWidth()) - return 0; + return nullptr; Value *V = Builder->CreateZExtOrTrunc(LHS, SI.getType()); if (ValZeros > AndZeros) @@ -868,7 +868,7 @@ Instruction *InstCombiner::visitSelectInst(SelectInst &SI) { if (Instruction *TI = dyn_cast<Instruction>(TrueVal)) if (Instruction *FI = dyn_cast<Instruction>(FalseVal)) if (TI->hasOneUse() && FI->hasOneUse()) { - Instruction *AddOp = 0, *SubOp = 0; + Instruction *AddOp = nullptr, *SubOp = nullptr; // Turn (select C, (op X, Y), (op X, Z)) -> (op X, (select C, Y, Z)) if (TI->getOpcode() == FI->getOpcode()) @@ -890,7 +890,7 @@ Instruction *InstCombiner::visitSelectInst(SelectInst &SI) { } if (AddOp) { - Value *OtherAddOp = 0; + Value *OtherAddOp = nullptr; if (SubOp->getOperand(0) == AddOp->getOperand(0)) { OtherAddOp = AddOp->getOperand(1); } else if (SubOp->getOperand(0) == AddOp->getOperand(1)) { @@ -971,7 +971,7 @@ Instruction *InstCombiner::visitSelectInst(SelectInst &SI) { if (SelectInst *TrueSI = dyn_cast<SelectInst>(TrueVal)) { if (TrueSI->getCondition() == CondVal) { if (SI.getTrueValue() == TrueSI->getTrueValue()) - return 0; + return nullptr; SI.setOperand(1, TrueSI->getTrueValue()); return &SI; } @@ -979,7 +979,7 @@ Instruction *InstCombiner::visitSelectInst(SelectInst &SI) { if (SelectInst *FalseSI = dyn_cast<SelectInst>(FalseVal)) { if (FalseSI->getCondition() == CondVal) { if (SI.getFalseValue() == FalseSI->getFalseValue()) - return 0; + return nullptr; SI.setOperand(2, FalseSI->getFalseValue()); return &SI; } @@ -1007,5 +1007,5 @@ Instruction *InstCombiner::visitSelectInst(SelectInst &SI) { } } - return 0; + return nullptr; } diff --git a/lib/Transforms/InstCombine/InstCombineShifts.cpp b/lib/Transforms/InstCombine/InstCombineShifts.cpp index 1f98a0d22e..5504cb2ef8 100644 --- a/lib/Transforms/InstCombine/InstCombineShifts.cpp +++ b/lib/Transforms/InstCombine/InstCombineShifts.cpp @@ -52,7 +52,7 @@ Instruction *InstCombiner::commonShiftTransforms(BinaryOperator &I) { return &I; } - return 0; + return nullptr; } /// CanEvaluateShifted - See if we can compute the specified value, but shifted @@ -80,7 +80,7 @@ static bool CanEvaluateShifted(Value *V, unsigned NumBits, bool isLeftShift, // if the needed bits are already zero in the input. This allows us to reuse // the value which means that we don't care if the shift has multiple uses. // TODO: Handle opposite shift by exact value. - ConstantInt *CI = 0; + ConstantInt *CI = nullptr; if ((isLeftShift && match(I, m_LShr(m_Value(), m_ConstantInt(CI)))) || (!isLeftShift && match(I, m_Shl(m_Value(), m_ConstantInt(CI))))) { if (CI->getZExtValue() == NumBits) { @@ -117,7 +117,7 @@ static bool CanEvaluateShifted(Value *V, unsigned NumBits, bool isLeftShift, case Instruction::Shl: { // We can often fold the shift into shifts-by-a-constant. CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(I->getOperand(1)); - if (CI == 0) return false; + if (!CI) return false; // We can always fold shl(c1)+shl(c2) -> shl(c1+c2). if (isLeftShift) return true; @@ -141,7 +141,7 @@ static bool CanEvaluateShifted(Value *V, unsigned NumBits, bool isLeftShift, case Instruction::LShr: { // We can often fold the shift into shifts-by-a-constant. CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(I->getOperand(1)); - if (CI == 0) return false; + if (!CI) return false; // We can always fold lshr(c1)+lshr(c2) -> lshr(c1+c2). if (!isLeftShift) return true; @@ -534,7 +534,7 @@ Instruction *InstCombiner::FoldShiftByConstant(Value *Op0, Constant *Op1, // Find out if this is a shift of a shift by a constant. BinaryOperator *ShiftOp = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(Op0); if (ShiftOp && !ShiftOp->isShift()) - ShiftOp = 0; + ShiftOp = nullptr; if (ShiftOp && isa<ConstantInt>(ShiftOp->getOperand(1))) { @@ -554,7 +554,7 @@ Instruction *InstCombiner::FoldShiftByConstant(Value *Op0, Constant *Op1, uint32_t ShiftAmt1 = ShiftAmt1C->getLimitedValue(TypeBits); uint32_t ShiftAmt2 = COp1->getLimitedValue(TypeBits); assert(ShiftAmt2 != 0 && "Should have been simplified earlier"); - if (ShiftAmt1 == 0) return 0; // Will be simplified in the future. + if (ShiftAmt1 == 0) return nullptr; // Will be simplified in the future. Value *X = ShiftOp->getOperand(0); IntegerType *Ty = cast<IntegerType>(I.getType()); @@ -682,7 +682,7 @@ Instruction *InstCombiner::FoldShiftByConstant(Value *Op0, Constant *Op1, } } } - return 0; + return nullptr; } Instruction *InstCombiner::visitShl(BinaryOperator &I) { @@ -720,7 +720,7 @@ Instruction *InstCombiner::visitShl(BinaryOperator &I) { match(I.getOperand(1), m_Constant(C2))) return BinaryOperator::CreateShl(ConstantExpr::getShl(C1, C2), A); - return 0; + return nullptr; } Instruction *InstCombiner::visitLShr(BinaryOperator &I) { @@ -760,7 +760,7 @@ Instruction *InstCombiner::visitLShr(BinaryOperator &I) { } } - return 0; + return nullptr; } Instruction *InstCombiner::visitAShr(BinaryOperator &I) { @@ -816,5 +816,5 @@ Instruction *InstCombiner::visitAShr(BinaryOperator &I) { if (NumSignBits == Op0->getType()->getScalarSizeInBits()) return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Op0); - return 0; + return nullptr; } diff --git a/lib/Transforms/InstCombine/InstCombineSimplifyDemanded.cpp b/lib/Transforms/InstCombine/InstCombineSimplifyDemanded.cpp index 248c5a0039..9f09584b45 100644 --- a/lib/Transforms/InstCombine/InstCombineSimplifyDemanded.cpp +++ b/lib/Transforms/InstCombine/InstCombineSimplifyDemanded.cpp @@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ bool InstCombiner::SimplifyDemandedInstructionBits(Instruction &Inst) { Value *V = SimplifyDemandedUseBits(&Inst, DemandedMask, KnownZero, KnownOne, 0); - if (V == 0) return false; + if (!V) return false; if (V == &Inst) return true; ReplaceInstUsesWith(Inst, V); return true; @@ -72,7 +72,7 @@ bool InstCombiner::SimplifyDemandedBits(Use &U, APInt DemandedMask, unsigned Depth) { Value *NewVal = SimplifyDemandedUseBits(U.get(), DemandedMask, KnownZero, KnownOne, Depth); - if (NewVal == 0) return false; + if (!NewVal) return false; U = NewVal; return true; } @@ -119,25 +119,25 @@ Value *InstCombiner::SimplifyDemandedUseBits(Value *V, APInt DemandedMask, // We know all of the bits for a constant! KnownOne = CI->getValue() & DemandedMask; KnownZero = ~KnownOne & DemandedMask; - return 0; + return nullptr; } if (isa<ConstantPointerNull>(V)) { // We know all of the bits for a constant! KnownOne.clearAllBits(); KnownZero = DemandedMask; - return 0; + return nullptr; } KnownZero.clearAllBits(); KnownOne.clearAllBits(); if (DemandedMask == 0) { // Not demanding any bits from V. if (isa<UndefValue>(V)) - return 0; + return nullptr; return UndefValue::get(VTy); } if (Depth == 6) // Limit search depth. - return 0; + return nullptr; APInt LHSKnownZero(BitWidth, 0), LHSKnownOne(BitWidth, 0); APInt RHSKnownZero(BitWidth, 0), RHSKnownOne(BitWidth, 0); @@ -145,7 +145,7 @@ Value *InstCombiner::SimplifyDemandedUseBits(Value *V, APInt DemandedMask, Instruction *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(V); if (!I) { ComputeMaskedBits(V, KnownZero, KnownOne, Depth); - return 0; // Only analyze instructions. + return nullptr; // Only analyze instructions. } // If there are multiple uses of this value and we aren't at the root, then @@ -218,7 +218,7 @@ Value *InstCombiner::SimplifyDemandedUseBits(Value *V, APInt DemandedMask, // Compute the KnownZero/KnownOne bits to simplify things downstream. ComputeMaskedBits(I, KnownZero, KnownOne, Depth); - return 0; + return nullptr; } // If this is the root being simplified, allow it to have multiple uses, @@ -410,20 +410,20 @@ Value *InstCombiner::SimplifyDemandedUseBits(Value *V, APInt DemandedMask, } case Instruction::BitCast: if (!I->getOperand(0)->getType()->isIntOrIntVectorTy()) - return 0; // vector->int or fp->int? + return nullptr; // vector->int or fp->int? if (VectorType *DstVTy = dyn_cast<VectorType>(I->getType())) { if (VectorType *SrcVTy = dyn_cast<VectorType>(I->getOperand(0)->getType())) { if (DstVTy->getNumElements() != SrcVTy->getNumElements()) // Don't touch a bitcast between vectors of different element counts. - return 0; + return nullptr; } else // Don't touch a scalar-to-vector bitcast. - return 0; + return nullptr; } else if (I->getOperand(0)->getType()->isVectorTy()) // Don't touch a vector-to-scalar bitcast. - return 0; + return nullptr; if (SimplifyDemandedBits(I->getOperandUse(0), DemandedMask, KnownZero, KnownOne, Depth+1)) @@ -811,7 +811,7 @@ Value *InstCombiner::SimplifyDemandedUseBits(Value *V, APInt DemandedMask, } case Intrinsic::x86_sse42_crc32_64_64: KnownZero = APInt::getHighBitsSet(64, 32); - return 0; + return nullptr; } } ComputeMaskedBits(V, KnownZero, KnownOne, Depth); @@ -822,7 +822,7 @@ Value *InstCombiner::SimplifyDemandedUseBits(Value *V, APInt DemandedMask, // constant. if ((DemandedMask & (KnownZero|KnownOne)) == DemandedMask) return Constant::getIntegerValue(VTy, KnownOne); - return 0; + return nullptr; } /// Helper routine of SimplifyDemandedUseBits. It tries to simplify @@ -848,13 +848,13 @@ Value *InstCombiner::SimplifyShrShlDemandedBits(Instruction *Shr, const APInt &ShlOp1 = cast<ConstantInt>(Shl->getOperand(1))->getValue(); const APInt &ShrOp1 = cast<ConstantInt>(Shr->getOperand(1))->getValue(); if (!ShlOp1 || !ShrOp1) - return 0; // Noop. + return nullptr; // Noop. Value *VarX = Shr->getOperand(0); Type *Ty = VarX->getType(); unsigned BitWidth = Ty->getIntegerBitWidth(); if (ShlOp1.uge(BitWidth) || ShrOp1.uge(BitWidth)) - return 0; // Undef. + return nullptr; // Undef. unsigned ShlAmt = ShlOp1.getZExtValue(); unsigned ShrAmt = ShrOp1.getZExtValue(); @@ -883,7 +883,7 @@ Value *InstCombiner::SimplifyShrShlDemandedBits(Instruction *Shr, return VarX; if (!Shr->hasOneUse()) - return 0; + return nullptr; BinaryOperator *New; if (ShrAmt < ShlAmt) { @@ -903,7 +903,7 @@ Value *InstCombiner::SimplifyShrShlDemandedBits(Instruction *Shr, return InsertNewInstWith(New, *Shl); } - return 0; + return nullptr; } /// SimplifyDemandedVectorElts - The specified value produces a vector with @@ -924,7 +924,7 @@ Value *InstCombiner::SimplifyDemandedVectorElts(Value *V, APInt DemandedElts, if (isa<UndefValue>(V)) { // If the entire vector is undefined, just return this info. UndefElts = EltMask; - return 0; + return nullptr; } if (DemandedElts == 0) { // If nothing is demanded, provide undef. @@ -939,7 +939,7 @@ Value *InstCombiner::SimplifyDemandedVectorElts(Value *V, APInt DemandedElts, // Check if this is identity. If so, return 0 since we are not simplifying // anything. if (DemandedElts.isAllOnesValue()) - return 0; + return nullptr; Type *EltTy = cast<VectorType>(V->getType())->getElementType(); Constant *Undef = UndefValue::get(EltTy); @@ -953,7 +953,7 @@ Value *InstCombiner::SimplifyDemandedVectorElts(Value *V, APInt DemandedElts, } Constant *Elt = C->getAggregateElement(i); - if (Elt == 0) return 0; + if (!Elt) return nullptr; if (isa<UndefValue>(Elt)) { // Already undef. Elts.push_back(Undef); @@ -965,12 +965,12 @@ Value *InstCombiner::SimplifyDemandedVectorElts(Value *V, APInt DemandedElts, // If we changed the constant, return it. Constant *NewCV = ConstantVector::get(Elts); - return NewCV != C ? NewCV : 0; + return NewCV != C ? NewCV : nullptr; } // Limit search depth. if (Depth == 10) - return 0; + return nullptr; // If multiple users are using the root value, proceed with // simplification conservatively assuming that all elements @@ -981,14 +981,14 @@ Value *InstCombiner::SimplifyDemandedVectorElts(Value *V, APInt DemandedElts, // the main instcombine process. if (Depth != 0) // TODO: Just compute the UndefElts information recursively. - return 0; + return nullptr; // Conservatively assume that all elements are needed. DemandedElts = EltMask; } Instruction *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(V); - if (!I) return 0; // Only analyze instructions. + if (!I) return nullptr; // Only analyze instructions. bool MadeChange = false; APInt UndefElts2(VWidth, 0); @@ -1000,7 +1000,7 @@ Value *InstCombiner::SimplifyDemandedVectorElts(Value *V, APInt DemandedElts, // If this is a variable index, we don't know which element it overwrites. // demand exactly the same input as we produce. ConstantInt *Idx = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(I->getOperand(2)); - if (Idx == 0) { + if (!Idx) { // Note that we can't propagate undef elt info, because we don't know // which elt is getting updated. TmpV = SimplifyDemandedVectorElts(I->getOperand(0), DemandedElts, @@ -1282,5 +1282,5 @@ Value *InstCombiner::SimplifyDemandedVectorElts(Value *V, APInt DemandedElts, break; } } - return MadeChange ? I : 0; + return MadeChange ? I : nullptr; } diff --git a/lib/Transforms/InstCombine/InstCombineVectorOps.cpp b/lib/Transforms/InstCombine/InstCombineVectorOps.cpp index 12837eed16..b63c3a6b26 100644 --- a/lib/Transforms/InstCombine/InstCombineVectorOps.cpp +++ b/lib/Transforms/InstCombine/InstCombineVectorOps.cpp @@ -75,7 +75,7 @@ static Value *FindScalarElement(Value *V, unsigned EltNo) { if (InsertElementInst *III = dyn_cast<InsertElementInst>(V)) { // If this is an insert to a variable element, we don't know what it is. if (!isa<ConstantInt>(III->getOperand(2))) - return 0; + return nullptr; unsigned IIElt = cast<ConstantInt>(III->getOperand(2))->getZExtValue(); // If this is an insert to the element we are looking for, return the @@ -99,14 +99,14 @@ static Value *FindScalarElement(Value *V, unsigned EltNo) { } // Extract a value from a vector add operation with a constant zero. - Value *Val = 0; Constant *Con = 0; + Value *Val = nullptr; Constant *Con = nullptr; if (match(V, m_Add(m_Value(Val), m_Constant(Con)))) { if (Con->getAggregateElement(EltNo)->isNullValue()) return FindScalarElement(Val, EltNo); } // Otherwise, we don't know. - return 0; + return nullptr; } // If we have a PHI node with a vector type that has only 2 uses: feed @@ -115,7 +115,7 @@ static Value *FindScalarElement(Value *V, unsigned EltNo) { Instruction *InstCombiner::scalarizePHI(ExtractElementInst &EI, PHINode *PN) { // Verify that the PHI node has exactly 2 uses. Otherwise return NULL. if (!PN->hasNUses(2)) - return NULL; + return nullptr; // If so, it's known at this point that one operand is PHI and the other is // an extractelement node. Find the PHI user that is not the extractelement @@ -130,7 +130,7 @@ Instruction *InstCombiner::scalarizePHI(ExtractElementInst &EI, PHINode *PN) { // otherwise return NULL. if (!PHIUser->hasOneUse() || !(PHIUser->user_back() == PN) || !(isa<BinaryOperator>(PHIUser)) || !CheapToScalarize(PHIUser, true)) - return NULL; + return nullptr; // Create a scalar PHI node that will replace the vector PHI node // just before the current PHI node. @@ -320,7 +320,7 @@ Instruction *InstCombiner::visitExtractElementInst(ExtractElementInst &EI) { } } } - return 0; + return nullptr; } /// CollectSingleShuffleElements - If V is a shuffle of values that ONLY returns @@ -442,7 +442,7 @@ static ShuffleOps CollectShuffleElements(Value *V, // Either the extracted from or inserted into vector must be RHSVec, // otherwise we'd end up with a shuffle of three inputs. - if (EI->getOperand(0) == PermittedRHS || PermittedRHS == 0) { + if (EI->getOperand(0) == PermittedRHS || PermittedRHS == nullptr) { Value *RHS = EI->getOperand(0); ShuffleOps LR = CollectShuffleElements(VecOp, Mask, RHS); assert(LR.second == 0 || LR.second == RHS); @@ -525,13 +525,14 @@ Instruction *InstCombiner::visitInsertElementInst(InsertElementInst &IE) { // (and any insertelements it points to), into one big shuffle. if (!IE.hasOneUse() || !isa<InsertElementInst>(IE.user_back())) { SmallVector<Constant*, 16> Mask; - ShuffleOps LR = CollectShuffleElements(&IE, Mask, 0); + ShuffleOps LR = CollectShuffleElements(&IE, Mask, nullptr); // The proposed shuffle may be trivial, in which case we shouldn't // perform the combine. if (LR.first != &IE && LR.second != &IE) { // We now have a shuffle of LHS, RHS, Mask. - if (LR.second == 0) LR.second = UndefValue::get(LR.first->getType()); + if (LR.second == nullptr) + LR.second = UndefValue::get(LR.first->getType()); return new ShuffleVectorInst(LR.first, LR.second, ConstantVector::get(Mask)); } @@ -548,7 +549,7 @@ Instruction *InstCombiner::visitInsertElementInst(InsertElementInst &IE) { return &IE; } - return 0; + return nullptr; } /// Return true if we can evaluate the specified expression tree if the vector @@ -934,16 +935,16 @@ Instruction *InstCombiner::visitShuffleVectorInst(ShuffleVectorInst &SVI) { ShuffleVectorInst* RHSShuffle = dyn_cast<ShuffleVectorInst>(RHS); if (LHSShuffle) if (!isa<UndefValue>(LHSShuffle->getOperand(1)) && !isa<UndefValue>(RHS)) - LHSShuffle = NULL; + LHSShuffle = nullptr; if (RHSShuffle) if (!isa<UndefValue>(RHSShuffle->getOperand(1))) - RHSShuffle = NULL; + RHSShuffle = nullptr; if (!LHSShuffle && !RHSShuffle) - return MadeChange ? &SVI : 0; + return MadeChange ? &SVI : nullptr; - Value* LHSOp0 = NULL; - Value* LHSOp1 = NULL; - Value* RHSOp0 = NULL; + Value* LHSOp0 = nullptr; + Value* LHSOp1 = nullptr; + Value* RHSOp0 = nullptr; unsigned LHSOp0Width = 0; unsigned RHSOp0Width = 0; if (LHSShuffle) { @@ -975,11 +976,11 @@ Instruction *InstCombiner::visitShuffleVectorInst(ShuffleVectorInst &SVI) { // case 4 if (LHSOp0 == RHSOp0) { newLHS = LHSOp0; - newRHS = NULL; + newRHS = nullptr; } if (newLHS == LHS && newRHS == RHS) - return MadeChange ? &SVI : 0; + return MadeChange ? &SVI : nullptr; SmallVector<int, 16> LHSMask; SmallVector<int, 16> RHSMask; @@ -1039,7 +1040,7 @@ Instruction *InstCombiner::visitShuffleVectorInst(ShuffleVectorInst &SVI) { // If newRHS == newLHS, we want to remap any references from newRHS to // newLHS so that we can properly identify splats that may occur due to // obfuscation across the two vectors. - if (eltMask >= 0 && newRHS != NULL && newLHS != newRHS) + if (eltMask >= 0 && newRHS != nullptr && newLHS != newRHS) eltMask += newLHSWidth; } @@ -1065,10 +1066,10 @@ Instruction *InstCombiner::visitShuffleVectorInst(ShuffleVectorInst &SVI) { Elts.push_back(ConstantInt::get(Int32Ty, newMask[i])); } } - if (newRHS == NULL) + if (!newRHS) newRHS = UndefValue::get(newLHS->getType()); return new ShuffleVectorInst(newLHS, newRHS, ConstantVector::get(Elts)); } - return MadeChange ? &SVI : 0; + return MadeChange ? &SVI : nullptr; } diff --git a/lib/Transforms/InstCombine/InstructionCombining.cpp b/lib/Transforms/InstCombine/InstructionCombining.cpp index bc9a43fa7e..f0964e8d39 100644 --- a/lib/Transforms/InstCombine/InstructionCombining.cpp +++ b/lib/Transforms/InstCombine/InstructionCombining.cpp @@ -513,7 +513,7 @@ Value *InstCombiner::SimplifyUsingDistributiveLaws(BinaryOperator &I) { } } - return 0; + return nullptr; } // dyn_castNegVal - Given a 'sub' instruction, return the RHS of the instruction @@ -531,7 +531,7 @@ Value *InstCombiner::dyn_castNegVal(Value *V) const { if (C->getType()->getElementType()->isIntegerTy()) return ConstantExpr::getNeg(C); - return 0; + return nullptr; } // dyn_castFNegVal - Given a 'fsub' instruction, return the RHS of the @@ -550,7 +550,7 @@ Value *InstCombiner::dyn_castFNegVal(Value *V, bool IgnoreZeroSign) const { if (C->getType()->getElementType()->isFloatingPointTy()) return ConstantExpr::getFNeg(C); - return 0; + return nullptr; } static Value *FoldOperationIntoSelectOperand(Instruction &I, Value *SO, @@ -596,13 +596,13 @@ static Value *FoldOperationIntoSelectOperand(Instruction &I, Value *SO, // not have a second operand. Instruction *InstCombiner::FoldOpIntoSelect(Instruction &Op, SelectInst *SI) { // Don't modify shared select instructions - if (!SI->hasOneUse()) return 0; + if (!SI->hasOneUse()) return nullptr; Value *TV = SI->getOperand(1); Value *FV = SI->getOperand(2); if (isa<Constant>(TV) || isa<Constant>(FV)) { // Bool selects with constant operands can be folded to logical ops. - if (SI->getType()->isIntegerTy(1)) return 0; + if (SI->getType()->isIntegerTy(1)) return nullptr; // If it's a bitcast involving vectors, make sure it has the same number of // elements on both sides. @@ -611,10 +611,10 @@ Instruction *InstCombiner::FoldOpIntoSelect(Instruction &Op, SelectInst *SI) { VectorType *SrcTy = dyn_cast<VectorType>(BC->getSrcTy()); // Verify that either both or neither are vectors. - if ((SrcTy == NULL) != (DestTy == NULL)) return 0; + if ((SrcTy == nullptr) != (DestTy == nullptr)) return nullptr; // If vectors, verify that they have the same number of elements. if (SrcTy && SrcTy->getNumElements() != DestTy->getNumElements()) - return 0; + return nullptr; } Value *SelectTrueVal = FoldOperationIntoSelectOperand(Op, TV, this); @@ -623,7 +623,7 @@ Instruction *InstCombiner::FoldOpIntoSelect(Instruction &Op, SelectInst *SI) { return SelectInst::Create(SI->getCondition(), SelectTrueVal, SelectFalseVal); } - return 0; + return nullptr; } @@ -635,7 +635,7 @@ Instruction *InstCombiner::FoldOpIntoPhi(Instruction &I) { PHINode *PN = cast<PHINode>(I.getOperand(0)); unsigned NumPHIValues = PN->getNumIncomingValues(); if (NumPHIValues == 0) - return 0; + return nullptr; // We normally only transform phis with a single use. However, if a PHI has // multiple uses and they are all the same operation, we can fold *all* of the @@ -645,7 +645,7 @@ Instruction *InstCombiner::FoldOpIntoPhi(Instruction &I) { for (User *U : PN->users()) { Instruction *UI = cast<Instruction>(U); if (UI != &I && !I.isIdenticalTo(UI)) - return 0; + return nullptr; } // Otherwise, we can replace *all* users with the new PHI we form. } @@ -655,14 +655,14 @@ Instruction *InstCombiner::FoldOpIntoPhi(Instruction &I) { // remember the BB it is in. If there is more than one or if *it* is a PHI, // bail out. We don't do arbitrary constant expressions here because moving // their computation can be expensive without a cost model. - BasicBlock *NonConstBB = 0; + BasicBlock *NonConstBB = nullptr; for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumPHIValues; ++i) { Value *InVal = PN->getIncomingValue(i); if (isa<Constant>(InVal) && !isa<ConstantExpr>(InVal)) continue; - if (isa<PHINode>(InVal)) return 0; // Itself a phi. - if (NonConstBB) return 0; // More than one non-const value. + if (isa<PHINode>(InVal)) return nullptr; // Itself a phi. + if (NonConstBB) return nullptr; // More than one non-const value. NonConstBB = PN->getIncomingBlock(i); @@ -670,22 +670,22 @@ Instruction *InstCombiner::FoldOpIntoPhi(Instruction &I) { // insert a computation after it without breaking the edge. if (InvokeInst *II = dyn_cast<InvokeInst>(InVal)) if (II->getParent() == NonConstBB) - return 0; + return nullptr; // If the incoming non-constant value is in I's block, we will remove one // instruction, but insert another equivalent one, leading to infinite // instcombine. if (NonConstBB == I.getParent()) - return 0; + return nullptr; } // If there is exactly one non-constant value, we can insert a copy of the // operation in that block. However, if this is a critical edge, we would be // inserting the computation one some other paths (e.g. inside a loop). Only // do this if the pred block is unconditionally branching into the phi block. - if (NonConstBB != 0) { + if (NonConstBB != nullptr) { BranchInst *BI = dyn_cast<BranchInst>(NonConstBB->getTerminator()); - if (!BI || !BI->isUnconditional()) return 0; + if (!BI || !BI->isUnconditional()) return nullptr; } // Okay, we can do the transformation: create the new PHI node. @@ -709,7 +709,7 @@ Instruction *InstCombiner::FoldOpIntoPhi(Instruction &I) { BasicBlock *ThisBB = PN->getIncomingBlock(i); Value *TrueVInPred = TrueV->DoPHITranslation(PhiTransBB, ThisBB); Value *FalseVInPred = FalseV->DoPHITranslation(PhiTransBB, ThisBB); - Value *InV = 0; + Value *InV = nullptr; // Beware of ConstantExpr: it may eventually evaluate to getNullValue, // even if currently isNullValue gives false. Constant *InC = dyn_cast<Constant>(PN->getIncomingValue(i)); @@ -723,7 +723,7 @@ Instruction *InstCombiner::FoldOpIntoPhi(Instruction &I) { } else if (CmpInst *CI = dyn_cast<CmpInst>(&I)) { Constant *C = cast<Constant>(I.getOperand(1)); for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumPHIValues; ++i) { - Value *InV = 0; + Value *InV = nullptr; if (Constant *InC = dyn_cast<Constant>(PN->getIncomingValue(i))) InV = ConstantExpr::getCompare(CI->getPredicate(), InC, C); else if (isa<ICmpInst>(CI)) @@ -737,7 +737,7 @@ Instruction *InstCombiner::FoldOpIntoPhi(Instruction &I) { } else if (I.getNumOperands() == 2) { Constant *C = cast<Constant>(I.getOperand(1)); for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumPHIValues; ++i) { - Value *InV = 0; + Value *InV = nullptr; if (Constant *InC = dyn_cast<Constant>(PN->getIncomingValue(i))) InV = ConstantExpr::get(I.getOpcode(), InC, C); else @@ -777,11 +777,11 @@ Type *InstCombiner::FindElementAtOffset(Type *PtrTy, int64_t Offset, assert(PtrTy->isPtrOrPtrVectorTy()); if (!DL) - return 0; + return nullptr; Type *Ty = PtrTy->getPointerElementType(); if (!Ty->isSized()) - return 0; + return nullptr; // Start with the index over the outer type. Note that the type size // might be zero (even if the offset isn't zero) if the indexed type @@ -807,7 +807,7 @@ Type *InstCombiner::FindElementAtOffset(Type *PtrTy, int64_t Offset, while (Offset) { // Indexing into tail padding between struct/array elements. if (uint64_t(Offset*8) >= DL->getTypeSizeInBits(Ty)) - return 0; + return nullptr; if (StructType *STy = dyn_cast<StructType>(Ty)) { const StructLayout *SL = DL->getStructLayout(STy); @@ -828,7 +828,7 @@ Type *InstCombiner::FindElementAtOffset(Type *PtrTy, int64_t Offset, Ty = AT->getElementType(); } else { // Otherwise, we can't index into the middle of this atomic type, bail. - return 0; + return nullptr; } } @@ -860,7 +860,7 @@ Value *InstCombiner::Descale(Value *Val, APInt Scale, bool &NoSignedWrap) { // If Scale is zero then it does not divide Val. if (Scale.isMinValue()) - return 0; + return nullptr; // Look through chains of multiplications, searching for a constant that is // divisible by Scale. For example, descaling X*(Y*(Z*4)) by a factor of 4 @@ -903,7 +903,7 @@ Value *InstCombiner::Descale(Value *Val, APInt Scale, bool &NoSignedWrap) { APInt::sdivrem(CI->getValue(), Scale, Quotient, Remainder); if (!Remainder.isMinValue()) // Not divisible by Scale. - return 0; + return nullptr; // Replace with the quotient in the parent. Op = ConstantInt::get(CI->getType(), Quotient); NoSignedWrap = true; @@ -916,7 +916,7 @@ Value *InstCombiner::Descale(Value *Val, APInt Scale, bool &NoSignedWrap) { // Multiplication. NoSignedWrap = BO->hasNoSignedWrap(); if (RequireNoSignedWrap && !NoSignedWrap) - return 0; + return nullptr; // There are three cases for multiplication: multiplication by exactly // the scale, multiplication by a constant different to the scale, and @@ -935,7 +935,7 @@ Value *InstCombiner::Descale(Value *Val, APInt Scale, bool &NoSignedWrap) { // Otherwise drill down into the constant. if (!Op->hasOneUse()) - return 0; + return nullptr; Parent = std::make_pair(BO, 1); continue; @@ -944,7 +944,7 @@ Value *InstCombiner::Descale(Value *Val, APInt Scale, bool &NoSignedWrap) { // Multiplication by something else. Drill down into the left-hand side // since that's where the reassociate pass puts the good stuff. if (!Op->hasOneUse()) - return 0; + return nullptr; Parent = std::make_pair(BO, 0); continue; @@ -955,7 +955,7 @@ Value *InstCombiner::Descale(Value *Val, APInt Scale, bool &NoSignedWrap) { // Multiplication by a power of 2. NoSignedWrap = BO->hasNoSignedWrap(); if (RequireNoSignedWrap && !NoSignedWrap) - return 0; + return nullptr; Value *LHS = BO->getOperand(0); int32_t Amt = cast<ConstantInt>(BO->getOperand(1))-> @@ -969,7 +969,7 @@ Value *InstCombiner::Descale(Value *Val, APInt Scale, bool &NoSignedWrap) { break; } if (Amt < logScale || !Op->hasOneUse()) - return 0; + return nullptr; // Multiplication by more than the scale. Reduce the multiplying amount // by the scale in the parent. @@ -980,7 +980,7 @@ Value *InstCombiner::Descale(Value *Val, APInt Scale, bool &NoSignedWrap) { } if (!Op->hasOneUse()) - return 0; + return nullptr; if (CastInst *Cast = dyn_cast<CastInst>(Op)) { if (Cast->getOpcode() == Instruction::SExt) { @@ -994,7 +994,7 @@ Value *InstCombiner::Descale(Value *Val, APInt Scale, bool &NoSignedWrap) { // Scale and the multiplication Y * SmallScale should not overflow. if (SmallScale.sext(Scale.getBitWidth()) != Scale) // SmallScale does not sign-extend to Scale. - return 0; + return nullptr; assert(SmallScale.exactLogBase2() == logScale); // Require that Y * SmallScale must not overflow. RequireNoSignedWrap = true; @@ -1013,7 +1013,7 @@ Value *InstCombiner::Descale(Value *Val, APInt Scale, bool &NoSignedWrap) { // trunc (Y * sext Scale) does not, so nsw flags need to be cleared // from this point up in the expression (see later). if (RequireNoSignedWrap) - return 0; + return nullptr; // Drill down through the cast. unsigned LargeSize = Cast->getSrcTy()->getPrimitiveSizeInBits(); @@ -1027,7 +1027,7 @@ Value *InstCombiner::Descale(Value *Val, APInt Scale, bool &NoSignedWrap) { } // Unsupported expression, bail out. - return 0; + return nullptr; } // We know that we can successfully descale, so from here on we can safely @@ -1131,7 +1131,7 @@ Instruction *InstCombiner::visitGetElementPtrInst(GetElementPtrInst &GEP) { // if (GEPOperator *Src = dyn_cast<GEPOperator>(PtrOp)) { if (!shouldMergeGEPs(*cast<GEPOperator>(&GEP), *Src)) - return 0; + return nullptr; // Note that if our source is a gep chain itself then we wait for that // chain to be resolved before we perform this transformation. This @@ -1139,7 +1139,7 @@ Instruction *InstCombiner::visitGetElementPtrInst(GetElementPtrInst &GEP) { if (GEPOperator *SrcGEP = dyn_cast<GEPOperator>(Src->getOperand(0))) if (SrcGEP->getNumOperands() == 2 && shouldMergeGEPs(*Src, *SrcGEP)) - return 0; // Wait until our source is folded to completion. + return nullptr; // Wait until our source is folded to completion. SmallVector<Value*, 8> Indices; @@ -1167,7 +1167,7 @@ Instruction *InstCombiner::visitGetElementPtrInst(GetElementPtrInst &GEP) { // intptr_t). Just avoid transforming this until the input has been // normalized. if (SO1->getType() != GO1->getType()) - return 0; + return nullptr; Sum = Builder->CreateAdd(SO1, GO1, PtrOp->getName()+".sum"); } @@ -1217,7 +1217,7 @@ Instruction *InstCombiner::visitGetElementPtrInst(GetElementPtrInst &GEP) { // We do not handle pointer-vector geps here. if (!StrippedPtrTy) - return 0; + return nullptr; if (StrippedPtr != PtrOp) { bool HasZeroPointerIndex = false; @@ -1385,7 +1385,7 @@ Instruction *InstCombiner::visitGetElementPtrInst(GetElementPtrInst &GEP) { } if (!DL) - return 0; + return nullptr; /// See if we can simplify: /// X = bitcast A* to B* @@ -1437,7 +1437,7 @@ Instruction *InstCombiner::visitGetElementPtrInst(GetElementPtrInst &GEP) { } } - return 0; + return nullptr; } static bool @@ -1552,7 +1552,7 @@ Instruction *InstCombiner::visitAllocSite(Instruction &MI) { } return EraseInstFromFunction(MI); } - return 0; + return nullptr; } /// \brief Move the call to free before a NULL test. @@ -1581,30 +1581,30 @@ tryToMoveFreeBeforeNullTest(CallInst &FI) { // would duplicate the call to free in each predecessor and it may // not be profitable even for code size. if (!PredBB) - return 0; + return nullptr; // Validate constraint #2: Does this block contains only the call to // free and an unconditional branch? // FIXME: We could check if we can speculate everything in the // predecessor block if (FreeInstrBB->size() != 2) - return 0; + return nullptr; BasicBlock *SuccBB; if (!match(FreeInstrBB->getTerminator(), m_UnconditionalBr(SuccBB))) - return 0; + return nullptr; // Validate the rest of constraint #1 by matching on the pred branch. TerminatorInst *TI = PredBB->getTerminator(); BasicBlock *TrueBB, *FalseBB; ICmpInst::Predicate Pred; if (!match(TI, m_Br(m_ICmp(Pred, m_Specific(Op), m_Zero()), TrueBB, FalseBB))) - return 0; + return nullptr; if (Pred != ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ && Pred != ICmpInst::ICMP_NE) - return 0; + return nullptr; // Validate constraint #3: Ensure the null case just falls through. if (SuccBB != (Pred == ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ ? TrueBB : FalseBB)) - return 0; + return nullptr; assert(FreeInstrBB == (Pred == ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ ? FalseBB : TrueBB) && "Broken CFG: missing edge from predecessor to successor"); @@ -1639,14 +1639,14 @@ Instruction *InstCombiner::visitFree(CallInst &FI) { if (Instruction *I = tryToMoveFreeBeforeNullTest(FI)) return I; - return 0; + return nullptr; } Instruction *InstCombiner::visitBranchInst(BranchInst &BI) { // Change br (not X), label True, label False to: br X, label False, True - Value *X = 0; + Value *X = nullptr; BasicBlock *TrueDest; BasicBlock *FalseDest; if (match(&BI, m_Br(m_Not(m_Value(X)), TrueDest, FalseDest)) && @@ -1689,7 +1689,7 @@ Instruction *InstCombiner::visitBranchInst(BranchInst &BI) { return &BI; } - return 0; + return nullptr; } Instruction *InstCombiner::visitSwitchInst(SwitchInst &SI) { @@ -1713,7 +1713,7 @@ Instruction *InstCombiner::visitSwitchInst(SwitchInst &SI) { return &SI; } } - return 0; + return nullptr; } Instruction *InstCombiner::visitExtractValueInst(ExtractValueInst &EV) { @@ -1730,7 +1730,7 @@ Instruction *InstCombiner::visitExtractValueInst(ExtractValueInst &EV) { // first index return ExtractValueInst::Create(C2, EV.getIndices().slice(1)); } - return 0; // Can't handle other constants + return nullptr; // Can't handle other constants } if (InsertValueInst *IV = dyn_cast<InsertValueInst>(Agg)) { @@ -1863,7 +1863,7 @@ Instruction *InstCombiner::visitExtractValueInst(ExtractValueInst &EV) { // and if again single-use then via load (gep (gep)) to load (gep). // However, double extracts from e.g. function arguments or return values // aren't handled yet. - return 0; + return nullptr; } enum Personality_Type { @@ -2202,7 +2202,7 @@ Instruction *InstCombiner::visitLandingPadInst(LandingPadInst &LI) { return &LI; } - return 0; + return nullptr; } @@ -2295,7 +2295,7 @@ static bool AddReachableCodeToWorklist(BasicBlock *BB, for (User::op_iterator i = Inst->op_begin(), e = Inst->op_end(); i != e; ++i) { ConstantExpr *CE = dyn_cast<ConstantExpr>(i); - if (CE == 0) continue; + if (CE == nullptr) continue; Constant*& FoldRes = FoldedConstants[CE]; if (!FoldRes) @@ -2399,7 +2399,7 @@ bool InstCombiner::DoOneIteration(Function &F, unsigned Iteration) { while (!Worklist.isEmpty()) { Instruction *I = Worklist.RemoveOne(); - if (I == 0) continue; // skip null values. + if (I == nullptr) continue; // skip null values. // Check to see if we can DCE the instruction. if (isInstructionTriviallyDead(I, TLI)) { @@ -2541,7 +2541,7 @@ bool InstCombiner::runOnFunction(Function &F) { return false; DataLayoutPass *DLP = getAnalysisIfAvailable<DataLayoutPass>(); - DL = DLP ? &DLP->getDataLayout() : 0; + DL = DLP ? &DLP->getDataLayout() : nullptr; TLI = &getAnalysis<TargetLibraryInfo>(); // Minimizing size? MinimizeSize = F.getAttributes().hasAttribute(AttributeSet::FunctionIndex, @@ -2568,7 +2568,7 @@ bool InstCombiner::runOnFunction(Function &F) { while (DoOneIteration(F, Iteration++)) EverMadeChange = true; - Builder = 0; + Builder = nullptr; return EverMadeChange; } diff --git a/lib/Transforms/Instrumentation/AddressSanitizer.cpp b/lib/Transforms/Instrumentation/AddressSanitizer.cpp index 27e5c83a4d..66d6ea0d65 100644 --- a/lib/Transforms/Instrumentation/AddressSanitizer.cpp +++ b/lib/Transforms/Instrumentation/AddressSanitizer.cpp @@ -606,7 +606,7 @@ Value *AddressSanitizer::memToShadow(Value *Shadow, IRBuilder<> &IRB) { // Instrument memset/memmove/memcpy void AddressSanitizer::instrumentMemIntrinsic(MemIntrinsic *MI) { IRBuilder<> IRB(MI); - Instruction *Call = 0; + Instruction *Call = nullptr; if (isa<MemTransferInst>(MI)) { Call = IRB.CreateCall3( isa<MemMoveInst>(MI) ? AsanMemmove : AsanMemcpy, @@ -628,26 +628,26 @@ void AddressSanitizer::instrumentMemIntrinsic(MemIntrinsic *MI) { // and set IsWrite. Otherwise return NULL. static Value *isInterestingMemoryAccess(Instruction *I, bool *IsWrite) { if (LoadInst *LI = dyn_cast<LoadInst>(I)) { - if (!ClInstrumentReads) return NULL; + if (!ClInstrumentReads) return nullptr; *IsWrite = false; return LI->getPointerOperand(); } if (StoreInst *SI = dyn_cast<StoreInst>(I)) { - if (!ClInstrumentWrites) return NULL; + if (!ClInstrumentWrites) return nullptr; *IsWrite = true; return SI->getPointerOperand(); } if (AtomicRMWInst *RMW = dyn_cast<AtomicRMWInst>(I)) { - if (!ClInstrumentAtomics) return NULL; + if (!ClInstrumentAtomics) return nullptr; *IsWrite = true; return RMW->getPointerOperand(); } if (AtomicCmpXchgInst *XCHG = dyn_cast<AtomicCmpXchgInst>(I)) { - if (!ClInstrumentAtomics) return NULL; + if (!ClInstrumentAtomics) return nullptr; *IsWrite = true; return XCHG->getPointerOperand(); } - return NULL; + return nullptr; } static bool isPointerOperand(Value *V) { @@ -732,7 +732,7 @@ void AddressSanitizer::instrumentMop(Instruction *I, bool UseCalls) { // Instrument a 1-, 2-, 4-, 8-, or 16- byte access with one check. if (TypeSize == 8 || TypeSize == 16 || TypeSize == 32 || TypeSize == 64 || TypeSize == 128) - return instrumentAddress(I, I, Addr, TypeSize, IsWrite, 0, UseCalls); + return instrumentAddress(I, I, Addr, TypeSize, IsWrite, nullptr, UseCalls); // Instrument unusual size (but still multiple of 8). // We can not do it with a single check, so we do 1-byte check for the first // and the last bytes. We call __asan_report_*_n(addr, real_size) to be able @@ -821,7 +821,7 @@ void AddressSanitizer::instrumentAddress(Instruction *OrigIns, Value *Cmp = IRB.CreateICmpNE(ShadowValue, CmpVal); size_t Granularity = 1 << Mapping.Scale; - TerminatorInst *CrashTerm = 0; + TerminatorInst *CrashTerm = nullptr; if (ClAlwaysSlowPath || (TypeSize < 8 * Granularity)) { TerminatorInst *CheckTerm = @@ -1341,7 +1341,7 @@ bool AddressSanitizer::runOnFunction(Function &F) { } } - Function *UninstrumentedDuplicate = 0; + Function *UninstrumentedDuplicate = nullptr; bool LikelyToInstrument = !NoReturnCalls.empty() || !ToInstrument.empty() || (NumAllocas > 0); if (ClKeepUninstrumented && LikelyToInstrument) { @@ -1685,7 +1685,7 @@ void FunctionStackPoisoner::poisonAlloca(Value *V, uint64_t Size, AllocaInst *FunctionStackPoisoner::findAllocaForValue(Value *V) { if (AllocaInst *AI = dyn_cast<AllocaInst>(V)) // We're intested only in allocas we can handle. - return isInterestingAlloca(*AI) ? AI : 0; + return isInterestingAlloca(*AI) ? AI : nullptr; // See if we've already calculated (or started to calculate) alloca for a // given value. AllocaForValueMapTy::iterator I = AllocaForValue.find(V); @@ -1693,8 +1693,8 @@ AllocaInst *FunctionStackPoisoner::findAllocaForValue(Value *V) { return I->second; // Store 0 while we're calculating alloca for value V to avoid // infinite recursion if the value references itself. - AllocaForValue[V] = 0; - AllocaInst *Res = 0; + AllocaForValue[V] = nullptr; + AllocaInst *Res = nullptr; if (CastInst *CI = dyn_cast<CastInst>(V)) Res = findAllocaForValue(CI->getOperand(0)); else if (PHINode *PN = dyn_cast<PHINode>(V)) { @@ -1704,12 +1704,12 @@ AllocaInst *FunctionStackPoisoner::findAllocaForValue(Value *V) { if (IncValue == PN) continue; AllocaInst *IncValueAI = findAllocaForValue(IncValue); // AI for incoming values should exist and should all be equal. - if (IncValueAI == 0 || (Res != 0 && IncValueAI != Res)) - return 0; + if (IncValueAI == nullptr || (Res != nullptr && IncValueAI != Res)) + return nullptr; Res = IncValueAI; } } - if (Res != 0) + if (Res) AllocaForValue[V] = Res; return Res; } diff --git a/lib/Transforms/Instrumentation/BoundsChecking.cpp b/lib/Transforms/Instrumentation/BoundsChecking.cpp index fcf3a50a25..9a5cea81f3 100644 --- a/lib/Transforms/Instrumentation/BoundsChecking.cpp +++ b/lib/Transforms/Instrumentation/BoundsChecking.cpp @@ -62,7 +62,7 @@ namespace { BasicBlock *TrapBB; BasicBlock *getTrapBB(); - void emitBranchToTrap(Value *Cmp = 0); + void emitBranchToTrap(Value *Cmp = nullptr); bool instrument(Value *Ptr, Value *Val); }; } @@ -104,7 +104,7 @@ void BoundsChecking::emitBranchToTrap(Value *Cmp) { if (!C->getZExtValue()) return; else - Cmp = 0; // unconditional branch + Cmp = nullptr; // unconditional branch } ++ChecksAdded; @@ -168,7 +168,7 @@ bool BoundsChecking::runOnFunction(Function &F) { DL = &getAnalysis<DataLayoutPass>().getDataLayout(); TLI = &getAnalysis<TargetLibraryInfo>(); - TrapBB = 0; + TrapBB = nullptr; BuilderTy TheBuilder(F.getContext(), TargetFolder(DL)); Builder = &TheBuilder; ObjectSizeOffsetEvaluator TheObjSizeEval(DL, TLI, F.getContext(), diff --git a/lib/Transforms/Instrumentation/DataFlowSanitizer.cpp b/lib/Transforms/Instrumentation/DataFlowSanitizer.cpp index b90c7b74a6..5094771450 100644 --- a/lib/Transforms/Instrumentation/DataFlowSanitizer.cpp +++ b/lib/Transforms/Instrumentation/DataFlowSanitizer.cpp @@ -211,7 +211,8 @@ class DataFlowSanitizer : public ModulePass { public: DataFlowSanitizer(StringRef ABIListFile = StringRef(), - void *(*getArgTLS)() = 0, void *(*getRetValTLS)() = 0); + void *(*getArgTLS)() = nullptr, + void *(*getRetValTLS)() = nullptr); static char ID; bool doInitialization(Module &M) override; bool runOnModule(Module &M) override; @@ -233,8 +234,8 @@ struct DFSanFunction { DFSanFunction(DataFlowSanitizer &DFS, Function *F, bool IsNativeABI) : DFS(DFS), F(F), IA(DFS.getInstrumentedABI()), - IsNativeABI(IsNativeABI), ArgTLSPtr(0), RetvalTLSPtr(0), - LabelReturnAlloca(0) {} + IsNativeABI(IsNativeABI), ArgTLSPtr(nullptr), RetvalTLSPtr(nullptr), + LabelReturnAlloca(nullptr) {} Value *getArgTLSPtr(); Value *getArgTLS(unsigned Index, Instruction *Pos); Value *getRetvalTLS(); @@ -303,7 +304,7 @@ FunctionType *DataFlowSanitizer::getArgsFunctionType(FunctionType *T) { ArgTypes.push_back(ShadowPtrTy); Type *RetType = T->getReturnType(); if (!RetType->isVoidTy()) - RetType = StructType::get(RetType, ShadowTy, (Type *)0); + RetType = StructType::get(RetType, ShadowTy, (Type *)nullptr); return FunctionType::get(RetType, ArgTypes, T->isVarArg()); } @@ -373,18 +374,20 @@ bool DataFlowSanitizer::doInitialization(Module &M) { if (GetArgTLSPtr) { Type *ArgTLSTy = ArrayType::get(ShadowTy, 64); - ArgTLS = 0; + ArgTLS = nullptr; GetArgTLS = ConstantExpr::getIntToPtr( ConstantInt::get(IntptrTy, uintptr_t(GetArgTLSPtr)), PointerType::getUnqual( - FunctionType::get(PointerType::getUnqual(ArgTLSTy), (Type *)0))); + FunctionType::get(PointerType::getUnqual(ArgTLSTy), + (Type *)nullptr))); } if (GetRetvalTLSPtr) { - RetvalTLS = 0; + RetvalTLS = nullptr; GetRetvalTLS = ConstantExpr::getIntToPtr( ConstantInt::get(IntptrTy, uintptr_t(GetRetvalTLSPtr)), PointerType::getUnqual( - FunctionType::get(PointerType::getUnqual(ShadowTy), (Type *)0))); + FunctionType::get(PointerType::getUnqual(ShadowTy), + (Type *)nullptr))); } ColdCallWeights = MDBuilder(*Ctx).createBranchWeights(1, 1000); @@ -629,7 +632,7 @@ bool DataFlowSanitizer::runOnModule(Module &M) { // function... yet. } else if (FT->isVarArg()) { UnwrappedFnMap[&F] = &F; - *i = 0; + *i = nullptr; } else if (!IsZeroArgsVoidRet || getWrapperKind(&F) == WK_Custom) { // Build a wrapper function for F. The wrapper simply calls F, and is // added to FnsToInstrument so that any instrumentation according to its @@ -1312,7 +1315,7 @@ void DFSanVisitor::visitCallSite(CallSite CS) { } } - Instruction *Next = 0; + Instruction *Next = nullptr; if (!CS.getType()->isVoidTy()) { if (InvokeInst *II = dyn_cast<InvokeInst>(CS.getInstruction())) { if (II->getNormalDest()->getSinglePredecessor()) { diff --git a/lib/Transforms/Instrumentation/DebugIR.cpp b/lib/Transforms/Instrumentation/DebugIR.cpp index ff57834b19..18bda1a320 100644 --- a/lib/Transforms/Instrumentation/DebugIR.cpp +++ b/lib/Transforms/Instrumentation/DebugIR.cpp @@ -118,7 +118,7 @@ public: void visitInstruction(Instruction &I) { if (I.getMetadata(LLVMContext::MD_dbg)) - I.setMetadata(LLVMContext::MD_dbg, 0); + I.setMetadata(LLVMContext::MD_dbg, nullptr); } void run(Module *M) { @@ -168,11 +168,11 @@ class DIUpdater : public InstVisitor<DIUpdater> { public: DIUpdater(Module &M, StringRef Filename = StringRef(), - StringRef Directory = StringRef(), const Module *DisplayM = 0, - const ValueToValueMapTy *VMap = 0) + StringRef Directory = StringRef(), const Module *DisplayM = nullptr, + const ValueToValueMapTy *VMap = nullptr) : Builder(M), Layout(&M), LineTable(DisplayM ? DisplayM : &M), VMap(VMap), - Finder(), Filename(Filename), Directory(Directory), FileNode(0), - LexicalBlockFileNode(0), CUNode(0) { + Finder(), Filename(Filename), Directory(Directory), FileNode(nullptr), + LexicalBlockFileNode(nullptr), CUNode(nullptr) { Finder.processModule(M); visit(&M); } @@ -184,7 +184,7 @@ public: report_fatal_error("DebugIR pass supports only a signle compile unit per " "Module."); createCompileUnit(Finder.compile_unit_count() == 1 ? - (MDNode*)*Finder.compile_units().begin() : 0); + (MDNode*)*Finder.compile_units().begin() : nullptr); } void visitFunction(Function &F) { @@ -232,7 +232,7 @@ public: /// If a ValueToValueMap is provided, use it to get the real instruction as /// the line table was generated on a clone of the module on which we are /// operating. - Value *RealInst = 0; + Value *RealInst = nullptr; if (VMap) RealInst = VMap->lookup(&I); @@ -256,7 +256,7 @@ public: NewLoc = DebugLoc::get(Line, Col, Loc.getScope(RealInst->getContext()), Loc.getInlinedAt(RealInst->getContext())); else if (MDNode *scope = findScope(&I)) - NewLoc = DebugLoc::get(Line, Col, scope, 0); + NewLoc = DebugLoc::get(Line, Col, scope, nullptr); else { DEBUG(dbgs() << "WARNING: no valid scope for instruction " << &I << ". no DebugLoc will be present." @@ -334,7 +334,7 @@ private: } DEBUG(dbgs() << "unable to find DISubprogram node for function " << F->getName().str() << "\n"); - return 0; + return nullptr; } /// Sets Line to the line number on which V appears and returns true. If a @@ -366,7 +366,7 @@ private: TypeNodeIter i = TypeDescriptors.find(T); if (i != TypeDescriptors.end()) return i->second; - return 0; + return nullptr; } /// Returns a DebugInfo type from an LLVM type T. @@ -375,12 +375,12 @@ private: if (N) return DIDerivedType(N); else if (T->isVoidTy()) - return DIDerivedType(0); + return DIDerivedType(nullptr); else if (T->isStructTy()) { N = Builder.createStructType( DIScope(LexicalBlockFileNode), T->getStructName(), DIFile(FileNode), 0, Layout.getTypeSizeInBits(T), Layout.getABITypeAlignment(T), 0, - DIType(0), DIArray(0)); // filled in later + DIType(nullptr), DIArray(nullptr)); // filled in later // N is added to the map (early) so that element search below can find it, // so as to avoid infinite recursion for structs that contain pointers to @@ -535,7 +535,7 @@ void DebugIR::writeDebugBitcode(const Module *M, int *fd) { Out.reset(new raw_fd_ostream(*fd, true)); } - M->print(*Out, 0); + M->print(*Out, nullptr); Out->close(); } diff --git a/lib/Transforms/Instrumentation/DebugIR.h b/lib/Transforms/Instrumentation/DebugIR.h index 3f57da570e..02831eda2d 100644 --- a/lib/Transforms/Instrumentation/DebugIR.h +++ b/lib/Transforms/Instrumentation/DebugIR.h @@ -90,7 +90,7 @@ private: /// Write M to disk, optionally passing in an fd to an open file which is /// closed by this function after writing. If no fd is specified, a new file /// is opened, written, and closed. - void writeDebugBitcode(const llvm::Module *M, int *fd = 0); + void writeDebugBitcode(const llvm::Module *M, int *fd = nullptr); }; } // llvm namespace diff --git a/lib/Transforms/Instrumentation/MemorySanitizer.cpp b/lib/Transforms/Instrumentation/MemorySanitizer.cpp index f3a8bf7a3a..98d372b3f0 100644 --- a/lib/Transforms/Instrumentation/MemorySanitizer.cpp +++ b/lib/Transforms/Instrumentation/MemorySanitizer.cpp @@ -215,8 +215,8 @@ class MemorySanitizer : public FunctionPass { StringRef BlacklistFile = StringRef()) : FunctionPass(ID), TrackOrigins(std::max(TrackOrigins, (int)ClTrackOrigins)), - DL(0), - WarningFn(0), + DL(nullptr), + WarningFn(nullptr), BlacklistFile(BlacklistFile.empty() ? ClBlacklistFile : BlacklistFile), WrapIndirectCalls(!ClWrapIndirectCalls.empty()) {} const char *getPassName() const override { return "MemorySanitizer"; } @@ -371,31 +371,32 @@ void MemorySanitizer::initializeCallbacks(Module &M) { // Create globals. RetvalTLS = new GlobalVariable( M, ArrayType::get(IRB.getInt64Ty(), 8), false, - GlobalVariable::ExternalLinkage, 0, "__msan_retval_tls", 0, + GlobalVariable::ExternalLinkage, nullptr, "__msan_retval_tls", nullptr, GlobalVariable::InitialExecTLSModel); RetvalOriginTLS = new GlobalVariable( - M, OriginTy, false, GlobalVariable::ExternalLinkage, 0, - "__msan_retval_origin_tls", 0, GlobalVariable::InitialExecTLSModel); + M, OriginTy, false, GlobalVariable::ExternalLinkage, nullptr, + "__msan_retval_origin_tls", nullptr, GlobalVariable::InitialExecTLSModel); ParamTLS = new GlobalVariable( M, ArrayType::get(IRB.getInt64Ty(), 1000), false, - GlobalVariable::ExternalLinkage, 0, "__msan_param_tls", 0, + GlobalVariable::ExternalLinkage, nullptr, "__msan_param_tls", nullptr, GlobalVariable::InitialExecTLSModel); ParamOriginTLS = new GlobalVariable( M, ArrayType::get(OriginTy, 1000), false, GlobalVariable::ExternalLinkage, - 0, "__msan_param_origin_tls", 0, GlobalVariable::InitialExecTLSModel); + nullptr, "__msan_param_origin_tls", nullptr, + GlobalVariable::InitialExecTLSModel); VAArgTLS = new GlobalVariable( M, ArrayType::get(IRB.getInt64Ty(), 1000), false, - GlobalVariable::ExternalLinkage, 0, "__msan_va_arg_tls", 0, + GlobalVariable::ExternalLinkage, nullptr, "__msan_va_arg_tls", nullptr, GlobalVariable::InitialExecTLSModel); VAArgOverflowSizeTLS = new GlobalVariable( - M, IRB.getInt64Ty(), false, GlobalVariable::ExternalLinkage, 0, - "__msan_va_arg_overflow_size_tls", 0, + M, IRB.getInt64Ty(), false, GlobalVariable::ExternalLinkage, nullptr, + "__msan_va_arg_overflow_size_tls", nullptr, GlobalVariable::InitialExecTLSModel); OriginTLS = new GlobalVariable( - M, IRB.getInt32Ty(), false, GlobalVariable::ExternalLinkage, 0, - "__msan_origin_tls", 0, GlobalVariable::InitialExecTLSModel); + M, IRB.getInt32Ty(), false, GlobalVariable::ExternalLinkage, nullptr, + "__msan_origin_tls", nullptr, GlobalVariable::InitialExecTLSModel); // We insert an empty inline asm after __msan_report* to avoid callback merge. EmptyAsm = InlineAsm::get(FunctionType::get(IRB.getVoidTy(), false), @@ -412,11 +413,11 @@ void MemorySanitizer::initializeCallbacks(Module &M) { if (ClWrapIndirectCallsFast) { MsandrModuleStart = new GlobalVariable( M, IRB.getInt32Ty(), false, GlobalValue::ExternalLinkage, - 0, "__executable_start"); + nullptr, "__executable_start"); MsandrModuleStart->setVisibility(GlobalVariable::HiddenVisibility); MsandrModuleEnd = new GlobalVariable( M, IRB.getInt32Ty(), false, GlobalValue::ExternalLinkage, - 0, "_end"); + nullptr, "_end"); MsandrModuleEnd->setVisibility(GlobalVariable::HiddenVisibility); } } @@ -734,7 +735,7 @@ struct MemorySanitizerVisitor : public InstVisitor<MemorySanitizerVisitor> { for (size_t i = 0, n = ShadowPHINodes.size(); i < n; i++) { PHINode *PN = ShadowPHINodes[i]; PHINode *PNS = cast<PHINode>(getShadow(PN)); - PHINode *PNO = MS.TrackOrigins ? cast<PHINode>(getOrigin(PN)) : 0; + PHINode *PNO = MS.TrackOrigins ? cast<PHINode>(getOrigin(PN)) : nullptr; size_t NumValues = PN->getNumIncomingValues(); for (size_t v = 0; v < NumValues; v++) { PNS->addIncoming(getShadow(PN, v), PN->getIncomingBlock(v)); @@ -770,7 +771,7 @@ struct MemorySanitizerVisitor : public InstVisitor<MemorySanitizerVisitor> { /// \brief Compute the shadow type that corresponds to a given Type. Type *getShadowTy(Type *OrigTy) { if (!OrigTy->isSized()) { - return 0; + return nullptr; } // For integer type, shadow is the same as the original type. // This may return weird-sized types like i1. @@ -850,7 +851,7 @@ struct MemorySanitizerVisitor : public InstVisitor<MemorySanitizerVisitor> { /// \brief Compute the origin address for a given function argument. Value *getOriginPtrForArgument(Value *A, IRBuilder<> &IRB, int ArgOffset) { - if (!MS.TrackOrigins) return 0; + if (!MS.TrackOrigins) return nullptr; Value *Base = IRB.CreatePointerCast(MS.ParamOriginTLS, MS.IntptrTy); Base = IRB.CreateAdd(Base, ConstantInt::get(MS.IntptrTy, ArgOffset)); return IRB.CreateIntToPtr(Base, PointerType::get(MS.OriginTy, 0), @@ -891,7 +892,7 @@ struct MemorySanitizerVisitor : public InstVisitor<MemorySanitizerVisitor> { Constant *getCleanShadow(Value *V) { Type *ShadowTy = getShadowTy(V); if (!ShadowTy) - return 0; + return nullptr; return Constant::getNullValue(ShadowTy); } @@ -911,7 +912,7 @@ struct MemorySanitizerVisitor : public InstVisitor<MemorySanitizerVisitor> { Constant *getPoisonedShadow(Value *V) { Type *ShadowTy = getShadowTy(V); if (!ShadowTy) - return 0; + return nullptr; return getPoisonedShadow(ShadowTy); } @@ -1002,7 +1003,7 @@ struct MemorySanitizerVisitor : public InstVisitor<MemorySanitizerVisitor> { /// \brief Get the origin for a value. Value *getOrigin(Value *V) { - if (!MS.TrackOrigins) return 0; + if (!MS.TrackOrigins) return nullptr; if (isa<Instruction>(V) || isa<Argument>(V)) { Value *Origin = OriginMap[V]; if (!Origin) { @@ -1300,7 +1301,7 @@ struct MemorySanitizerVisitor : public InstVisitor<MemorySanitizerVisitor> { public: Combiner(MemorySanitizerVisitor *MSV, IRBuilder<> &IRB) : - Shadow(0), Origin(0), IRB(IRB), MSV(MSV) {} + Shadow(nullptr), Origin(nullptr), IRB(IRB), MSV(MSV) {} /// \brief Add a pair of shadow and origin values to the mix. Combiner &Add(Value *OpShadow, Value *OpOrigin) { @@ -1331,7 +1332,7 @@ struct MemorySanitizerVisitor : public InstVisitor<MemorySanitizerVisitor> { /// \brief Add an application value to the mix. Combiner &Add(Value *V) { Value *OpShadow = MSV->getShadow(V); - Value *OpOrigin = MSV->MS.TrackOrigins ? MSV->getOrigin(V) : 0; + Value *OpOrigin = MSV->MS.TrackOrigins ? MSV->getOrigin(V) : nullptr; return Add(OpShadow, OpOrigin); } @@ -1546,7 +1547,7 @@ struct MemorySanitizerVisitor : public InstVisitor<MemorySanitizerVisitor> { void handleSignedRelationalComparison(ICmpInst &I) { Constant *constOp0 = dyn_cast<Constant>(I.getOperand(0)); Constant *constOp1 = dyn_cast<Constant>(I.getOperand(1)); - Value* op = NULL; + Value* op = nullptr; CmpInst::Predicate pre = I.getPredicate(); if (constOp0 && constOp0->isNullValue() && (pre == CmpInst::ICMP_SGT || pre == CmpInst::ICMP_SLE)) { @@ -1855,7 +1856,7 @@ struct MemorySanitizerVisitor : public InstVisitor<MemorySanitizerVisitor> { break; case 1: ConvertOp = I.getArgOperand(0); - CopyOp = NULL; + CopyOp = nullptr; break; default: llvm_unreachable("Cvt intrinsic with unsupported number of arguments."); @@ -1869,7 +1870,7 @@ struct MemorySanitizerVisitor : public InstVisitor<MemorySanitizerVisitor> { // FIXME: consider propagating shadow of ConvertOp, at least in the case of // int->any conversion. Value *ConvertShadow = getShadow(ConvertOp); - Value *AggShadow = 0; + Value *AggShadow = nullptr; if (ConvertOp->getType()->isVectorTy()) { AggShadow = IRB.CreateExtractElement( ConvertShadow, ConstantInt::get(IRB.getInt32Ty(), 0)); @@ -2121,7 +2122,7 @@ struct MemorySanitizerVisitor : public InstVisitor<MemorySanitizerVisitor> { continue; } unsigned Size = 0; - Value *Store = 0; + Value *Store = nullptr; // Compute the Shadow for arg even if it is ByVal, because // in that case getShadow() will copy the actual arg shadow to // __msan_param_tls. @@ -2164,7 +2165,7 @@ struct MemorySanitizerVisitor : public InstVisitor<MemorySanitizerVisitor> { // Until we have full dynamic coverage, make sure the retval shadow is 0. Value *Base = getShadowPtrForRetval(&I, IRBBefore); IRBBefore.CreateAlignedStore(getCleanShadow(&I), Base, kShadowTLSAlignment); - Instruction *NextInsn = 0; + Instruction *NextInsn = nullptr; if (CS.isCall()) { NextInsn = I.getNextNode(); } else { @@ -2384,7 +2385,8 @@ struct VarArgAMD64Helper : public VarArgHelper { VarArgAMD64Helper(Function &F, MemorySanitizer &MS, MemorySanitizerVisitor &MSV) - : F(F), MS(MS), MSV(MSV), VAArgTLSCopy(0), VAArgOverflowSize(0) { } + : F(F), MS(MS), MSV(MSV), VAArgTLSCopy(nullptr), + VAArgOverflowSize(nullptr) {} enum ArgKind { AK_GeneralPurpose, AK_FloatingPoint, AK_Memory }; diff --git a/lib/Transforms/Instrumentation/ThreadSanitizer.cpp b/lib/Transforms/Instrumentation/ThreadSanitizer.cpp index a2b24e54b4..8fe9bcae69 100644 --- a/lib/Transforms/Instrumentation/ThreadSanitizer.cpp +++ b/lib/Transforms/Instrumentation/ThreadSanitizer.cpp @@ -78,7 +78,7 @@ namespace { struct ThreadSanitizer : public FunctionPass { ThreadSanitizer(StringRef BlacklistFile = StringRef()) : FunctionPass(ID), - DL(0), + DL(nullptr), BlacklistFile(BlacklistFile.empty() ? ClBlacklistFile : BlacklistFile) { } const char *getPassName() const override; @@ -174,8 +174,8 @@ void ThreadSanitizer::initializeCallbacks(Module &M) { for (int op = AtomicRMWInst::FIRST_BINOP; op <= AtomicRMWInst::LAST_BINOP; ++op) { - TsanAtomicRMW[op][i] = NULL; - const char *NamePart = NULL; + TsanAtomicRMW[op][i] = nullptr; + const char *NamePart = nullptr; if (op == AtomicRMWInst::Xchg) NamePart = "_exchange"; else if (op == AtomicRMWInst::Add) @@ -518,7 +518,7 @@ bool ThreadSanitizer::instrumentAtomic(Instruction *I) { if (Idx < 0) return false; Function *F = TsanAtomicRMW[RMWI->getOperation()][Idx]; - if (F == NULL) + if (!F) return false; const size_t ByteSize = 1 << Idx; const size_t BitSize = ByteSize * 8; diff --git a/lib/Transforms/ObjCARC/DependencyAnalysis.cpp b/lib/Transforms/ObjCARC/DependencyAnalysis.cpp index db8e4c32ad..08c884293c 100644 --- a/lib/Transforms/ObjCARC/DependencyAnalysis.cpp +++ b/lib/Transforms/ObjCARC/DependencyAnalysis.cpp @@ -224,7 +224,7 @@ llvm::objcarc::FindDependencies(DependenceKind Flavor, pred_iterator PI(LocalStartBB), PE(LocalStartBB, false); if (PI == PE) // If we've reached the function entry, produce a null dependence. - DependingInsts.insert(0); + DependingInsts.insert(nullptr); else // Add the predecessors to the worklist. do { diff --git a/lib/Transforms/ObjCARC/ObjCARCAPElim.cpp b/lib/Transforms/ObjCARC/ObjCARCAPElim.cpp index eb1cb1739e..9d36b723b9 100644 --- a/lib/Transforms/ObjCARC/ObjCARCAPElim.cpp +++ b/lib/Transforms/ObjCARC/ObjCARCAPElim.cpp @@ -94,7 +94,7 @@ bool ObjCARCAPElim::MayAutorelease(ImmutableCallSite CS, unsigned Depth) { bool ObjCARCAPElim::OptimizeBB(BasicBlock *BB) { bool Changed = false; - Instruction *Push = 0; + Instruction *Push = nullptr; for (BasicBlock::iterator I = BB->begin(), E = BB->end(); I != E; ) { Instruction *Inst = I++; switch (GetBasicInstructionClass(Inst)) { @@ -113,11 +113,11 @@ bool ObjCARCAPElim::OptimizeBB(BasicBlock *BB) { Inst->eraseFromParent(); Push->eraseFromParent(); } - Push = 0; + Push = nullptr; break; case IC_CallOrUser: if (MayAutorelease(ImmutableCallSite(Inst))) - Push = 0; + Push = nullptr; break; default: break; diff --git a/lib/Transforms/ObjCARC/ObjCARCContract.cpp b/lib/Transforms/ObjCARC/ObjCARCContract.cpp index c441d861ef..f48d53d11b 100644 --- a/lib/Transforms/ObjCARC/ObjCARCContract.cpp +++ b/lib/Transforms/ObjCARC/ObjCARCContract.cpp @@ -158,7 +158,7 @@ ObjCARCContract::ContractAutorelease(Function &F, Instruction *Autorelease, // Check that there are no instructions between the retain and the autorelease // (such as an autorelease_pop) which may change the count. - CallInst *Retain = 0; + CallInst *Retain = nullptr; if (Class == IC_AutoreleaseRV) FindDependencies(RetainAutoreleaseRVDep, Arg, Autorelease->getParent(), Autorelease, @@ -219,7 +219,7 @@ void ObjCARCContract::ContractRelease(Instruction *Release, BasicBlock::iterator I = Load, End = BB->end(); ++I; AliasAnalysis::Location Loc = AA->getLocation(Load); - StoreInst *Store = 0; + StoreInst *Store = nullptr; bool SawRelease = false; for (; !Store || !SawRelease; ++I) { if (I == End) @@ -301,7 +301,7 @@ bool ObjCARCContract::doInitialization(Module &M) { EP.Initialize(&M); // Initialize RetainRVMarker. - RetainRVMarker = 0; + RetainRVMarker = nullptr; if (NamedMDNode *NMD = M.getNamedMetadata("clang.arc.retainAutoreleasedReturnValueMarker")) if (NMD->getNumOperands() == 1) { diff --git a/lib/Transforms/ObjCARC/ObjCARCOpts.cpp b/lib/Transforms/ObjCARC/ObjCARCOpts.cpp index d64006fd24..f29cb2d91a 100644 --- a/lib/Transforms/ObjCARC/ObjCARCOpts.cpp +++ b/lib/Transforms/ObjCARC/ObjCARCOpts.cpp @@ -157,7 +157,7 @@ static const Value *FindSingleUseIdentifiedObject(const Value *Arg) { return FindSingleUseIdentifiedObject( cast<CallInst>(Arg)->getArgOperand(0)); if (!IsObjCIdentifiedObject(Arg)) - return 0; + return nullptr; return Arg; } @@ -166,12 +166,12 @@ static const Value *FindSingleUseIdentifiedObject(const Value *Arg) { if (IsObjCIdentifiedObject(Arg)) { for (const User *U : Arg->users()) if (!U->use_empty() || StripPointerCastsAndObjCCalls(U) != Arg) - return 0; + return nullptr; return Arg; } - return 0; + return nullptr; } /// This is a wrapper around getUnderlyingObjCPtr along the lines of @@ -374,7 +374,7 @@ namespace { bool CFGHazardAfflicted; RRInfo() : - KnownSafe(false), IsTailCallRelease(false), ReleaseMetadata(0), + KnownSafe(false), IsTailCallRelease(false), ReleaseMetadata(nullptr), CFGHazardAfflicted(false) {} void clear(); @@ -389,7 +389,7 @@ namespace { void RRInfo::clear() { KnownSafe = false; IsTailCallRelease = false; - ReleaseMetadata = 0; + ReleaseMetadata = nullptr; Calls.clear(); ReverseInsertPts.clear(); CFGHazardAfflicted = false; @@ -398,7 +398,7 @@ void RRInfo::clear() { bool RRInfo::Merge(const RRInfo &Other) { // Conservatively merge the ReleaseMetadata information. if (ReleaseMetadata != Other.ReleaseMetadata) - ReleaseMetadata = 0; + ReleaseMetadata = nullptr; // Conservatively merge the boolean state. KnownSafe &= Other.KnownSafe; @@ -457,7 +457,7 @@ namespace { } bool IsTrackingImpreciseReleases() const { - return RRI.ReleaseMetadata != 0; + return RRI.ReleaseMetadata != nullptr; } const MDNode *GetReleaseMetadata() const { @@ -1719,7 +1719,7 @@ ObjCARCOpt::VisitInstructionBottomUp(Instruction *Inst, BBState &MyStates) { bool NestingDetected = false; InstructionClass Class = GetInstructionClass(Inst); - const Value *Arg = 0; + const Value *Arg = nullptr; DEBUG(dbgs() << "Class: " << Class << "\n"); @@ -1975,7 +1975,7 @@ ObjCARCOpt::VisitInstructionTopDown(Instruction *Inst, BBState &MyStates) { bool NestingDetected = false; InstructionClass Class = GetInstructionClass(Inst); - const Value *Arg = 0; + const Value *Arg = nullptr; switch (Class) { case IC_RetainBlock: @@ -2027,7 +2027,7 @@ ObjCARCOpt::VisitInstructionTopDown(Instruction *Inst, switch (OldSeq) { case S_Retain: case S_CanRelease: - if (OldSeq == S_Retain || ReleaseMetadata != 0) + if (OldSeq == S_Retain || ReleaseMetadata != nullptr) S.ClearReverseInsertPts(); // FALL THROUGH case S_Use: @@ -2433,7 +2433,7 @@ ObjCARCOpt::ConnectTDBUTraversals(DenseMap<const BasicBlock *, BBState> } else { if (ReleasesToMove.ReleaseMetadata != NewRetainReleaseRRI.ReleaseMetadata) - ReleasesToMove.ReleaseMetadata = 0; + ReleasesToMove.ReleaseMetadata = nullptr; if (ReleasesToMove.IsTailCallRelease != NewRetainReleaseRRI.IsTailCallRelease) ReleasesToMove.IsTailCallRelease = false; @@ -2885,7 +2885,7 @@ FindPredecessorRetainWithSafePath(const Value *Arg, BasicBlock *BB, FindDependencies(CanChangeRetainCount, Arg, BB, Autorelease, DepInsts, Visited, PA); if (DepInsts.size() != 1) - return 0; + return nullptr; CallInst *Retain = dyn_cast_or_null<CallInst>(*DepInsts.begin()); @@ -2894,7 +2894,7 @@ FindPredecessorRetainWithSafePath(const Value *Arg, BasicBlock *BB, if (!Retain || !IsRetain(GetBasicInstructionClass(Retain)) || GetObjCArg(Retain) != Arg) { - return 0; + return nullptr; } return Retain; @@ -2912,17 +2912,17 @@ FindPredecessorAutoreleaseWithSafePath(const Value *Arg, BasicBlock *BB, FindDependencies(NeedsPositiveRetainCount, Arg, BB, Ret, DepInsts, V, PA); if (DepInsts.size() != 1) - return 0; + return nullptr; CallInst *Autorelease = dyn_cast_or_null<CallInst>(*DepInsts.begin()); if (!Autorelease) - return 0; + return nullptr; InstructionClass AutoreleaseClass = GetBasicInstructionClass(Autorelease); if (!IsAutorelease(AutoreleaseClass)) - return 0; + return nullptr; if (GetObjCArg(Autorelease) != Arg) - return 0; + return nullptr; return Autorelease; } diff --git a/lib/Transforms/Scalar/ConstantHoisting.cpp b/lib/Transforms/Scalar/ConstantHoisting.cpp index af0450729a..7c3a260947 100644 --- a/lib/Transforms/Scalar/ConstantHoisting.cpp +++ b/lib/Transforms/Scalar/ConstantHoisting.cpp @@ -118,7 +118,8 @@ class ConstantHoisting : public FunctionPass { SmallVector<ConstantInfo, 8> ConstantVec; public: static char ID; // Pass identification, replacement for typeid - ConstantHoisting() : FunctionPass(ID), TTI(0), DT(0), Entry(0) { + ConstantHoisting() : FunctionPass(ID), TTI(nullptr), DT(nullptr), + Entry(nullptr) { initializeConstantHoistingPass(*PassRegistry::getPassRegistry()); } diff --git a/lib/Transforms/Scalar/ConstantProp.cpp b/lib/Transforms/Scalar/ConstantProp.cpp index 7a0c556570..dd51ce1bc2 100644 --- a/lib/Transforms/Scalar/ConstantProp.cpp +++ b/lib/Transforms/Scalar/ConstantProp.cpp @@ -69,7 +69,7 @@ bool ConstantPropagation::runOnFunction(Function &F) { } bool Changed = false; DataLayoutPass *DLP = getAnalysisIfAvailable<DataLayoutPass>(); - const DataLayout *DL = DLP ? &DLP->getDataLayout() : 0; + const DataLayout *DL = DLP ? &DLP->getDataLayout() : nullptr; TargetLibraryInfo *TLI = &getAnalysis<TargetLibraryInfo>(); while (!WorkList.empty()) { diff --git a/lib/Transforms/Scalar/CorrelatedValuePropagation.cpp b/lib/Transforms/Scalar/CorrelatedValuePropagation.cpp index 7884620eef..082946229b 100644 --- a/lib/Transforms/Scalar/CorrelatedValuePropagation.cpp +++ b/lib/Transforms/Scalar/CorrelatedValuePropagation.cpp @@ -139,7 +139,7 @@ bool CorrelatedValuePropagation::processPHI(PHINode *P) { } bool CorrelatedValuePropagation::processMemAccess(Instruction *I) { - Value *Pointer = 0; + Value *Pointer = nullptr; if (LoadInst *L = dyn_cast<LoadInst>(I)) Pointer = L->getPointerOperand(); else diff --git a/lib/Transforms/Scalar/DeadStoreElimination.cpp b/lib/Transforms/Scalar/DeadStoreElimination.cpp index ac4b56bcbb..3af8ee7546 100644 --- a/lib/Transforms/Scalar/DeadStoreElimination.cpp +++ b/lib/Transforms/Scalar/DeadStoreElimination.cpp @@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ namespace { const TargetLibraryInfo *TLI; static char ID; // Pass identification, replacement for typeid - DSE() : FunctionPass(ID), AA(0), MD(0), DT(0) { + DSE() : FunctionPass(ID), AA(nullptr), MD(nullptr), DT(nullptr) { initializeDSEPass(*PassRegistry::getPassRegistry()); } @@ -70,7 +70,7 @@ namespace { if (DT->isReachableFromEntry(I)) Changed |= runOnBasicBlock(*I); - AA = 0; MD = 0; DT = 0; + AA = nullptr; MD = nullptr; DT = nullptr; return Changed; } @@ -112,9 +112,9 @@ FunctionPass *llvm::createDeadStoreEliminationPass() { return new DSE(); } /// If ValueSet is non-null, remove any deleted instructions from it as well. /// static void DeleteDeadInstruction(Instruction *I, - MemoryDependenceAnalysis &MD, - const TargetLibraryInfo *TLI, - SmallSetVector<Value*, 16> *ValueSet = 0) { + MemoryDependenceAnalysis &MD, + const TargetLibraryInfo *TLI, + SmallSetVector<Value*, 16> *ValueSet = nullptr) { SmallVector<Instruction*, 32> NowDeadInsts; NowDeadInsts.push_back(I); @@ -132,7 +132,7 @@ static void DeleteDeadInstruction(Instruction *I, for (unsigned op = 0, e = DeadInst->getNumOperands(); op != e; ++op) { Value *Op = DeadInst->getOperand(op); - DeadInst->setOperand(op, 0); + DeadInst->setOperand(op, nullptr); // If this operand just became dead, add it to the NowDeadInsts list. if (!Op->use_empty()) continue; @@ -204,13 +204,13 @@ getLocForWrite(Instruction *Inst, AliasAnalysis &AA) { // If we don't have target data around, an unknown size in Location means // that we should use the size of the pointee type. This isn't valid for // memset/memcpy, which writes more than an i8. - if (Loc.Size == AliasAnalysis::UnknownSize && DL == 0) + if (Loc.Size == AliasAnalysis::UnknownSize && DL == nullptr) return AliasAnalysis::Location(); return Loc; } IntrinsicInst *II = dyn_cast<IntrinsicInst>(Inst); - if (II == 0) return AliasAnalysis::Location(); + if (!II) return AliasAnalysis::Location(); switch (II->getIntrinsicID()) { default: return AliasAnalysis::Location(); // Unhandled intrinsic. @@ -218,7 +218,7 @@ getLocForWrite(Instruction *Inst, AliasAnalysis &AA) { // If we don't have target data around, an unknown size in Location means // that we should use the size of the pointee type. This isn't valid for // init.trampoline, which writes more than an i8. - if (DL == 0) return AliasAnalysis::Location(); + if (!DL) return AliasAnalysis::Location(); // FIXME: We don't know the size of the trampoline, so we can't really // handle it here. @@ -360,7 +360,7 @@ static OverwriteResult isOverwrite(const AliasAnalysis::Location &Later, // If we have no DataLayout information around, then the size of the store // is inferrable from the pointee type. If they are the same type, then // we know that the store is safe. - if (DL == 0 && Later.Ptr->getType() == Earlier.Ptr->getType()) + if (DL == nullptr && Later.Ptr->getType() == Earlier.Ptr->getType()) return OverwriteComplete; return OverwriteUnknown; @@ -374,7 +374,7 @@ static OverwriteResult isOverwrite(const AliasAnalysis::Location &Later, // Otherwise, we have to have size information, and the later store has to be // larger than the earlier one. if (Later.Size == AliasAnalysis::UnknownSize || - Earlier.Size == AliasAnalysis::UnknownSize || DL == 0) + Earlier.Size == AliasAnalysis::UnknownSize || DL == nullptr) return OverwriteUnknown; // Check to see if the later store is to the entire object (either a global, @@ -462,7 +462,7 @@ static bool isPossibleSelfRead(Instruction *Inst, // Self reads can only happen for instructions that read memory. Get the // location read. AliasAnalysis::Location InstReadLoc = getLocForRead(Inst, AA); - if (InstReadLoc.Ptr == 0) return false; // Not a reading instruction. + if (!InstReadLoc.Ptr) return false; // Not a reading instruction. // If the read and written loc obviously don't alias, it isn't a read. if (AA.isNoAlias(InstReadLoc, InstStoreLoc)) return false; @@ -529,7 +529,7 @@ bool DSE::runOnBasicBlock(BasicBlock &BB) { DeleteDeadInstruction(SI, *MD, TLI); - if (NextInst == 0) // Next instruction deleted. + if (!NextInst) // Next instruction deleted. BBI = BB.begin(); else if (BBI != BB.begin()) // Revisit this instruction if possible. --BBI; @@ -544,7 +544,7 @@ bool DSE::runOnBasicBlock(BasicBlock &BB) { AliasAnalysis::Location Loc = getLocForWrite(Inst, *AA); // If we didn't get a useful location, fail. - if (Loc.Ptr == 0) + if (!Loc.Ptr) continue; while (InstDep.isDef() || InstDep.isClobber()) { @@ -558,7 +558,7 @@ bool DSE::runOnBasicBlock(BasicBlock &BB) { Instruction *DepWrite = InstDep.getInst(); AliasAnalysis::Location DepLoc = getLocForWrite(DepWrite, *AA); // If we didn't get a useful location, or if it isn't a size, bail out. - if (DepLoc.Ptr == 0) + if (!DepLoc.Ptr) break; // If we find a write that is a) removable (i.e., non-volatile), b) is diff --git a/lib/Transforms/Scalar/EarlyCSE.cpp b/lib/Transforms/Scalar/EarlyCSE.cpp index e97bfccda0..735f5c194c 100644 --- a/lib/Transforms/Scalar/EarlyCSE.cpp +++ b/lib/Transforms/Scalar/EarlyCSE.cpp @@ -208,7 +208,7 @@ namespace { return false; CallInst *CI = dyn_cast<CallInst>(Inst); - if (CI == 0 || !CI->onlyReadsMemory()) + if (!CI || !CI->onlyReadsMemory()) return false; return true; } @@ -406,14 +406,14 @@ bool EarlyCSE::processNode(DomTreeNode *Node) { // have invalidated the live-out memory values of our parent value. For now, // just be conservative and invalidate memory if this block has multiple // predecessors. - if (BB->getSinglePredecessor() == 0) + if (!BB->getSinglePredecessor()) ++CurrentGeneration; /// LastStore - Keep track of the last non-volatile store that we saw... for /// as long as there in no instruction that reads memory. If we see a store /// to the same location, we delete the dead store. This zaps trivial dead /// stores which can occur in bitfield code among other things. - StoreInst *LastStore = 0; + StoreInst *LastStore = nullptr; bool Changed = false; @@ -463,7 +463,7 @@ bool EarlyCSE::processNode(DomTreeNode *Node) { if (LoadInst *LI = dyn_cast<LoadInst>(Inst)) { // Ignore volatile loads. if (!LI->isSimple()) { - LastStore = 0; + LastStore = nullptr; continue; } @@ -471,7 +471,7 @@ bool EarlyCSE::processNode(DomTreeNode *Node) { // generation, replace this instruction. std::pair<Value*, unsigned> InVal = AvailableLoads->lookup(Inst->getOperand(0)); - if (InVal.first != 0 && InVal.second == CurrentGeneration) { + if (InVal.first != nullptr && InVal.second == CurrentGeneration) { DEBUG(dbgs() << "EarlyCSE CSE LOAD: " << *Inst << " to: " << *InVal.first << '\n'); if (!Inst->use_empty()) Inst->replaceAllUsesWith(InVal.first); @@ -484,20 +484,20 @@ bool EarlyCSE::processNode(DomTreeNode *Node) { // Otherwise, remember that we have this instruction. AvailableLoads->insert(Inst->getOperand(0), std::pair<Value*, unsigned>(Inst, CurrentGeneration)); - LastStore = 0; + LastStore = nullptr; continue; } // If this instruction may read from memory, forget LastStore. if (Inst->mayReadFromMemory()) - LastStore = 0; + LastStore = nullptr; // If this is a read-only call, process it. if (CallValue::canHandle(Inst)) { // If we have an available version of this call, and if it is the right // generation, replace this instruction. std::pair<Value*, unsigned> InVal = AvailableCalls->lookup(Inst); - if (InVal.first != 0 && InVal.second == CurrentGeneration) { + if (InVal.first != nullptr && InVal.second == CurrentGeneration) { DEBUG(dbgs() << "EarlyCSE CSE CALL: " << *Inst << " to: " << *InVal.first << '\n'); if (!Inst->use_empty()) Inst->replaceAllUsesWith(InVal.first); @@ -529,7 +529,7 @@ bool EarlyCSE::processNode(DomTreeNode *Node) { LastStore->eraseFromParent(); Changed = true; ++NumDSE; - LastStore = 0; + LastStore = nullptr; continue; } @@ -559,7 +559,7 @@ bool EarlyCSE::runOnFunction(Function &F) { std::vector<StackNode *> nodesToProcess; DataLayoutPass *DLP = getAnalysisIfAvailable<DataLayoutPass>(); - DL = DLP ? &DLP->getDataLayout() : 0; + DL = DLP ? &DLP->getDataLayout() : nullptr; TLI = &getAnalysis<TargetLibraryInfo>(); DT = &getAnalysis<DominatorTreeWrapperPass>().getDomTree(); diff --git a/lib/Transforms/Scalar/GVN.cpp b/lib/Transforms/Scalar/GVN.cpp index 5686f08959..e7156fd6b6 100644 --- a/lib/Transforms/Scalar/GVN.cpp +++ b/lib/Transforms/Scalar/GVN.cpp @@ -220,7 +220,7 @@ Expression ValueTable::create_extractvalue_expression(ExtractValueInst *EI) { e.opcode = 0; IntrinsicInst *I = dyn_cast<IntrinsicInst>(EI->getAggregateOperand()); - if (I != 0 && EI->getNumIndices() == 1 && *EI->idx_begin() == 0 ) { + if (I != nullptr && EI->getNumIndices() == 1 && *EI->idx_begin() == 0 ) { // EI might be an extract from one of our recognised intrinsics. If it // is we'll synthesize a semantically equivalent expression instead on // an extract value expression. @@ -328,7 +328,7 @@ uint32_t ValueTable::lookup_or_add_call(CallInst *C) { const MemoryDependenceAnalysis::NonLocalDepInfo &deps = MD->getNonLocalCallDependency(CallSite(C)); // FIXME: Move the checking logic to MemDep! - CallInst* cdep = 0; + CallInst* cdep = nullptr; // Check to see if we have a single dominating call instruction that is // identical to C. @@ -339,8 +339,8 @@ uint32_t ValueTable::lookup_or_add_call(CallInst *C) { // We don't handle non-definitions. If we already have a call, reject // instruction dependencies. - if (!I->getResult().isDef() || cdep != 0) { - cdep = 0; + if (!I->getResult().isDef() || cdep != nullptr) { + cdep = nullptr; break; } @@ -351,7 +351,7 @@ uint32_t ValueTable::lookup_or_add_call(CallInst *C) { continue; } - cdep = 0; + cdep = nullptr; break; } @@ -552,7 +552,7 @@ namespace { static AvailableValueInBlock getUndef(BasicBlock *BB) { AvailableValueInBlock Res; Res.BB = BB; - Res.Val.setPointer(0); + Res.Val.setPointer(nullptr); Res.Val.setInt(UndefVal); Res.Offset = 0; return Res; @@ -612,7 +612,7 @@ namespace { public: static char ID; // Pass identification, replacement for typeid explicit GVN(bool noloads = false) - : FunctionPass(ID), NoLoads(noloads), MD(0) { + : FunctionPass(ID), NoLoads(noloads), MD(nullptr) { initializeGVNPass(*PassRegistry::getPassRegistry()); } @@ -650,7 +650,7 @@ namespace { /// removeFromLeaderTable - Scan the list of values corresponding to a given /// value number, and remove the given instruction if encountered. void removeFromLeaderTable(uint32_t N, Instruction *I, BasicBlock *BB) { - LeaderTableEntry* Prev = 0; + LeaderTableEntry* Prev = nullptr; LeaderTableEntry* Curr = &LeaderTable[N]; while (Curr->Val != I || Curr->BB != BB) { @@ -662,8 +662,8 @@ namespace { Prev->Next = Curr->Next; } else { if (!Curr->Next) { - Curr->Val = 0; - Curr->BB = 0; + Curr->Val = nullptr; + Curr->BB = nullptr; } else { LeaderTableEntry* Next = Curr->Next; Curr->Val = Next->Val; @@ -856,7 +856,7 @@ static Value *CoerceAvailableValueToLoadType(Value *StoredVal, Instruction *InsertPt, const DataLayout &DL) { if (!CanCoerceMustAliasedValueToLoad(StoredVal, LoadedTy, DL)) - return 0; + return nullptr; // If this is already the right type, just return it. Type *StoredValTy = StoredVal->getType(); @@ -1061,7 +1061,7 @@ static int AnalyzeLoadFromClobberingMemInst(Type *LoadTy, Value *LoadPtr, const DataLayout &DL) { // If the mem operation is a non-constant size, we can't handle it. ConstantInt *SizeCst = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(MI->getLength()); - if (SizeCst == 0) return -1; + if (!SizeCst) return -1; uint64_t MemSizeInBits = SizeCst->getZExtValue()*8; // If this is memset, we just need to see if the offset is valid in the size @@ -1076,10 +1076,10 @@ static int AnalyzeLoadFromClobberingMemInst(Type *LoadTy, Value *LoadPtr, MemTransferInst *MTI = cast<MemTransferInst>(MI); Constant *Src = dyn_cast<Constant>(MTI->getSource()); - if (Src == 0) return -1; + if (!Src) return -1; GlobalVariable *GV = dyn_cast<GlobalVariable>(GetUnderlyingObject(Src, &DL)); - if (GV == 0 || !GV->isConstant()) return -1; + if (!GV || !GV->isConstant()) return -1; // See if the access is within the bounds of the transfer. int Offset = AnalyzeLoadFromClobberingWrite(LoadTy, LoadPtr, @@ -1470,8 +1470,8 @@ void GVN::AnalyzeLoadAvailability(LoadInst *LI, LoadDepVect &Deps, if (S->getValueOperand()->getType() != LI->getType()) { // If the stored value is larger or equal to the loaded value, we can // reuse it. - if (DL == 0 || !CanCoerceMustAliasedValueToLoad(S->getValueOperand(), - LI->getType(), *DL)) { + if (!DL || !CanCoerceMustAliasedValueToLoad(S->getValueOperand(), + LI->getType(), *DL)) { UnavailableBlocks.push_back(DepBB); continue; } @@ -1487,7 +1487,7 @@ void GVN::AnalyzeLoadAvailability(LoadInst *LI, LoadDepVect &Deps, if (LD->getType() != LI->getType()) { // If the stored value is larger or equal to the loaded value, we can // reuse it. - if (DL == 0 || !CanCoerceMustAliasedValueToLoad(LD, LI->getType(),*DL)){ + if (!DL || !CanCoerceMustAliasedValueToLoad(LD, LI->getType(),*DL)) { UnavailableBlocks.push_back(DepBB); continue; } @@ -1554,7 +1554,7 @@ bool GVN::PerformLoadPRE(LoadInst *LI, AvailValInBlkVect &ValuesPerBlock, if (IsValueFullyAvailableInBlock(Pred, FullyAvailableBlocks, 0)) { continue; } - PredLoads[Pred] = 0; + PredLoads[Pred] = nullptr; if (Pred->getTerminator()->getNumSuccessors() != 1) { if (isa<IndirectBrInst>(Pred->getTerminator())) { @@ -1592,7 +1592,7 @@ bool GVN::PerformLoadPRE(LoadInst *LI, AvailValInBlkVect &ValuesPerBlock, BasicBlock *OrigPred = *I; BasicBlock *NewPred = splitCriticalEdges(OrigPred, LoadBB); PredLoads.erase(OrigPred); - PredLoads[NewPred] = 0; + PredLoads[NewPred] = nullptr; DEBUG(dbgs() << "Split critical edge " << OrigPred->getName() << "->" << LoadBB->getName() << '\n'); } @@ -1611,13 +1611,13 @@ bool GVN::PerformLoadPRE(LoadInst *LI, AvailValInBlkVect &ValuesPerBlock, // the load on the pred (?!?), so we can insert code to materialize the // pointer if it is not available. PHITransAddr Address(LI->getPointerOperand(), DL); - Value *LoadPtr = 0; + Value *LoadPtr = nullptr; LoadPtr = Address.PHITranslateWithInsertion(LoadBB, UnavailablePred, *DT, NewInsts); // If we couldn't find or insert a computation of this phi translated value, // we fail PRE. - if (LoadPtr == 0) { + if (!LoadPtr) { DEBUG(dbgs() << "COULDN'T INSERT PHI TRANSLATED VALUE OF: " << *LI->getPointerOperand() << "\n"); CanDoPRE = false; @@ -1777,7 +1777,7 @@ static void patchReplacementInstruction(Instruction *I, Value *Repl) { MDNode *ReplMD = Metadata[i].second; switch(Kind) { default: - ReplInst->setMetadata(Kind, NULL); // Remove unknown metadata + ReplInst->setMetadata(Kind, nullptr); // Remove unknown metadata break; case LLVMContext::MD_dbg: llvm_unreachable("getAllMetadataOtherThanDebugLoc returned a MD_dbg"); @@ -1833,7 +1833,7 @@ bool GVN::processLoad(LoadInst *L) { // a common base + constant offset, and if the previous store (or memset) // completely covers this load. This sort of thing can happen in bitfield // access code. - Value *AvailVal = 0; + Value *AvailVal = nullptr; if (StoreInst *DepSI = dyn_cast<StoreInst>(Dep.getInst())) { int Offset = AnalyzeLoadFromClobberingStore(L->getType(), L->getPointerOperand(), @@ -1921,7 +1921,7 @@ bool GVN::processLoad(LoadInst *L) { if (DL) { StoredVal = CoerceAvailableValueToLoadType(StoredVal, L->getType(), L, *DL); - if (StoredVal == 0) + if (!StoredVal) return false; DEBUG(dbgs() << "GVN COERCED STORE:\n" << *DepSI << '\n' << *StoredVal @@ -1950,7 +1950,7 @@ bool GVN::processLoad(LoadInst *L) { if (DL) { AvailableVal = CoerceAvailableValueToLoadType(DepLI, L->getType(), L, *DL); - if (AvailableVal == 0) + if (!AvailableVal) return false; DEBUG(dbgs() << "GVN COERCED LOAD:\n" << *DepLI << "\n" << *AvailableVal @@ -2000,9 +2000,9 @@ bool GVN::processLoad(LoadInst *L) { // a few comparisons of DFS numbers. Value *GVN::findLeader(const BasicBlock *BB, uint32_t num) { LeaderTableEntry Vals = LeaderTable[num]; - if (!Vals.Val) return 0; + if (!Vals.Val) return nullptr; - Value *Val = 0; + Value *Val = nullptr; if (DT->dominates(Vals.BB, BB)) { Val = Vals.Val; if (isa<Constant>(Val)) return Val; @@ -2053,7 +2053,7 @@ static bool isOnlyReachableViaThisEdge(const BasicBlockEdge &E, const BasicBlock *Src = E.getStart(); assert((!Pred || Pred == Src) && "No edge between these basic blocks!"); (void)Src; - return Pred != 0; + return Pred != nullptr; } /// propagateEquality - The given values are known to be equal in every block @@ -2297,7 +2297,7 @@ bool GVN::processInstruction(Instruction *I) { // Perform fast-path value-number based elimination of values inherited from // dominators. Value *repl = findLeader(I->getParent(), Num); - if (repl == 0) { + if (!repl) { // Failure, just remember this instance for future use. addToLeaderTable(Num, I, I->getParent()); return false; @@ -2320,7 +2320,7 @@ bool GVN::runOnFunction(Function& F) { MD = &getAnalysis<MemoryDependenceAnalysis>(); DT = &getAnalysis<DominatorTreeWrapperPass>().getDomTree(); DataLayoutPass *DLP = getAnalysisIfAvailable<DataLayoutPass>(); - DL = DLP ? &DLP->getDataLayout() : 0; + DL = DLP ? &DLP->getDataLayout() : nullptr; TLI = &getAnalysis<TargetLibraryInfo>(); VN.setAliasAnalysis(&getAnalysis<AliasAnalysis>()); VN.setMemDep(MD); @@ -2462,7 +2462,7 @@ bool GVN::performPRE(Function &F) { // more complicated to get right. unsigned NumWith = 0; unsigned NumWithout = 0; - BasicBlock *PREPred = 0; + BasicBlock *PREPred = nullptr; predMap.clear(); for (pred_iterator PI = pred_begin(CurrentBlock), @@ -2480,8 +2480,8 @@ bool GVN::performPRE(Function &F) { } Value* predV = findLeader(P, ValNo); - if (predV == 0) { - predMap.push_back(std::make_pair(static_cast<Value *>(0), P)); + if (!predV) { + predMap.push_back(std::make_pair(static_cast<Value *>(nullptr), P)); PREPred = P; ++NumWithout; } else if (predV == CurInst) { diff --git a/lib/Transforms/Scalar/GlobalMerge.cpp b/lib/Transforms/Scalar/GlobalMerge.cpp index 8c54d3aece..dd9c3784cc 100644 --- a/lib/Transforms/Scalar/GlobalMerge.cpp +++ b/lib/Transforms/Scalar/GlobalMerge.cpp @@ -108,7 +108,7 @@ namespace { public: static char ID; // Pass identification, replacement for typeid. - explicit GlobalMerge(const TargetMachine *TM = 0) + explicit GlobalMerge(const TargetMachine *TM = nullptr) : FunctionPass(ID), TM(TM) { initializeGlobalMergePass(*PassRegistry::getPassRegistry()); } @@ -174,7 +174,8 @@ bool GlobalMerge::doMerge(SmallVectorImpl<GlobalVariable*> &Globals, GlobalVariable *MergedGV = new GlobalVariable(M, MergedTy, isConst, GlobalValue::InternalLinkage, MergedInit, "_MergedGlobals", - 0, GlobalVariable::NotThreadLocal, + nullptr, + GlobalVariable::NotThreadLocal, AddrSpace); for (size_t k = i; k < j; ++k) { Constant *Idx[2] = { diff --git a/lib/Transforms/Scalar/IndVarSimplify.cpp b/lib/Transforms/Scalar/IndVarSimplify.cpp index 4f2d0a6d36..e83a5c421b 100644 --- a/lib/Transforms/Scalar/IndVarSimplify.cpp +++ b/lib/Transforms/Scalar/IndVarSimplify.cpp @@ -80,8 +80,8 @@ namespace { public: static char ID; // Pass identification, replacement for typeid - IndVarSimplify() : LoopPass(ID), LI(0), SE(0), DT(0), DL(0), - Changed(false) { + IndVarSimplify() : LoopPass(ID), LI(nullptr), SE(nullptr), DT(nullptr), + DL(nullptr), Changed(false) { initializeIndVarSimplifyPass(*PassRegistry::getPassRegistry()); } @@ -197,7 +197,7 @@ static Instruction *getInsertPointForUses(Instruction *User, Value *Def, if (!PHI) return User; - Instruction *InsertPt = 0; + Instruction *InsertPt = nullptr; for (unsigned i = 0, e = PHI->getNumIncomingValues(); i != e; ++i) { if (PHI->getIncomingValue(i) != Def) continue; @@ -258,13 +258,13 @@ void IndVarSimplify::HandleFloatingPointIV(Loop *L, PHINode *PN) { // an add or increment value can not be represented by an integer. BinaryOperator *Incr = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(PN->getIncomingValue(BackEdge)); - if (Incr == 0 || Incr->getOpcode() != Instruction::FAdd) return; + if (Incr == nullptr || Incr->getOpcode() != Instruction::FAdd) return; // If this is not an add of the PHI with a constantfp, or if the constant fp // is not an integer, bail out. ConstantFP *IncValueVal = dyn_cast<ConstantFP>(Incr->getOperand(1)); int64_t IncValue; - if (IncValueVal == 0 || Incr->getOperand(0) != PN || + if (IncValueVal == nullptr || Incr->getOperand(0) != PN || !ConvertToSInt(IncValueVal->getValueAPF(), IncValue)) return; @@ -281,7 +281,7 @@ void IndVarSimplify::HandleFloatingPointIV(Loop *L, PHINode *PN) { FCmpInst *Compare = dyn_cast<FCmpInst>(U1); if (!Compare) Compare = dyn_cast<FCmpInst>(U2); - if (Compare == 0 || !Compare->hasOneUse() || + if (!Compare || !Compare->hasOneUse() || !isa<BranchInst>(Compare->user_back())) return; @@ -302,7 +302,7 @@ void IndVarSimplify::HandleFloatingPointIV(Loop *L, PHINode *PN) { // transform it. ConstantFP *ExitValueVal = dyn_cast<ConstantFP>(Compare->getOperand(1)); int64_t ExitValue; - if (ExitValueVal == 0 || + if (ExitValueVal == nullptr || !ConvertToSInt(ExitValueVal->getValueAPF(), ExitValue)) return; @@ -652,7 +652,8 @@ namespace { Type *WidestNativeType; // Widest integer type created [sz]ext bool IsSigned; // Was an sext user seen before a zext? - WideIVInfo() : NarrowIV(0), WidestNativeType(0), IsSigned(false) {} + WideIVInfo() : NarrowIV(nullptr), WidestNativeType(nullptr), + IsSigned(false) {} }; } @@ -694,7 +695,7 @@ struct NarrowIVDefUse { Instruction *NarrowUse; Instruction *WideDef; - NarrowIVDefUse(): NarrowDef(0), NarrowUse(0), WideDef(0) {} + NarrowIVDefUse(): NarrowDef(nullptr), NarrowUse(nullptr), WideDef(nullptr) {} NarrowIVDefUse(Instruction *ND, Instruction *NU, Instruction *WD): NarrowDef(ND), NarrowUse(NU), WideDef(WD) {} @@ -737,9 +738,9 @@ public: L(LI->getLoopFor(OrigPhi->getParent())), SE(SEv), DT(DTree), - WidePhi(0), - WideInc(0), - WideIncExpr(0), + WidePhi(nullptr), + WideInc(nullptr), + WideIncExpr(nullptr), DeadInsts(DI) { assert(L->getHeader() == OrigPhi->getParent() && "Phi must be an IV"); } @@ -794,7 +795,7 @@ Instruction *WidenIV::CloneIVUser(NarrowIVDefUse DU) { unsigned Opcode = DU.NarrowUse->getOpcode(); switch (Opcode) { default: - return 0; + return nullptr; case Instruction::Add: case Instruction::Mul: case Instruction::UDiv: @@ -839,14 +840,14 @@ Instruction *WidenIV::CloneIVUser(NarrowIVDefUse DU) { const SCEVAddRecExpr* WidenIV::GetExtendedOperandRecurrence(NarrowIVDefUse DU) { // Handle the common case of add<nsw/nuw> if (DU.NarrowUse->getOpcode() != Instruction::Add) - return 0; + return nullptr; // One operand (NarrowDef) has already been extended to WideDef. Now determine // if extending the other will lead to a recurrence. unsigned ExtendOperIdx = DU.NarrowUse->getOperand(0) == DU.NarrowDef ? 1 : 0; assert(DU.NarrowUse->getOperand(1-ExtendOperIdx) == DU.NarrowDef && "bad DU"); - const SCEV *ExtendOperExpr = 0; + const SCEV *ExtendOperExpr = nullptr; const OverflowingBinaryOperator *OBO = cast<OverflowingBinaryOperator>(DU.NarrowUse); if (IsSigned && OBO->hasNoSignedWrap()) @@ -856,7 +857,7 @@ const SCEVAddRecExpr* WidenIV::GetExtendedOperandRecurrence(NarrowIVDefUse DU) { ExtendOperExpr = SE->getZeroExtendExpr( SE->getSCEV(DU.NarrowUse->getOperand(ExtendOperIdx)), WideType); else - return 0; + return nullptr; // When creating this AddExpr, don't apply the current operations NSW or NUW // flags. This instruction may be guarded by control flow that the no-wrap @@ -867,7 +868,7 @@ const SCEVAddRecExpr* WidenIV::GetExtendedOperandRecurrence(NarrowIVDefUse DU) { SE->getAddExpr(SE->getSCEV(DU.WideDef), ExtendOperExpr)); if (!AddRec || AddRec->getLoop() != L) - return 0; + return nullptr; return AddRec; } @@ -878,14 +879,14 @@ const SCEVAddRecExpr* WidenIV::GetExtendedOperandRecurrence(NarrowIVDefUse DU) { /// recurrence. Otherwise return NULL. const SCEVAddRecExpr *WidenIV::GetWideRecurrence(Instruction *NarrowUse) { if (!SE->isSCEVable(NarrowUse->getType())) - return 0; + return nullptr; const SCEV *NarrowExpr = SE->getSCEV(NarrowUse); if (SE->getTypeSizeInBits(NarrowExpr->getType()) >= SE->getTypeSizeInBits(WideType)) { // NarrowUse implicitly widens its operand. e.g. a gep with a narrow // index. So don't follow this use. - return 0; + return nullptr; } const SCEV *WideExpr = IsSigned ? @@ -893,7 +894,7 @@ const SCEVAddRecExpr *WidenIV::GetWideRecurrence(Instruction *NarrowUse) { SE->getZeroExtendExpr(NarrowExpr, WideType); const SCEVAddRecExpr *AddRec = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(WideExpr); if (!AddRec || AddRec->getLoop() != L) - return 0; + return nullptr; return AddRec; } @@ -931,7 +932,7 @@ Instruction *WidenIV::WidenIVUse(NarrowIVDefUse DU, SCEVExpander &Rewriter) { DEBUG(dbgs() << "INDVARS: Widen lcssa phi " << *UsePhi << " to " << *WidePhi << "\n"); } - return 0; + return nullptr; } } // Our raison d'etre! Eliminate sign and zero extension. @@ -969,7 +970,7 @@ Instruction *WidenIV::WidenIVUse(NarrowIVDefUse DU, SCEVExpander &Rewriter) { // push the uses of WideDef here. // No further widening is needed. The deceased [sz]ext had done it for us. - return 0; + return nullptr; } // Does this user itself evaluate to a recurrence after widening? @@ -982,7 +983,7 @@ Instruction *WidenIV::WidenIVUse(NarrowIVDefUse DU, SCEVExpander &Rewriter) { // follow it. Instead insert a Trunc to kill off the original use, // eventually isolating the original narrow IV so it can be removed. truncateIVUse(DU, DT); - return 0; + return nullptr; } // Assume block terminators cannot evaluate to a recurrence. We can't to // insert a Trunc after a terminator if there happens to be a critical edge. @@ -991,14 +992,14 @@ Instruction *WidenIV::WidenIVUse(NarrowIVDefUse DU, SCEVExpander &Rewriter) { // Reuse the IV increment that SCEVExpander created as long as it dominates // NarrowUse. - Instruction *WideUse = 0; + Instruction *WideUse = nullptr; if (WideAddRec == WideIncExpr && Rewriter.hoistIVInc(WideInc, DU.NarrowUse)) WideUse = WideInc; else { WideUse = CloneIVUser(DU); if (!WideUse) - return 0; + return nullptr; } // Evaluation of WideAddRec ensured that the narrow expression could be // extended outside the loop without overflow. This suggests that the wide use @@ -1009,7 +1010,7 @@ Instruction *WidenIV::WidenIVUse(NarrowIVDefUse DU, SCEVExpander &Rewriter) { DEBUG(dbgs() << "Wide use expression mismatch: " << *WideUse << ": " << *SE->getSCEV(WideUse) << " != " << *WideAddRec << "\n"); DeadInsts.push_back(WideUse); - return 0; + return nullptr; } // Returning WideUse pushes it on the worklist. @@ -1044,7 +1045,7 @@ PHINode *WidenIV::CreateWideIV(SCEVExpander &Rewriter) { // Is this phi an induction variable? const SCEVAddRecExpr *AddRec = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(SE->getSCEV(OrigPhi)); if (!AddRec) - return NULL; + return nullptr; // Widen the induction variable expression. const SCEV *WideIVExpr = IsSigned ? @@ -1057,7 +1058,7 @@ PHINode *WidenIV::CreateWideIV(SCEVExpander &Rewriter) { // Can the IV be extended outside the loop without overflow? AddRec = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(WideIVExpr); if (!AddRec || AddRec->getLoop() != L) - return NULL; + return nullptr; // An AddRec must have loop-invariant operands. Since this AddRec is // materialized by a loop header phi, the expression cannot have any post-loop @@ -1283,7 +1284,7 @@ static bool canExpandBackedgeTakenCount(Loop *L, ScalarEvolution *SE) { static PHINode *getLoopPhiForCounter(Value *IncV, Loop *L, DominatorTree *DT) { Instruction *IncI = dyn_cast<Instruction>(IncV); if (!IncI) - return 0; + return nullptr; switch (IncI->getOpcode()) { case Instruction::Add: @@ -1294,17 +1295,17 @@ static PHINode *getLoopPhiForCounter(Value *IncV, Loop *L, DominatorTree *DT) { if (IncI->getNumOperands() == 2) break; default: - return 0; + return nullptr; } PHINode *Phi = dyn_cast<PHINode>(IncI->getOperand(0)); if (Phi && Phi->getParent() == L->getHeader()) { if (isLoopInvariant(IncI->getOperand(1), L, DT)) return Phi; - return 0; + return nullptr; } if (IncI->getOpcode() == Instruction::GetElementPtr) - return 0; + return nullptr; // Allow add/sub to be commuted. Phi = dyn_cast<PHINode>(IncI->getOperand(1)); @@ -1312,7 +1313,7 @@ static PHINode *getLoopPhiForCounter(Value *IncV, Loop *L, DominatorTree *DT) { if (isLoopInvariant(IncI->getOperand(0), L, DT)) return Phi; } - return 0; + return nullptr; } /// Return the compare guarding the loop latch, or NULL for unrecognized tests. @@ -1322,7 +1323,7 @@ static ICmpInst *getLoopTest(Loop *L) { BasicBlock *LatchBlock = L->getLoopLatch(); // Don't bother with LFTR if the loop is not properly simplified. if (!LatchBlock) - return 0; + return nullptr; BranchInst *BI = dyn_cast<BranchInst>(L->getExitingBlock()->getTerminator()); assert(BI && "expected exit branch"); @@ -1447,8 +1448,8 @@ FindLoopCounter(Loop *L, const SCEV *BECount, cast<BranchInst>(L->getExitingBlock()->getTerminator())->getCondition(); // Loop over all of the PHI nodes, looking for a simple counter. - PHINode *BestPhi = 0; - const SCEV *BestInit = 0; + PHINode *BestPhi = nullptr; + const SCEV *BestInit = nullptr; BasicBlock *LatchBlock = L->getLoopLatch(); assert(LatchBlock && "needsLFTR should guarantee a loop latch"); @@ -1572,7 +1573,7 @@ static Value *genLoopLimit(PHINode *IndVar, const SCEV *IVCount, Loop *L, // IVInit integer and IVCount pointer would only occur if a canonical IV // were generated on top of case #2, which is not expected. - const SCEV *IVLimit = 0; + const SCEV *IVLimit = nullptr; // For unit stride, IVCount = Start + BECount with 2's complement overflow. // For non-zero Start, compute IVCount here. if (AR->getStart()->isZero()) @@ -1814,7 +1815,7 @@ bool IndVarSimplify::runOnLoop(Loop *L, LPPassManager &LPM) { SE = &getAnalysis<ScalarEvolution>(); DT = &getAnalysis<DominatorTreeWrapperPass>().getDomTree(); DataLayoutPass *DLP = getAnalysisIfAvailable<DataLayoutPass>(); - DL = DLP ? &DLP->getDataLayout() : 0; + DL = DLP ? &DLP->getDataLayout() : nullptr; TLI = getAnalysisIfAvailable<TargetLibraryInfo>(); DeadInsts.clear(); diff --git a/lib/Transforms/Scalar/JumpThreading.cpp b/lib/Transforms/Scalar/JumpThreading.cpp index 9465952a62..230a381593 100644 --- a/lib/Transforms/Scalar/JumpThreading.cpp +++ b/lib/Transforms/Scalar/JumpThreading.cpp @@ -154,7 +154,7 @@ bool JumpThreading::runOnFunction(Function &F) { DEBUG(dbgs() << "Jump threading on function '" << F.getName() << "'\n"); DataLayoutPass *DLP = getAnalysisIfAvailable<DataLayoutPass>(); - DL = DLP ? &DLP->getDataLayout() : 0; + DL = DLP ? &DLP->getDataLayout() : nullptr; TLI = &getAnalysis<TargetLibraryInfo>(); LVI = &getAnalysis<LazyValueInfo>(); @@ -309,7 +309,7 @@ void JumpThreading::FindLoopHeaders(Function &F) { /// Returns null if Val is null or not an appropriate constant. static Constant *getKnownConstant(Value *Val, ConstantPreference Preference) { if (!Val) - return 0; + return nullptr; // Undef is "known" enough. if (UndefValue *U = dyn_cast<UndefValue>(Val)) @@ -353,7 +353,7 @@ ComputeValueKnownInPredecessors(Value *V, BasicBlock *BB, PredValueInfo &Result, // If V is a non-instruction value, or an instruction in a different block, // then it can't be derived from a PHI. Instruction *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(V); - if (I == 0 || I->getParent() != BB) { + if (!I || I->getParent() != BB) { // Okay, if this is a live-in value, see if it has a known value at the end // of any of our predecessors. @@ -496,7 +496,7 @@ ComputeValueKnownInPredecessors(Value *V, BasicBlock *BB, PredValueInfo &Result, Value *RHS = Cmp->getOperand(1)->DoPHITranslation(BB, PredBB); Value *Res = SimplifyCmpInst(Cmp->getPredicate(), LHS, RHS, DL); - if (Res == 0) { + if (!Res) { if (!isa<Constant>(RHS)) continue; @@ -582,7 +582,7 @@ ComputeValueKnownInPredecessors(Value *V, BasicBlock *BB, PredValueInfo &Result, // Either operand will do, so be sure to pick the one that's a known // constant. // FIXME: Do this more cleverly if both values are known constants? - KnownCond = (TrueVal != 0); + KnownCond = (TrueVal != nullptr); } // See if the select has a known constant value for this predecessor. @@ -738,7 +738,7 @@ bool JumpThreading::ProcessBlock(BasicBlock *BB) { Instruction *CondInst = dyn_cast<Instruction>(Condition); // All the rest of our checks depend on the condition being an instruction. - if (CondInst == 0) { + if (!CondInst) { // FIXME: Unify this with code below. if (ProcessThreadableEdges(Condition, BB, Preference)) return true; @@ -891,7 +891,7 @@ bool JumpThreading::SimplifyPartiallyRedundantLoad(LoadInst *LI) { SmallPtrSet<BasicBlock*, 8> PredsScanned; typedef SmallVector<std::pair<BasicBlock*, Value*>, 8> AvailablePredsTy; AvailablePredsTy AvailablePreds; - BasicBlock *OneUnavailablePred = 0; + BasicBlock *OneUnavailablePred = nullptr; // If we got here, the loaded value is transparent through to the start of the // block. Check to see if it is available in any of the predecessor blocks. @@ -905,16 +905,16 @@ bool JumpThreading::SimplifyPartiallyRedundantLoad(LoadInst *LI) { // Scan the predecessor to see if the value is available in the pred. BBIt = PredBB->end(); - MDNode *ThisTBAATag = 0; + MDNode *ThisTBAATag = nullptr; Value *PredAvailable = FindAvailableLoadedValue(LoadedPtr, PredBB, BBIt, 6, - 0, &ThisTBAATag); + nullptr, &ThisTBAATag); if (!PredAvailable) { OneUnavailablePred = PredBB; continue; } // If tbaa tags disagree or are not present, forget about them. - if (TBAATag != ThisTBAATag) TBAATag = 0; + if (TBAATag != ThisTBAATag) TBAATag = nullptr; // If so, this load is partially redundant. Remember this info so that we // can create a PHI node. @@ -930,7 +930,7 @@ bool JumpThreading::SimplifyPartiallyRedundantLoad(LoadInst *LI) { // predecessor, we want to insert a merge block for those common predecessors. // This ensures that we only have to insert one reload, thus not increasing // code size. - BasicBlock *UnavailablePred = 0; + BasicBlock *UnavailablePred = nullptr; // If there is exactly one predecessor where the value is unavailable, the // already computed 'OneUnavailablePred' block is it. If it ends in an @@ -997,7 +997,7 @@ bool JumpThreading::SimplifyPartiallyRedundantLoad(LoadInst *LI) { BasicBlock *P = *PI; AvailablePredsTy::iterator I = std::lower_bound(AvailablePreds.begin(), AvailablePreds.end(), - std::make_pair(P, (Value*)0)); + std::make_pair(P, (Value*)nullptr)); assert(I != AvailablePreds.end() && I->first == P && "Didn't find entry for predecessor!"); @@ -1104,7 +1104,7 @@ bool JumpThreading::ProcessThreadableEdges(Value *Cond, BasicBlock *BB, SmallPtrSet<BasicBlock*, 16> SeenPreds; SmallVector<std::pair<BasicBlock*, BasicBlock*>, 16> PredToDestList; - BasicBlock *OnlyDest = 0; + BasicBlock *OnlyDest = nullptr; BasicBlock *MultipleDestSentinel = (BasicBlock*)(intptr_t)~0ULL; for (unsigned i = 0, e = PredValues.size(); i != e; ++i) { @@ -1121,7 +1121,7 @@ bool JumpThreading::ProcessThreadableEdges(Value *Cond, BasicBlock *BB, BasicBlock *DestBB; if (isa<UndefValue>(Val)) - DestBB = 0; + DestBB = nullptr; else if (BranchInst *BI = dyn_cast<BranchInst>(BB->getTerminator())) DestBB = BI->getSuccessor(cast<ConstantInt>(Val)->isZero()); else if (SwitchInst *SI = dyn_cast<SwitchInst>(BB->getTerminator())) { @@ -1172,7 +1172,7 @@ bool JumpThreading::ProcessThreadableEdges(Value *Cond, BasicBlock *BB, // If the threadable edges are branching on an undefined value, we get to pick // the destination that these predecessors should get to. - if (MostPopularDest == 0) + if (!MostPopularDest) MostPopularDest = BB->getTerminator()-> getSuccessor(GetBestDestForJumpOnUndef(BB)); @@ -1274,7 +1274,7 @@ bool JumpThreading::ProcessBranchOnXOR(BinaryOperator *BO) { } // Determine which value to split on, true, false, or undef if neither. - ConstantInt *SplitVal = 0; + ConstantInt *SplitVal = nullptr; if (NumTrue > NumFalse) SplitVal = ConstantInt::getTrue(BB->getContext()); else if (NumTrue != 0 || NumFalse != 0) @@ -1295,7 +1295,7 @@ bool JumpThreading::ProcessBranchOnXOR(BinaryOperator *BO) { // help us. However, we can just replace the LHS or RHS with the constant. if (BlocksToFoldInto.size() == cast<PHINode>(BB->front()).getNumIncomingValues()) { - if (SplitVal == 0) { + if (!SplitVal) { // If all preds provide undef, just nuke the xor, because it is undef too. BO->replaceAllUsesWith(UndefValue::get(BO->getType())); BO->eraseFromParent(); @@ -1532,7 +1532,7 @@ bool JumpThreading::DuplicateCondBranchOnPHIIntoPred(BasicBlock *BB, // can just clone the bits from BB into the end of the new PredBB. BranchInst *OldPredBranch = dyn_cast<BranchInst>(PredBB->getTerminator()); - if (OldPredBranch == 0 || !OldPredBranch->isUnconditional()) { + if (!OldPredBranch || !OldPredBranch->isUnconditional()) { PredBB = SplitEdge(PredBB, BB, this); OldPredBranch = cast<BranchInst>(PredBB->getTerminator()); } diff --git a/lib/Transforms/Scalar/LICM.cpp b/lib/Transforms/Scalar/LICM.cpp index 6e29e3545f..4b7303c4ef 100644 --- a/lib/Transforms/Scalar/LICM.cpp +++ b/lib/Transforms/Scalar/LICM.cpp @@ -224,7 +224,7 @@ bool LICM::runOnLoop(Loop *L, LPPassManager &LPM) { DT = &getAnalysis<DominatorTreeWrapperPass>().getDomTree(); DataLayoutPass *DLP = getAnalysisIfAvailable<DataLayoutPass>(); - DL = DLP ? &DLP->getDataLayout() : 0; + DL = DLP ? &DLP->getDataLayout() : nullptr; TLI = &getAnalysis<TargetLibraryInfo>(); assert(L->isLCSSAForm(*DT) && "Loop is not in LCSSA form."); @@ -316,8 +316,8 @@ bool LICM::runOnLoop(Loop *L, LPPassManager &LPM) { "Parent loop not left in LCSSA form after LICM!"); // Clear out loops state information for the next iteration - CurLoop = 0; - Preheader = 0; + CurLoop = nullptr; + Preheader = nullptr; // If this loop is nested inside of another one, save the alias information // for when we process the outer loop. @@ -775,7 +775,7 @@ void LICM::PromoteAliasSet(AliasSet &AS, // We start with an alignment of one and try to find instructions that allow // us to prove better alignment. unsigned Alignment = 1; - MDNode *TBAATag = 0; + MDNode *TBAATag = nullptr; // Check that all of the pointers in the alias set have the same type. We // cannot (yet) promote a memory location that is loaded and stored in diff --git a/lib/Transforms/Scalar/LoopIdiomRecognize.cpp b/lib/Transforms/Scalar/LoopIdiomRecognize.cpp index 47ae9917f9..eaa73572e2 100644 --- a/lib/Transforms/Scalar/LoopIdiomRecognize.cpp +++ b/lib/Transforms/Scalar/LoopIdiomRecognize.cpp @@ -139,7 +139,7 @@ namespace { static char ID; explicit LoopIdiomRecognize() : LoopPass(ID) { initializeLoopIdiomRecognizePass(*PassRegistry::getPassRegistry()); - DL = 0; DT = 0; SE = 0; TLI = 0; TTI = 0; + DL = nullptr; DT = nullptr; SE = nullptr; TLI = nullptr; TTI = nullptr; } bool runOnLoop(Loop *L, LPPassManager &LPM) override; @@ -183,7 +183,7 @@ namespace { if (DL) return DL; DataLayoutPass *DLP = getAnalysisIfAvailable<DataLayoutPass>(); - DL = DLP ? &DLP->getDataLayout() : 0; + DL = DLP ? &DLP->getDataLayout() : nullptr; return DL; } @@ -248,7 +248,7 @@ static void deleteDeadInstruction(Instruction *I, ScalarEvolution &SE, for (unsigned op = 0, e = DeadInst->getNumOperands(); op != e; ++op) { Value *Op = DeadInst->getOperand(op); - DeadInst->setOperand(op, 0); + DeadInst->setOperand(op, nullptr); // If this operand just became dead, add it to the NowDeadInsts list. if (!Op->use_empty()) continue; @@ -293,9 +293,9 @@ bool LIRUtil::isAlmostEmpty(BasicBlock *BB) { BasicBlock *LIRUtil::getPrecondBb(BasicBlock *PreHead) { if (BasicBlock *BB = PreHead->getSinglePredecessor()) { BranchInst *Br = getBranch(BB); - return Br && Br->isConditional() ? BB : 0; + return Br && Br->isConditional() ? BB : nullptr; } - return 0; + return nullptr; } //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// @@ -305,7 +305,7 @@ BasicBlock *LIRUtil::getPrecondBb(BasicBlock *PreHead) { //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// NclPopcountRecognize::NclPopcountRecognize(LoopIdiomRecognize &TheLIR): - LIR(TheLIR), CurLoop(TheLIR.getLoop()), PreCondBB(0) { + LIR(TheLIR), CurLoop(TheLIR.getLoop()), PreCondBB(nullptr) { } bool NclPopcountRecognize::preliminaryScreen() { @@ -345,22 +345,22 @@ bool NclPopcountRecognize::preliminaryScreen() { Value *NclPopcountRecognize::matchCondition (BranchInst *Br, BasicBlock *LoopEntry) const { if (!Br || !Br->isConditional()) - return 0; + return nullptr; ICmpInst *Cond = dyn_cast<ICmpInst>(Br->getCondition()); if (!Cond) - return 0; + return nullptr; ConstantInt *CmpZero = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(Cond->getOperand(1)); if (!CmpZero || !CmpZero->isZero()) - return 0; + return nullptr; ICmpInst::Predicate Pred = Cond->getPredicate(); if ((Pred == ICmpInst::ICMP_NE && Br->getSuccessor(0) == LoopEntry) || (Pred == ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ && Br->getSuccessor(1) == LoopEntry)) return Cond->getOperand(0); - return 0; + return nullptr; } bool NclPopcountRecognize::detectIdiom(Instruction *&CntInst, @@ -391,9 +391,9 @@ bool NclPopcountRecognize::detectIdiom(Instruction *&CntInst, Value *VarX1, *VarX0; PHINode *PhiX, *CountPhi; - DefX2 = CountInst = 0; - VarX1 = VarX0 = 0; - PhiX = CountPhi = 0; + DefX2 = CountInst = nullptr; + VarX1 = VarX0 = nullptr; + PhiX = CountPhi = nullptr; LoopEntry = *(CurLoop->block_begin()); // step 1: Check if the loop-back branch is in desirable form. @@ -440,7 +440,7 @@ bool NclPopcountRecognize::detectIdiom(Instruction *&CntInst, // step 4: Find the instruction which count the population: cnt2 = cnt1 + 1 { - CountInst = NULL; + CountInst = nullptr; for (BasicBlock::iterator Iter = LoopEntry->getFirstNonPHI(), IterE = LoopEntry->end(); Iter != IterE; Iter++) { Instruction *Inst = Iter; @@ -745,7 +745,7 @@ bool LoopIdiomRecognize::runOnLoopBlock(BasicBlock *BB, const SCEV *BECount, // If processing the store invalidated our iterator, start over from the // top of the block. - if (InstPtr == 0) + if (!InstPtr) I = BB->begin(); continue; } @@ -758,7 +758,7 @@ bool LoopIdiomRecognize::runOnLoopBlock(BasicBlock *BB, const SCEV *BECount, // If processing the memset invalidated our iterator, start over from the // top of the block. - if (InstPtr == 0) + if (!InstPtr) I = BB->begin(); continue; } @@ -785,7 +785,7 @@ bool LoopIdiomRecognize::processLoopStore(StoreInst *SI, const SCEV *BECount) { // random store we can't handle. const SCEVAddRecExpr *StoreEv = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(SE->getSCEV(StorePtr)); - if (StoreEv == 0 || StoreEv->getLoop() != CurLoop || !StoreEv->isAffine()) + if (!StoreEv || StoreEv->getLoop() != CurLoop || !StoreEv->isAffine()) return false; // Check to see if the stride matches the size of the store. If so, then we @@ -793,7 +793,7 @@ bool LoopIdiomRecognize::processLoopStore(StoreInst *SI, const SCEV *BECount) { unsigned StoreSize = (unsigned)SizeInBits >> 3; const SCEVConstant *Stride = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(StoreEv->getOperand(1)); - if (Stride == 0 || StoreSize != Stride->getValue()->getValue()) { + if (!Stride || StoreSize != Stride->getValue()->getValue()) { // TODO: Could also handle negative stride here someday, that will require // the validity check in mayLoopAccessLocation to be updated though. // Enable this to print exact negative strides. @@ -842,7 +842,7 @@ processLoopMemSet(MemSetInst *MSI, const SCEV *BECount) { // loop, which indicates a strided store. If we have something else, it's a // random store we can't handle. const SCEVAddRecExpr *Ev = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(SE->getSCEV(Pointer)); - if (Ev == 0 || Ev->getLoop() != CurLoop || !Ev->isAffine()) + if (!Ev || Ev->getLoop() != CurLoop || !Ev->isAffine()) return false; // Reject memsets that are so large that they overflow an unsigned. @@ -856,7 +856,7 @@ processLoopMemSet(MemSetInst *MSI, const SCEV *BECount) { // TODO: Could also handle negative stride here someday, that will require the // validity check in mayLoopAccessLocation to be updated though. - if (Stride == 0 || MSI->getLength() != Stride->getValue()) + if (!Stride || MSI->getLength() != Stride->getValue()) return false; return processLoopStridedStore(Pointer, (unsigned)SizeInBytes, @@ -909,23 +909,23 @@ static Constant *getMemSetPatternValue(Value *V, const DataLayout &DL) { // array. We could theoretically do a store to an alloca or something, but // that doesn't seem worthwhile. Constant *C = dyn_cast<Constant>(V); - if (C == 0) return 0; + if (!C) return nullptr; // Only handle simple values that are a power of two bytes in size. uint64_t Size = DL.getTypeSizeInBits(V->getType()); if (Size == 0 || (Size & 7) || (Size & (Size-1))) - return 0; + return nullptr; // Don't care enough about darwin/ppc to implement this. if (DL.isBigEndian()) - return 0; + return nullptr; // Convert to size in bytes. Size /= 8; // TODO: If CI is larger than 16-bytes, we can try slicing it in half to see // if the top and bottom are the same (e.g. for vectors and large integers). - if (Size > 16) return 0; + if (Size > 16) return nullptr; // If the constant is exactly 16 bytes, just use it. if (Size == 16) return C; @@ -950,7 +950,7 @@ processLoopStridedStore(Value *DestPtr, unsigned StoreSize, // are stored. A store of i32 0x01020304 can never be turned into a memset, // but it can be turned into memset_pattern if the target supports it. Value *SplatValue = isBytewiseValue(StoredVal); - Constant *PatternValue = 0; + Constant *PatternValue = nullptr; unsigned DestAS = DestPtr->getType()->getPointerAddressSpace(); @@ -961,13 +961,13 @@ processLoopStridedStore(Value *DestPtr, unsigned StoreSize, // promote the memset. CurLoop->isLoopInvariant(SplatValue)) { // Keep and use SplatValue. - PatternValue = 0; + PatternValue = nullptr; } else if (DestAS == 0 && TLI->has(LibFunc::memset_pattern16) && (PatternValue = getMemSetPatternValue(StoredVal, *DL))) { // Don't create memset_pattern16s with address spaces. // It looks like we can use PatternValue! - SplatValue = 0; + SplatValue = nullptr; } else { // Otherwise, this isn't an idiom we can transform. For example, we can't // do anything with a 3-byte store. @@ -1034,7 +1034,7 @@ processLoopStridedStore(Value *DestPtr, unsigned StoreSize, Int8PtrTy, Int8PtrTy, IntPtr, - (void*)0); + (void*)nullptr); // Otherwise we should form a memset_pattern16. PatternValue is known to be // an constant array of 16-bytes. Plop the value into a mergable global. diff --git a/lib/Transforms/Scalar/LoopInstSimplify.cpp b/lib/Transforms/Scalar/LoopInstSimplify.cpp index 39eddd9be0..a61923cabf 100644 --- a/lib/Transforms/Scalar/LoopInstSimplify.cpp +++ b/lib/Transforms/Scalar/LoopInstSimplify.cpp @@ -71,10 +71,10 @@ bool LoopInstSimplify::runOnLoop(Loop *L, LPPassManager &LPM) { DominatorTreeWrapperPass *DTWP = getAnalysisIfAvailable<DominatorTreeWrapperPass>(); - DominatorTree *DT = DTWP ? &DTWP->getDomTree() : 0; + DominatorTree *DT = DTWP ? &DTWP->getDomTree() : nullptr; LoopInfo *LI = &getAnalysis<LoopInfo>(); DataLayoutPass *DLP = getAnalysisIfAvailable<DataLayoutPass>(); - const DataLayout *DL = DLP ? &DLP->getDataLayout() : 0; + const DataLayout *DL = DLP ? &DLP->getDataLayout() : nullptr; const TargetLibraryInfo *TLI = &getAnalysis<TargetLibraryInfo>(); SmallVector<BasicBlock*, 8> ExitBlocks; diff --git a/lib/Transforms/Scalar/LoopRerollPass.cpp b/lib/Transforms/Scalar/LoopRerollPass.cpp index bda755e495..8b5e036dbe 100644 --- a/lib/Transforms/Scalar/LoopRerollPass.cpp +++ b/lib/Transforms/Scalar/LoopRerollPass.cpp @@ -1134,7 +1134,7 @@ bool LoopReroll::runOnLoop(Loop *L, LPPassManager &LPM) { SE = &getAnalysis<ScalarEvolution>(); TLI = &getAnalysis<TargetLibraryInfo>(); DataLayoutPass *DLP = getAnalysisIfAvailable<DataLayoutPass>(); - DL = DLP ? &DLP->getDataLayout() : 0; + DL = DLP ? &DLP->getDataLayout() : nullptr; DT = &getAnalysis<DominatorTreeWrapperPass>().getDomTree(); BasicBlock *Header = L->getHeader(); diff --git a/lib/Transforms/Scalar/LoopRotation.cpp b/lib/Transforms/Scalar/LoopRotation.cpp index 923d851138..5c747e1ac5 100644 --- a/lib/Transforms/Scalar/LoopRotation.cpp +++ b/lib/Transforms/Scalar/LoopRotation.cpp @@ -291,7 +291,7 @@ bool LoopRotate::rotateLoop(Loop *L, bool SimplifiedLatch) { BasicBlock *OrigLatch = L->getLoopLatch(); BranchInst *BI = dyn_cast<BranchInst>(OrigHeader->getTerminator()); - if (BI == 0 || BI->isUnconditional()) + if (!BI || BI->isUnconditional()) return false; // If the loop header is not one of the loop exiting blocks then @@ -302,7 +302,7 @@ bool LoopRotate::rotateLoop(Loop *L, bool SimplifiedLatch) { // If the loop latch already contains a branch that leaves the loop then the // loop is already rotated. - if (OrigLatch == 0) + if (!OrigLatch) return false; // Rotate if either the loop latch does *not* exit the loop, or if the loop @@ -329,7 +329,7 @@ bool LoopRotate::rotateLoop(Loop *L, bool SimplifiedLatch) { // If the loop could not be converted to canonical form, it must have an // indirectbr in it, just give up. - if (OrigPreheader == 0) + if (!OrigPreheader) return false; // Anything ScalarEvolution may know about this loop or the PHI nodes diff --git a/lib/Transforms/Scalar/LoopStrengthReduce.cpp b/lib/Transforms/Scalar/LoopStrengthReduce.cpp index 15a4e8e3c6..16a001ad93 100644 --- a/lib/Transforms/Scalar/LoopStrengthReduce.cpp +++ b/lib/Transforms/Scalar/LoopStrengthReduce.cpp @@ -251,8 +251,8 @@ struct Formula { int64_t UnfoldedOffset; Formula() - : BaseGV(0), BaseOffset(0), HasBaseReg(false), Scale(0), ScaledReg(0), - UnfoldedOffset(0) {} + : BaseGV(nullptr), BaseOffset(0), HasBaseReg(false), Scale(0), + ScaledReg(nullptr), UnfoldedOffset(0) {} void InitialMatch(const SCEV *S, Loop *L, ScalarEvolution &SE); @@ -361,7 +361,7 @@ Type *Formula::getType() const { return !BaseRegs.empty() ? BaseRegs.front()->getType() : ScaledReg ? ScaledReg->getType() : BaseGV ? BaseGV->getType() : - 0; + nullptr; } /// DeleteBaseReg - Delete the given base reg from the BaseRegs list. @@ -488,11 +488,11 @@ static const SCEV *getExactSDiv(const SCEV *LHS, const SCEV *RHS, // Check for a division of a constant by a constant. if (const SCEVConstant *C = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(LHS)) { if (!RC) - return 0; + return nullptr; const APInt &LA = C->getValue()->getValue(); const APInt &RA = RC->getValue()->getValue(); if (LA.srem(RA) != 0) - return 0; + return nullptr; return SE.getConstant(LA.sdiv(RA)); } @@ -501,16 +501,16 @@ static const SCEV *getExactSDiv(const SCEV *LHS, const SCEV *RHS, if (IgnoreSignificantBits || isAddRecSExtable(AR, SE)) { const SCEV *Step = getExactSDiv(AR->getStepRecurrence(SE), RHS, SE, IgnoreSignificantBits); - if (!Step) return 0; + if (!Step) return nullptr; const SCEV *Start = getExactSDiv(AR->getStart(), RHS, SE, IgnoreSignificantBits); - if (!Start) return 0; + if (!Start) return nullptr; // FlagNW is independent of the start value, step direction, and is // preserved with smaller magnitude steps. // FIXME: AR->getNoWrapFlags(SCEV::FlagNW) return SE.getAddRecExpr(Start, Step, AR->getLoop(), SCEV::FlagAnyWrap); } - return 0; + return nullptr; } // Distribute the sdiv over add operands, if the add doesn't overflow. @@ -521,12 +521,12 @@ static const SCEV *getExactSDiv(const SCEV *LHS, const SCEV *RHS, I != E; ++I) { const SCEV *Op = getExactSDiv(*I, RHS, SE, IgnoreSignificantBits); - if (!Op) return 0; + if (!Op) return nullptr; Ops.push_back(Op); } return SE.getAddExpr(Ops); } - return 0; + return nullptr; } // Check for a multiply operand that we can pull RHS out of. @@ -545,13 +545,13 @@ static const SCEV *getExactSDiv(const SCEV *LHS, const SCEV *RHS, } Ops.push_back(S); } - return Found ? SE.getMulExpr(Ops) : 0; + return Found ? SE.getMulExpr(Ops) : nullptr; } - return 0; + return nullptr; } // Otherwise we don't know. - return 0; + return nullptr; } /// ExtractImmediate - If S involves the addition of a constant integer value, @@ -605,7 +605,7 @@ static GlobalValue *ExtractSymbol(const SCEV *&S, ScalarEvolution &SE) { SCEV::FlagAnyWrap); return Result; } - return 0; + return nullptr; } /// isAddressUse - Returns true if the specified instruction is using the @@ -756,12 +756,12 @@ DeleteTriviallyDeadInstructions(SmallVectorImpl<WeakVH> &DeadInsts) { Value *V = DeadInsts.pop_back_val(); Instruction *I = dyn_cast_or_null<Instruction>(V); - if (I == 0 || !isInstructionTriviallyDead(I)) + if (!I || !isInstructionTriviallyDead(I)) continue; for (User::op_iterator OI = I->op_begin(), E = I->op_end(); OI != E; ++OI) if (Instruction *U = dyn_cast<Instruction>(*OI)) { - *OI = 0; + *OI = nullptr; if (U->use_empty()) DeadInsts.push_back(U); } @@ -829,7 +829,7 @@ public: const SmallVectorImpl<int64_t> &Offsets, ScalarEvolution &SE, DominatorTree &DT, const LSRUse &LU, - SmallPtrSet<const SCEV *, 16> *LoserRegs = 0); + SmallPtrSet<const SCEV *, 16> *LoserRegs = nullptr); void print(raw_ostream &OS) const; void dump() const; @@ -1048,7 +1048,8 @@ struct LSRFixup { } LSRFixup::LSRFixup() - : UserInst(0), OperandValToReplace(0), LUIdx(~size_t(0)), Offset(0) {} + : UserInst(nullptr), OperandValToReplace(nullptr), LUIdx(~size_t(0)), + Offset(0) {} /// isUseFullyOutsideLoop - Test whether this fixup always uses its /// value outside of the given loop. @@ -1184,7 +1185,7 @@ public: MaxOffset(INT64_MIN), AllFixupsOutsideLoop(true), RigidFormula(false), - WidestFixupType(0) {} + WidestFixupType(nullptr) {} bool HasFormulaWithSameRegs(const Formula &F) const; bool InsertFormula(const Formula &F); @@ -1516,7 +1517,7 @@ struct IVChain { SmallVector<IVInc,1> Incs; const SCEV *ExprBase; - IVChain() : ExprBase(0) {} + IVChain() : ExprBase(nullptr) {} IVChain(const IVInc &Head, const SCEV *Base) : Incs(1, Head), ExprBase(Base) {} @@ -1722,7 +1723,7 @@ void LSRInstance::OptimizeShadowIV() { IVUsers::const_iterator CandidateUI = UI; ++UI; Instruction *ShadowUse = CandidateUI->getUser(); - Type *DestTy = 0; + Type *DestTy = nullptr; bool IsSigned = false; /* If shadow use is a int->float cast then insert a second IV @@ -1784,7 +1785,7 @@ void LSRInstance::OptimizeShadowIV() { continue; /* Initialize new IV, double d = 0.0 in above example. */ - ConstantInt *C = 0; + ConstantInt *C = nullptr; if (Incr->getOperand(0) == PH) C = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(Incr->getOperand(1)); else if (Incr->getOperand(1) == PH) @@ -1906,7 +1907,7 @@ ICmpInst *LSRInstance::OptimizeMax(ICmpInst *Cond, IVStrideUse* &CondUse) { // for ICMP_ULE here because the comparison would be with zero, which // isn't interesting. CmpInst::Predicate Pred = ICmpInst::BAD_ICMP_PREDICATE; - const SCEVNAryExpr *Max = 0; + const SCEVNAryExpr *Max = nullptr; if (const SCEVSMaxExpr *S = dyn_cast<SCEVSMaxExpr>(BackedgeTakenCount)) { Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_SLE; Max = S; @@ -1949,7 +1950,7 @@ ICmpInst *LSRInstance::OptimizeMax(ICmpInst *Cond, IVStrideUse* &CondUse) { // Check the right operand of the select, and remember it, as it will // be used in the new comparison instruction. - Value *NewRHS = 0; + Value *NewRHS = nullptr; if (ICmpInst::isTrueWhenEqual(Pred)) { // Look for n+1, and grab n. if (AddOperator *BO = dyn_cast<AddOperator>(Sel->getOperand(1))) @@ -2019,7 +2020,7 @@ LSRInstance::OptimizeLoopTermCond() { continue; // Search IVUsesByStride to find Cond's IVUse if there is one. - IVStrideUse *CondUse = 0; + IVStrideUse *CondUse = nullptr; ICmpInst *Cond = cast<ICmpInst>(TermBr->getCondition()); if (!FindIVUserForCond(Cond, CondUse)) continue; @@ -2072,12 +2073,12 @@ LSRInstance::OptimizeLoopTermCond() { // Check for possible scaled-address reuse. Type *AccessTy = getAccessType(UI->getUser()); int64_t Scale = C->getSExtValue(); - if (TTI.isLegalAddressingMode(AccessTy, /*BaseGV=*/ 0, + if (TTI.isLegalAddressingMode(AccessTy, /*BaseGV=*/ nullptr, /*BaseOffset=*/ 0, /*HasBaseReg=*/ false, Scale)) goto decline_post_inc; Scale = -Scale; - if (TTI.isLegalAddressingMode(AccessTy, /*BaseGV=*/ 0, + if (TTI.isLegalAddressingMode(AccessTy, /*BaseGV=*/ nullptr, /*BaseOffset=*/ 0, /*HasBaseReg=*/ false, Scale)) goto decline_post_inc; @@ -2149,12 +2150,12 @@ LSRInstance::reconcileNewOffset(LSRUse &LU, int64_t NewOffset, bool HasBaseReg, return false; // Conservatively assume HasBaseReg is true for now. if (NewOffset < LU.MinOffset) { - if (!isAlwaysFoldable(TTI, Kind, AccessTy, /*BaseGV=*/ 0, + if (!isAlwaysFoldable(TTI, Kind, AccessTy, /*BaseGV=*/ nullptr, LU.MaxOffset - NewOffset, HasBaseReg)) return false; NewMinOffset = NewOffset; } else if (NewOffset > LU.MaxOffset) { - if (!isAlwaysFoldable(TTI, Kind, AccessTy, /*BaseGV=*/ 0, + if (!isAlwaysFoldable(TTI, Kind, AccessTy, /*BaseGV=*/ nullptr, NewOffset - LU.MinOffset, HasBaseReg)) return false; NewMaxOffset = NewOffset; @@ -2184,7 +2185,7 @@ LSRInstance::getUse(const SCEV *&Expr, int64_t Offset = ExtractImmediate(Expr, SE); // Basic uses can't accept any offset, for example. - if (!isAlwaysFoldable(TTI, Kind, AccessTy, /*BaseGV=*/ 0, + if (!isAlwaysFoldable(TTI, Kind, AccessTy, /*BaseGV=*/ nullptr, Offset, /*HasBaseReg=*/ true)) { Expr = Copy; Offset = 0; @@ -2268,7 +2269,7 @@ LSRInstance::FindUseWithSimilarFormula(const Formula &OrigF, } // Nothing looked good. - return 0; + return nullptr; } void LSRInstance::CollectInterestingTypesAndFactors() { @@ -2386,7 +2387,7 @@ static const SCEV *getExprBase(const SCEV *S) { default: // uncluding scUnknown. return S; case scConstant: - return 0; + return nullptr; case scTruncate: return getExprBase(cast<SCEVTruncateExpr>(S)->getOperand()); case scZeroExtend: @@ -2477,7 +2478,7 @@ isProfitableChain(IVChain &Chain, SmallPtrSet<Instruction*, 4> &Users, && SE.getSCEV(Chain.tailUserInst()) == Chain.Incs[0].IncExpr) { --cost; } - const SCEV *LastIncExpr = 0; + const SCEV *LastIncExpr = nullptr; unsigned NumConstIncrements = 0; unsigned NumVarIncrements = 0; unsigned NumReusedIncrements = 0; @@ -2536,7 +2537,7 @@ void LSRInstance::ChainInstruction(Instruction *UserInst, Instruction *IVOper, // Visit all existing chains. Check if its IVOper can be computed as a // profitable loop invariant increment from the last link in the Chain. unsigned ChainIdx = 0, NChains = IVChainVec.size(); - const SCEV *LastIncExpr = 0; + const SCEV *LastIncExpr = nullptr; for (; ChainIdx < NChains; ++ChainIdx) { IVChain &Chain = IVChainVec[ChainIdx]; @@ -2756,7 +2757,7 @@ static bool canFoldIVIncExpr(const SCEV *IncExpr, Instruction *UserInst, int64_t IncOffset = IncConst->getValue()->getSExtValue(); if (!isAlwaysFoldable(TTI, LSRUse::Address, - getAccessType(UserInst), /*BaseGV=*/ 0, + getAccessType(UserInst), /*BaseGV=*/ nullptr, IncOffset, /*HaseBaseReg=*/ false)) return false; @@ -2774,7 +2775,7 @@ void LSRInstance::GenerateIVChain(const IVChain &Chain, SCEVExpander &Rewriter, // findIVOperand returns IVOpEnd if it can no longer find a valid IV user. User::op_iterator IVOpIter = findIVOperand(Head.UserInst->op_begin(), IVOpEnd, L, SE); - Value *IVSrc = 0; + Value *IVSrc = nullptr; while (IVOpIter != IVOpEnd) { IVSrc = getWideOperand(*IVOpIter); @@ -2801,7 +2802,7 @@ void LSRInstance::GenerateIVChain(const IVChain &Chain, SCEVExpander &Rewriter, DEBUG(dbgs() << "Generate chain at: " << *IVSrc << "\n"); Type *IVTy = IVSrc->getType(); Type *IntTy = SE.getEffectiveSCEVType(IVTy); - const SCEV *LeftOverExpr = 0; + const SCEV *LeftOverExpr = nullptr; for (IVChain::const_iterator IncI = Chain.begin(), IncE = Chain.end(); IncI != IncE; ++IncI) { @@ -2832,7 +2833,7 @@ void LSRInstance::GenerateIVChain(const IVChain &Chain, SCEVExpander &Rewriter, TTI)) { assert(IVTy == IVOper->getType() && "inconsistent IV increment type"); IVSrc = IVOper; - LeftOverExpr = 0; + LeftOverExpr = nullptr; } } Type *OperTy = IncI->IVOperand->getType(); @@ -2887,7 +2888,7 @@ void LSRInstance::CollectFixupsAndInitialFormulae() { LF.PostIncLoops = UI->getPostIncLoops(); LSRUse::KindType Kind = LSRUse::Basic; - Type *AccessTy = 0; + Type *AccessTy = nullptr; if (isAddressUse(LF.UserInst, LF.OperandValToReplace)) { Kind = LSRUse::Address; AccessTy = getAccessType(LF.UserInst); @@ -2918,7 +2919,7 @@ void LSRInstance::CollectFixupsAndInitialFormulae() { if (SE.isLoopInvariant(N, L) && isSafeToExpand(N, SE)) { // S is normalized, so normalize N before folding it into S // to keep the result normalized. - N = TransformForPostIncUse(Normalize, N, CI, 0, + N = TransformForPostIncUse(Normalize, N, CI, nullptr, LF.PostIncLoops, SE, DT); Kind = LSRUse::ICmpZero; S = SE.getMinusSCEV(N, S); @@ -3069,7 +3070,7 @@ LSRInstance::CollectLoopInvariantFixupsAndFormulae() { LSRFixup &LF = getNewFixup(); LF.UserInst = const_cast<Instruction *>(UserInst); LF.OperandValToReplace = U; - std::pair<size_t, int64_t> P = getUse(S, LSRUse::Basic, 0); + std::pair<size_t, int64_t> P = getUse(S, LSRUse::Basic, nullptr); LF.LUIdx = P.first; LF.Offset = P.second; LSRUse &LU = Uses[LF.LUIdx]; @@ -3108,7 +3109,7 @@ static const SCEV *CollectSubexprs(const SCEV *S, const SCEVConstant *C, if (Remainder) Ops.push_back(C ? SE.getMulExpr(C, Remainder) : Remainder); } - return 0; + return nullptr; } else if (const SCEVAddRecExpr *AR = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(S)) { // Split a non-zero base out of an addrec. if (AR->getStart()->isZero()) @@ -3120,7 +3121,7 @@ static const SCEV *CollectSubexprs(const SCEV *S, const SCEVConstant *C, // does not pertain to this loop. if (Remainder && (AR->getLoop() == L || !isa<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Remainder))) { Ops.push_back(C ? SE.getMulExpr(C, Remainder) : Remainder); - Remainder = 0; + Remainder = nullptr; } if (Remainder != AR->getStart()) { if (!Remainder) @@ -3142,7 +3143,7 @@ static const SCEV *CollectSubexprs(const SCEV *S, const SCEVConstant *C, CollectSubexprs(Mul->getOperand(1), C, Ops, L, SE, Depth+1); if (Remainder) Ops.push_back(SE.getMulExpr(C, Remainder)); - return 0; + return nullptr; } } return S; @@ -3160,7 +3161,7 @@ void LSRInstance::GenerateReassociations(LSRUse &LU, unsigned LUIdx, const SCEV *BaseReg = Base.BaseRegs[i]; SmallVector<const SCEV *, 8> AddOps; - const SCEV *Remainder = CollectSubexprs(BaseReg, 0, AddOps, L, SE); + const SCEV *Remainder = CollectSubexprs(BaseReg, nullptr, AddOps, L, SE); if (Remainder) AddOps.push_back(Remainder); @@ -4034,7 +4035,7 @@ void LSRInstance::NarrowSearchSpaceByPickingWinnerRegs() { // Pick the register which is used by the most LSRUses, which is likely // to be a good reuse register candidate. - const SCEV *Best = 0; + const SCEV *Best = nullptr; unsigned BestNum = 0; for (RegUseTracker::const_iterator I = RegUses.begin(), E = RegUses.end(); I != E; ++I) { @@ -4241,7 +4242,7 @@ LSRInstance::HoistInsertPosition(BasicBlock::iterator IP, } bool AllDominate = true; - Instruction *BetterPos = 0; + Instruction *BetterPos = nullptr; Instruction *Tentative = IDom->getTerminator(); for (SmallVectorImpl<Instruction *>::const_iterator I = Inputs.begin(), E = Inputs.end(); I != E; ++I) { @@ -4380,11 +4381,11 @@ Value *LSRInstance::Expand(const LSRFixup &LF, LF.UserInst, LF.OperandValToReplace, Loops, SE, DT); - Ops.push_back(SE.getUnknown(Rewriter.expandCodeFor(Reg, 0, IP))); + Ops.push_back(SE.getUnknown(Rewriter.expandCodeFor(Reg, nullptr, IP))); } // Expand the ScaledReg portion. - Value *ICmpScaledV = 0; + Value *ICmpScaledV = nullptr; if (F.Scale != 0) { const SCEV *ScaledS = F.ScaledReg; @@ -4400,7 +4401,7 @@ Value *LSRInstance::Expand(const LSRFixup &LF, // of the icmp. assert(F.Scale == -1 && "The only scale supported by ICmpZero uses is -1!"); - ICmpScaledV = Rewriter.expandCodeFor(ScaledS, 0, IP); + ICmpScaledV = Rewriter.expandCodeFor(ScaledS, nullptr, IP); } else { // Otherwise just expand the scaled register and an explicit scale, // which is expected to be matched as part of the address. @@ -4411,7 +4412,7 @@ Value *LSRInstance::Expand(const LSRFixup &LF, Ops.clear(); Ops.push_back(SE.getUnknown(FullV)); } - ScaledS = SE.getUnknown(Rewriter.expandCodeFor(ScaledS, 0, IP)); + ScaledS = SE.getUnknown(Rewriter.expandCodeFor(ScaledS, nullptr, IP)); ScaledS = SE.getMulExpr(ScaledS, SE.getConstant(ScaledS->getType(), F.Scale)); Ops.push_back(ScaledS); @@ -4532,7 +4533,7 @@ void LSRInstance::RewriteForPHI(PHINode *PN, Loop *PNLoop = LI.getLoopFor(Parent); if (!PNLoop || Parent != PNLoop->getHeader()) { // Split the critical edge. - BasicBlock *NewBB = 0; + BasicBlock *NewBB = nullptr; if (!Parent->isLandingPad()) { NewBB = SplitCriticalEdge(BB, Parent, P, /*MergeIdenticalEdges=*/true, @@ -4561,7 +4562,7 @@ void LSRInstance::RewriteForPHI(PHINode *PN, } std::pair<DenseMap<BasicBlock *, Value *>::iterator, bool> Pair = - Inserted.insert(std::make_pair(BB, static_cast<Value *>(0))); + Inserted.insert(std::make_pair(BB, static_cast<Value *>(nullptr))); if (!Pair.second) PN->setIncomingValue(i, Pair.first->second); else { @@ -4671,7 +4672,7 @@ LSRInstance::LSRInstance(Loop *L, Pass *P) DT(P->getAnalysis<DominatorTreeWrapperPass>().getDomTree()), LI(P->getAnalysis<LoopInfo>()), TTI(P->getAnalysis<TargetTransformInfo>()), L(L), Changed(false), - IVIncInsertPos(0) { + IVIncInsertPos(nullptr) { // If LoopSimplify form is not available, stay out of trouble. if (!L->isLoopSimplifyForm()) return; diff --git a/lib/Transforms/Scalar/LoopUnswitch.cpp b/lib/Transforms/Scalar/LoopUnswitch.cpp index 0becadceda..977c53a3bc 100644 --- a/lib/Transforms/Scalar/LoopUnswitch.cpp +++ b/lib/Transforms/Scalar/LoopUnswitch.cpp @@ -97,7 +97,7 @@ namespace { public: LUAnalysisCache() : - CurLoopInstructions(0), CurrentLoopProperties(0), + CurLoopInstructions(nullptr), CurrentLoopProperties(nullptr), MaxSize(Threshold) {} @@ -152,8 +152,8 @@ namespace { static char ID; // Pass ID, replacement for typeid explicit LoopUnswitch(bool Os = false) : LoopPass(ID), OptimizeForSize(Os), redoLoop(false), - currentLoop(0), DT(0), loopHeader(0), - loopPreheader(0) { + currentLoop(nullptr), DT(nullptr), loopHeader(nullptr), + loopPreheader(nullptr) { initializeLoopUnswitchPass(*PassRegistry::getPassRegistry()); } @@ -204,8 +204,8 @@ namespace { Instruction *InsertPt); void SimplifyCode(std::vector<Instruction*> &Worklist, Loop *L); - bool IsTrivialUnswitchCondition(Value *Cond, Constant **Val = 0, - BasicBlock **LoopExit = 0); + bool IsTrivialUnswitchCondition(Value *Cond, Constant **Val = nullptr, + BasicBlock **LoopExit = nullptr); }; } @@ -274,8 +274,8 @@ void LUAnalysisCache::forgetLoop(const Loop *L) { LoopsProperties.erase(LIt); } - CurrentLoopProperties = 0; - CurLoopInstructions = 0; + CurrentLoopProperties = nullptr; + CurLoopInstructions = nullptr; } // Mark case value as unswitched. @@ -346,10 +346,10 @@ static Value *FindLIVLoopCondition(Value *Cond, Loop *L, bool &Changed) { // We can never unswitch on vector conditions. if (Cond->getType()->isVectorTy()) - return 0; + return nullptr; // Constants should be folded, not unswitched on! - if (isa<Constant>(Cond)) return 0; + if (isa<Constant>(Cond)) return nullptr; // TODO: Handle: br (VARIANT|INVARIANT). @@ -369,7 +369,7 @@ static Value *FindLIVLoopCondition(Value *Cond, Loop *L, bool &Changed) { return RHS; } - return 0; + return nullptr; } bool LoopUnswitch::runOnLoop(Loop *L, LPPassManager &LPM_Ref) { @@ -380,7 +380,7 @@ bool LoopUnswitch::runOnLoop(Loop *L, LPPassManager &LPM_Ref) { LPM = &LPM_Ref; DominatorTreeWrapperPass *DTWP = getAnalysisIfAvailable<DominatorTreeWrapperPass>(); - DT = DTWP ? &DTWP->getDomTree() : 0; + DT = DTWP ? &DTWP->getDomTree() : nullptr; currentLoop = L; Function *F = currentLoop->getHeader()->getParent(); bool Changed = false; @@ -452,7 +452,7 @@ bool LoopUnswitch::processCurrentLoop() { // Find a value to unswitch on: // FIXME: this should chose the most expensive case! // FIXME: scan for a case with a non-critical edge? - Constant *UnswitchVal = 0; + Constant *UnswitchVal = nullptr; // Do not process same value again and again. // At this point we have some cases already unswitched and @@ -509,7 +509,7 @@ static bool isTrivialLoopExitBlockHelper(Loop *L, BasicBlock *BB, if (!L->contains(BB)) { // Otherwise, this is a loop exit, this is fine so long as this is the // first exit. - if (ExitBB != 0) return false; + if (ExitBB) return false; ExitBB = BB; return true; } @@ -536,10 +536,10 @@ static bool isTrivialLoopExitBlockHelper(Loop *L, BasicBlock *BB, static BasicBlock *isTrivialLoopExitBlock(Loop *L, BasicBlock *BB) { std::set<BasicBlock*> Visited; Visited.insert(L->getHeader()); // Branches to header make infinite loops. - BasicBlock *ExitBB = 0; + BasicBlock *ExitBB = nullptr; if (isTrivialLoopExitBlockHelper(L, BB, ExitBB, Visited)) return ExitBB; - return 0; + return nullptr; } /// IsTrivialUnswitchCondition - Check to see if this unswitch condition is @@ -560,7 +560,7 @@ bool LoopUnswitch::IsTrivialUnswitchCondition(Value *Cond, Constant **Val, TerminatorInst *HeaderTerm = Header->getTerminator(); LLVMContext &Context = Header->getContext(); - BasicBlock *LoopExitBB = 0; + BasicBlock *LoopExitBB = nullptr; if (BranchInst *BI = dyn_cast<BranchInst>(HeaderTerm)) { // If the header block doesn't end with a conditional branch on Cond, we // can't handle it. @@ -630,8 +630,8 @@ bool LoopUnswitch::IsTrivialUnswitchCondition(Value *Cond, Constant **Val, /// unswitch the loop, reprocess the pieces, then return true. bool LoopUnswitch::UnswitchIfProfitable(Value *LoopCond, Constant *Val) { Function *F = loopHeader->getParent(); - Constant *CondVal = 0; - BasicBlock *ExitBlock = 0; + Constant *CondVal = nullptr; + BasicBlock *ExitBlock = nullptr; if (IsTrivialUnswitchCondition(LoopCond, &CondVal, &ExitBlock)) { // If the condition is trivial, always unswitch. There is no code growth @@ -1000,7 +1000,7 @@ void LoopUnswitch::RewriteLoopBodyWithConditionConstant(Loop *L, Value *LIC, // If we know that LIC is not Val, use this info to simplify code. SwitchInst *SI = dyn_cast<SwitchInst>(UI); - if (SI == 0 || !isa<ConstantInt>(Val)) continue; + if (!SI || !isa<ConstantInt>(Val)) continue; SwitchInst::CaseIt DeadCase = SI->findCaseValue(cast<ConstantInt>(Val)); // Default case is live for multiple values. diff --git a/lib/Transforms/Scalar/LowerAtomic.cpp b/lib/Transforms/Scalar/LowerAtomic.cpp index 89963fcfe4..4251ac47ed 100644 --- a/lib/Transforms/Scalar/LowerAtomic.cpp +++ b/lib/Transforms/Scalar/LowerAtomic.cpp @@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ static bool LowerAtomicRMWInst(AtomicRMWInst *RMWI) { Value *Val = RMWI->getValOperand(); LoadInst *Orig = Builder.CreateLoad(Ptr); - Value *Res = NULL; + Value *Res = nullptr; switch (RMWI->getOperation()) { default: llvm_unreachable("Unexpected RMW operation"); diff --git a/lib/Transforms/Scalar/MemCpyOptimizer.cpp b/lib/Transforms/Scalar/MemCpyOptimizer.cpp index b5114541d3..b6bc792288 100644 --- a/lib/Transforms/Scalar/MemCpyOptimizer.cpp +++ b/lib/Transforms/Scalar/MemCpyOptimizer.cpp @@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ static int64_t GetOffsetFromIndex(const GEPOperator *GEP, unsigned Idx, int64_t Offset = 0; for (unsigned i = Idx, e = GEP->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i, ++GTI) { ConstantInt *OpC = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(GEP->getOperand(i)); - if (OpC == 0) + if (!OpC) return VariableIdxFound = true; if (OpC->isZero()) continue; // No offset. @@ -90,12 +90,12 @@ static bool IsPointerOffset(Value *Ptr1, Value *Ptr2, int64_t &Offset, // If one pointer is a GEP and the other isn't, then see if the GEP is a // constant offset from the base, as in "P" and "gep P, 1". - if (GEP1 && GEP2 == 0 && GEP1->getOperand(0)->stripPointerCasts() == Ptr2) { + if (GEP1 && !GEP2 && GEP1->getOperand(0)->stripPointerCasts() == Ptr2) { Offset = -GetOffsetFromIndex(GEP1, 1, VariableIdxFound, TD); return !VariableIdxFound; } - if (GEP2 && GEP1 == 0 && GEP2->getOperand(0)->stripPointerCasts() == Ptr1) { + if (GEP2 && !GEP1 && GEP2->getOperand(0)->stripPointerCasts() == Ptr1) { Offset = GetOffsetFromIndex(GEP2, 1, VariableIdxFound, TD); return !VariableIdxFound; } @@ -318,9 +318,9 @@ namespace { static char ID; // Pass identification, replacement for typeid MemCpyOpt() : FunctionPass(ID) { initializeMemCpyOptPass(*PassRegistry::getPassRegistry()); - MD = 0; - TLI = 0; - DL = 0; + MD = nullptr; + TLI = nullptr; + DL = nullptr; } bool runOnFunction(Function &F) override; @@ -374,7 +374,7 @@ INITIALIZE_PASS_END(MemCpyOpt, "memcpyopt", "MemCpy Optimization", /// attempts to merge them together into a memcpy/memset. Instruction *MemCpyOpt::tryMergingIntoMemset(Instruction *StartInst, Value *StartPtr, Value *ByteVal) { - if (DL == 0) return 0; + if (!DL) return nullptr; // Okay, so we now have a single store that can be splatable. Scan to find // all subsequent stores of the same value to offset from the same pointer. @@ -427,7 +427,7 @@ Instruction *MemCpyOpt::tryMergingIntoMemset(Instruction *StartInst, // If we have no ranges, then we just had a single store with nothing that // could be merged in. This is a very common case of course. if (Ranges.empty()) - return 0; + return nullptr; // If we had at least one store that could be merged in, add the starting // store as well. We try to avoid this unless there is at least something @@ -441,7 +441,7 @@ Instruction *MemCpyOpt::tryMergingIntoMemset(Instruction *StartInst, // Now that we have full information about ranges, loop over the ranges and // emit memset's for anything big enough to be worthwhile. - Instruction *AMemSet = 0; + Instruction *AMemSet = nullptr; for (MemsetRanges::const_iterator I = Ranges.begin(), E = Ranges.end(); I != E; ++I) { const MemsetRange &Range = *I; @@ -492,7 +492,7 @@ Instruction *MemCpyOpt::tryMergingIntoMemset(Instruction *StartInst, bool MemCpyOpt::processStore(StoreInst *SI, BasicBlock::iterator &BBI) { if (!SI->isSimple()) return false; - if (DL == 0) return false; + if (!DL) return false; // Detect cases where we're performing call slot forwarding, but // happen to be using a load-store pair to implement it, rather than @@ -501,7 +501,7 @@ bool MemCpyOpt::processStore(StoreInst *SI, BasicBlock::iterator &BBI) { if (LI->isSimple() && LI->hasOneUse() && LI->getParent() == SI->getParent()) { MemDepResult ldep = MD->getDependency(LI); - CallInst *C = 0; + CallInst *C = nullptr; if (ldep.isClobber() && !isa<MemCpyInst>(ldep.getInst())) C = dyn_cast<CallInst>(ldep.getInst()); @@ -513,7 +513,7 @@ bool MemCpyOpt::processStore(StoreInst *SI, BasicBlock::iterator &BBI) { for (BasicBlock::iterator I = --BasicBlock::iterator(SI), E = C; I != E; --I) { if (AA.getModRefInfo(&*I, StoreLoc) != AliasAnalysis::NoModRef) { - C = 0; + C = nullptr; break; } } @@ -604,7 +604,7 @@ bool MemCpyOpt::performCallSlotOptzn(Instruction *cpy, return false; // Check that all of src is copied to dest. - if (DL == 0) return false; + if (!DL) return false; ConstantInt *srcArraySize = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(srcAlloca->getArraySize()); if (!srcArraySize) @@ -847,7 +847,7 @@ bool MemCpyOpt::processMemCpy(MemCpyInst *M) { // The optimizations after this point require the memcpy size. ConstantInt *CopySize = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(M->getLength()); - if (CopySize == 0) return false; + if (!CopySize) return false; // The are three possible optimizations we can do for memcpy: // a) memcpy-memcpy xform which exposes redundance for DSE. @@ -930,7 +930,7 @@ bool MemCpyOpt::processMemMove(MemMoveInst *M) { /// processByValArgument - This is called on every byval argument in call sites. bool MemCpyOpt::processByValArgument(CallSite CS, unsigned ArgNo) { - if (DL == 0) return false; + if (!DL) return false; // Find out what feeds this byval argument. Value *ByValArg = CS.getArgument(ArgNo); @@ -947,13 +947,13 @@ bool MemCpyOpt::processByValArgument(CallSite CS, unsigned ArgNo) { // a memcpy, see if we can byval from the source of the memcpy instead of the // result. MemCpyInst *MDep = dyn_cast<MemCpyInst>(DepInfo.getInst()); - if (MDep == 0 || MDep->isVolatile() || + if (!MDep || MDep->isVolatile() || ByValArg->stripPointerCasts() != MDep->getDest()) return false; // The length of the memcpy must be larger or equal to the size of the byval. ConstantInt *C1 = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(MDep->getLength()); - if (C1 == 0 || C1->getValue().getZExtValue() < ByValSize) + if (!C1 || C1->getValue().getZExtValue() < ByValSize) return false; // Get the alignment of the byval. If the call doesn't specify the alignment, @@ -1044,7 +1044,7 @@ bool MemCpyOpt::runOnFunction(Function &F) { bool MadeChange = false; MD = &getAnalysis<MemoryDependenceAnalysis>(); DataLayoutPass *DLP = getAnalysisIfAvailable<DataLayoutPass>(); - DL = DLP ? &DLP->getDataLayout() : 0; + DL = DLP ? &DLP->getDataLayout() : nullptr; TLI = &getAnalysis<TargetLibraryInfo>(); // If we don't have at least memset and memcpy, there is little point of doing @@ -1059,6 +1059,6 @@ bool MemCpyOpt::runOnFunction(Function &F) { MadeChange = true; } - MD = 0; + MD = nullptr; return MadeChange; } diff --git a/lib/Transforms/Scalar/Reassociate.cpp b/lib/Transforms/Scalar/Reassociate.cpp index 91eb65a360..986d6a4bae 100644 --- a/lib/Transforms/Scalar/Reassociate.cpp +++ b/lib/Transforms/Scalar/Reassociate.cpp @@ -123,14 +123,14 @@ namespace { public: XorOpnd(Value *V); - bool isInvalid() const { return SymbolicPart == 0; } + bool isInvalid() const { return SymbolicPart == nullptr; } bool isOrExpr() const { return isOr; } Value *getValue() const { return OrigVal; } Value *getSymbolicPart() const { return SymbolicPart; } unsigned getSymbolicRank() const { return SymbolicRank; } const APInt &getConstPart() const { return ConstPart; } - void Invalidate() { SymbolicPart = OrigVal = 0; } + void Invalidate() { SymbolicPart = OrigVal = nullptr; } void setSymbolicRank(unsigned R) { SymbolicRank = R; } // Sort the XorOpnd-Pointer in ascending order of symbolic-value-rank. @@ -237,7 +237,7 @@ static BinaryOperator *isReassociableOp(Value *V, unsigned Opcode) { if (V->hasOneUse() && isa<Instruction>(V) && cast<Instruction>(V)->getOpcode() == Opcode) return cast<BinaryOperator>(V); - return 0; + return nullptr; } static bool isUnmovableInstruction(Instruction *I) { @@ -285,7 +285,7 @@ void Reassociate::BuildRankMap(Function &F) { unsigned Reassociate::getRank(Value *V) { Instruction *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(V); - if (I == 0) { + if (!I) { if (isa<Argument>(V)) return ValueRankMap[V]; // Function argument. return 0; // Otherwise it's a global or constant, rank 0. } @@ -706,7 +706,7 @@ void Reassociate::RewriteExprTree(BinaryOperator *I, // ExpressionChanged - Non-null if the rewritten expression differs from the // original in some non-trivial way, requiring the clearing of optional flags. // Flags are cleared from the operator in ExpressionChanged up to I inclusive. - BinaryOperator *ExpressionChanged = 0; + BinaryOperator *ExpressionChanged = nullptr; for (unsigned i = 0; ; ++i) { // The last operation (which comes earliest in the IR) is special as both // operands will come from Ops, rather than just one with the other being @@ -996,7 +996,7 @@ static Value *EmitAddTreeOfValues(Instruction *I, /// remove Factor from the tree and return the new tree. Value *Reassociate::RemoveFactorFromExpression(Value *V, Value *Factor) { BinaryOperator *BO = isReassociableOp(V, Instruction::Mul); - if (!BO) return 0; + if (!BO) return nullptr; SmallVector<RepeatedValue, 8> Tree; MadeChange |= LinearizeExprTree(BO, Tree); @@ -1030,7 +1030,7 @@ Value *Reassociate::RemoveFactorFromExpression(Value *V, Value *Factor) { if (!FoundFactor) { // Make sure to restore the operands to the expression tree. RewriteExprTree(BO, Factors); - return 0; + return nullptr; } BasicBlock::iterator InsertPt = BO; ++InsertPt; @@ -1115,7 +1115,7 @@ static Value *OptimizeAndOrXor(unsigned Opcode, ++NumAnnihil; } } - return 0; + return nullptr; } /// Helper funciton of CombineXorOpnd(). It creates a bitwise-and @@ -1136,7 +1136,7 @@ static Value *createAndInstr(Instruction *InsertBefore, Value *Opnd, } return Opnd; } - return 0; + return nullptr; } // Helper function of OptimizeXor(). It tries to simplify "Opnd1 ^ ConstOpnd" @@ -1262,7 +1262,7 @@ Value *Reassociate::OptimizeXor(Instruction *I, return V; if (Ops.size() == 1) - return 0; + return nullptr; SmallVector<XorOpnd, 8> Opnds; SmallVector<XorOpnd*, 8> OpndPtrs; @@ -1295,7 +1295,7 @@ Value *Reassociate::OptimizeXor(Instruction *I, std::stable_sort(OpndPtrs.begin(), OpndPtrs.end(), XorOpnd::PtrSortFunctor()); // Step 3: Combine adjacent operands - XorOpnd *PrevOpnd = 0; + XorOpnd *PrevOpnd = nullptr; bool Changed = false; for (unsigned i = 0, e = Opnds.size(); i < e; i++) { XorOpnd *CurrOpnd = OpndPtrs[i]; @@ -1329,7 +1329,7 @@ Value *Reassociate::OptimizeXor(Instruction *I, PrevOpnd = CurrOpnd; } else { CurrOpnd->Invalidate(); - PrevOpnd = 0; + PrevOpnd = nullptr; } Changed = true; } @@ -1359,7 +1359,7 @@ Value *Reassociate::OptimizeXor(Instruction *I, } } - return 0; + return nullptr; } /// OptimizeAdd - Optimize a series of operands to an 'add' instruction. This @@ -1446,7 +1446,7 @@ Value *Reassociate::OptimizeAdd(Instruction *I, // Keep track of each multiply we see, to avoid triggering on (X*4)+(X*4) // where they are actually the same multiply. unsigned MaxOcc = 0; - Value *MaxOccVal = 0; + Value *MaxOccVal = nullptr; for (unsigned i = 0, e = Ops.size(); i != e; ++i) { BinaryOperator *BOp = isReassociableOp(Ops[i].Op, Instruction::Mul); if (!BOp) @@ -1544,7 +1544,7 @@ Value *Reassociate::OptimizeAdd(Instruction *I, Ops.insert(Ops.begin(), ValueEntry(getRank(V2), V2)); } - return 0; + return nullptr; } /// \brief Build up a vector of value/power pairs factoring a product. @@ -1689,14 +1689,14 @@ Value *Reassociate::OptimizeMul(BinaryOperator *I, // We can only optimize the multiplies when there is a chain of more than // three, such that a balanced tree might require fewer total multiplies. if (Ops.size() < 4) - return 0; + return nullptr; // Try to turn linear trees of multiplies without other uses of the // intermediate stages into minimal multiply DAGs with perfect sub-expression // re-use. SmallVector<Factor, 4> Factors; if (!collectMultiplyFactors(Ops, Factors)) - return 0; // All distinct factors, so nothing left for us to do. + return nullptr; // All distinct factors, so nothing left for us to do. IRBuilder<> Builder(I); Value *V = buildMinimalMultiplyDAG(Builder, Factors); @@ -1705,14 +1705,14 @@ Value *Reassociate::OptimizeMul(BinaryOperator *I, ValueEntry NewEntry = ValueEntry(getRank(V), V); Ops.insert(std::lower_bound(Ops.begin(), Ops.end(), NewEntry), NewEntry); - return 0; + return nullptr; } Value *Reassociate::OptimizeExpression(BinaryOperator *I, SmallVectorImpl<ValueEntry> &Ops) { // Now that we have the linearized expression tree, try to optimize it. // Start by folding any constants that we found. - Constant *Cst = 0; + Constant *Cst = nullptr; unsigned Opcode = I->getOpcode(); while (!Ops.empty() && isa<Constant>(Ops.back().Op)) { Constant *C = cast<Constant>(Ops.pop_back_val().Op); @@ -1762,7 +1762,7 @@ Value *Reassociate::OptimizeExpression(BinaryOperator *I, if (Ops.size() != NumOps) return OptimizeExpression(I, Ops); - return 0; + return nullptr; } /// EraseInst - Zap the given instruction, adding interesting operands to the diff --git a/lib/Transforms/Scalar/SCCP.cpp b/lib/Transforms/Scalar/SCCP.cpp index 99d757da78..c4ce074ded 100644 --- a/lib/Transforms/Scalar/SCCP.cpp +++ b/lib/Transforms/Scalar/SCCP.cpp @@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ class LatticeVal { } public: - LatticeVal() : Val(0, undefined) {} + LatticeVal() : Val(nullptr, undefined) {} bool isUndefined() const { return getLatticeValue() == undefined; } bool isConstant() const { @@ -134,7 +134,7 @@ public: ConstantInt *getConstantInt() const { if (isConstant()) return dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(getConstant()); - return 0; + return nullptr; } void markForcedConstant(Constant *V) { @@ -404,7 +404,7 @@ private: if (Constant *C = dyn_cast<Constant>(V)) { Constant *Elt = C->getAggregateElement(i); - if (Elt == 0) + if (!Elt) LV.markOverdefined(); // Unknown sort of constant. else if (isa<UndefValue>(Elt)) ; // Undef values remain undefined. @@ -523,7 +523,7 @@ void SCCPSolver::getFeasibleSuccessors(TerminatorInst &TI, LatticeVal BCValue = getValueState(BI->getCondition()); ConstantInt *CI = BCValue.getConstantInt(); - if (CI == 0) { + if (!CI) { // Overdefined condition variables, and branches on unfoldable constant // conditions, mean the branch could go either way. if (!BCValue.isUndefined()) @@ -550,7 +550,7 @@ void SCCPSolver::getFeasibleSuccessors(TerminatorInst &TI, LatticeVal SCValue = getValueState(SI->getCondition()); ConstantInt *CI = SCValue.getConstantInt(); - if (CI == 0) { // Overdefined or undefined condition? + if (!CI) { // Overdefined or undefined condition? // All destinations are executable! if (!SCValue.isUndefined()) Succs.assign(TI.getNumSuccessors(), true); @@ -595,7 +595,7 @@ bool SCCPSolver::isEdgeFeasible(BasicBlock *From, BasicBlock *To) { // Overdefined condition variables mean the branch could go either way, // undef conditions mean that neither edge is feasible yet. ConstantInt *CI = BCValue.getConstantInt(); - if (CI == 0) + if (!CI) return !BCValue.isUndefined(); // Constant condition variables mean the branch can only go a single way. @@ -613,7 +613,7 @@ bool SCCPSolver::isEdgeFeasible(BasicBlock *From, BasicBlock *To) { LatticeVal SCValue = getValueState(SI->getCondition()); ConstantInt *CI = SCValue.getConstantInt(); - if (CI == 0) + if (!CI) return !SCValue.isUndefined(); return SI->findCaseValue(CI).getCaseSuccessor() == To; @@ -668,7 +668,7 @@ void SCCPSolver::visitPHINode(PHINode &PN) { // constant. If they are constant and don't agree, the PHI is overdefined. // If there are no executable operands, the PHI remains undefined. // - Constant *OperandVal = 0; + Constant *OperandVal = nullptr; for (unsigned i = 0, e = PN.getNumIncomingValues(); i != e; ++i) { LatticeVal IV = getValueState(PN.getIncomingValue(i)); if (IV.isUndefined()) continue; // Doesn't influence PHI node. @@ -679,7 +679,7 @@ void SCCPSolver::visitPHINode(PHINode &PN) { if (IV.isOverdefined()) // PHI node becomes overdefined! return markOverdefined(&PN); - if (OperandVal == 0) { // Grab the first value. + if (!OperandVal) { // Grab the first value. OperandVal = IV.getConstant(); continue; } @@ -775,7 +775,7 @@ void SCCPSolver::visitExtractValueInst(ExtractValueInst &EVI) { void SCCPSolver::visitInsertValueInst(InsertValueInst &IVI) { StructType *STy = dyn_cast<StructType>(IVI.getType()); - if (STy == 0) + if (!STy) return markOverdefined(&IVI); // If this has more than one index, we can't handle it, drive all results to @@ -863,7 +863,7 @@ void SCCPSolver::visitBinaryOperator(Instruction &I) { // If this is an AND or OR with 0 or -1, it doesn't matter that the other // operand is overdefined. if (I.getOpcode() == Instruction::And || I.getOpcode() == Instruction::Or) { - LatticeVal *NonOverdefVal = 0; + LatticeVal *NonOverdefVal = nullptr; if (!V1State.isOverdefined()) NonOverdefVal = &V1State; else if (!V2State.isOverdefined()) @@ -1082,7 +1082,7 @@ void SCCPSolver::visitCallSite(CallSite CS) { // The common case is that we aren't tracking the callee, either because we // are not doing interprocedural analysis or the callee is indirect, or is // external. Handle these cases first. - if (F == 0 || F->isDeclaration()) { + if (!F || F->isDeclaration()) { CallOverdefined: // Void return and not tracking callee, just bail. if (I->getType()->isVoidTy()) return; @@ -1556,7 +1556,7 @@ bool SCCP::runOnFunction(Function &F) { DEBUG(dbgs() << "SCCP on function '" << F.getName() << "'\n"); const DataLayoutPass *DLP = getAnalysisIfAvailable<DataLayoutPass>(); - const DataLayout *DL = DLP ? &DLP->getDataLayout() : 0; + const DataLayout *DL = DLP ? &DLP->getDataLayout() : nullptr; const TargetLibraryInfo *TLI = &getAnalysis<TargetLibraryInfo>(); SCCPSolver Solver(DL, TLI); @@ -1685,7 +1685,7 @@ static bool AddressIsTaken(const GlobalValue *GV) { bool IPSCCP::runOnModule(Module &M) { DataLayoutPass *DLP = getAnalysisIfAvailable<DataLayoutPass>(); - const DataLayout *DL = DLP ? &DLP->getDataLayout() : 0; + const DataLayout *DL = DLP ? &DLP->getDataLayout() : nullptr; const TargetLibraryInfo *TLI = &getAnalysis<TargetLibraryInfo>(); SCCPSolver Solver(DL, TLI); diff --git a/lib/Transforms/Scalar/SROA.cpp b/lib/Transforms/Scalar/SROA.cpp index 784840e0b5..04bf4f8dfc 100644 --- a/lib/Transforms/Scalar/SROA.cpp +++ b/lib/Transforms/Scalar/SROA.cpp @@ -160,8 +160,8 @@ public: Use *getUse() const { return UseAndIsSplittable.getPointer(); } - bool isDead() const { return getUse() == 0; } - void kill() { UseAndIsSplittable.setPointer(0); } + bool isDead() const { return getUse() == nullptr; } + void kill() { UseAndIsSplittable.setPointer(nullptr); } /// \brief Support for ordering ranges. /// @@ -321,7 +321,7 @@ static Value *foldSelectInst(SelectInst &SI) { if (SI.getOperand(1) == SI.getOperand(2)) return SI.getOperand(1); - return 0; + return nullptr; } /// \brief Builder for the alloca slices. @@ -643,7 +643,7 @@ private: Uses.push_back(std::make_pair(I, cast<Instruction>(U))); } while (!Uses.empty()); - return 0; + return nullptr; } void visitPHINode(PHINode &PN) { @@ -725,7 +725,7 @@ AllocaSlices::AllocaSlices(const DataLayout &DL, AllocaInst &AI) #if !defined(NDEBUG) || defined(LLVM_ENABLE_DUMP) AI(AI), #endif - PointerEscapingInstr(0) { + PointerEscapingInstr(nullptr) { SliceBuilder PB(DL, AI, *this); SliceBuilder::PtrInfo PtrI = PB.visitPtr(AI); if (PtrI.isEscaped() || PtrI.isAborted()) { @@ -874,7 +874,7 @@ public: for (SmallVectorImpl<DbgValueInst *>::const_iterator I = DVIs.begin(), E = DVIs.end(); I != E; ++I) { DbgValueInst *DVI = *I; - Value *Arg = 0; + Value *Arg = nullptr; if (StoreInst *SI = dyn_cast<StoreInst>(Inst)) { // If an argument is zero extended then use argument directly. The ZExt // may be zapped by an optimization pass in future. @@ -970,7 +970,7 @@ class SROA : public FunctionPass { public: SROA(bool RequiresDomTree = true) : FunctionPass(ID), RequiresDomTree(RequiresDomTree), - C(0), DL(0), DT(0) { + C(nullptr), DL(nullptr), DT(nullptr) { initializeSROAPass(*PassRegistry::getPassRegistry()); } bool runOnFunction(Function &F) override; @@ -1012,9 +1012,9 @@ INITIALIZE_PASS_END(SROA, "sroa", "Scalar Replacement Of Aggregates", static Type *findCommonType(AllocaSlices::const_iterator B, AllocaSlices::const_iterator E, uint64_t EndOffset) { - Type *Ty = 0; + Type *Ty = nullptr; bool TyIsCommon = true; - IntegerType *ITy = 0; + IntegerType *ITy = nullptr; // Note that we need to look at *every* alloca slice's Use to ensure we // always get consistent results regardless of the order of slices. @@ -1025,7 +1025,7 @@ static Type *findCommonType(AllocaSlices::const_iterator B, if (I->beginOffset() != B->beginOffset() || I->endOffset() != EndOffset) continue; - Type *UserTy = 0; + Type *UserTy = nullptr; if (LoadInst *LI = dyn_cast<LoadInst>(U->getUser())) { UserTy = LI->getType(); } else if (StoreInst *SI = dyn_cast<StoreInst>(U->getUser())) { @@ -1075,7 +1075,7 @@ static Type *findCommonType(AllocaSlices::const_iterator B, /// FIXME: This should be hoisted into a generic utility, likely in /// Transforms/Util/Local.h static bool isSafePHIToSpeculate(PHINode &PN, - const DataLayout *DL = 0) { + const DataLayout *DL = nullptr) { // For now, we can only do this promotion if the load is in the same block // as the PHI, and if there are no stores between the phi and load. // TODO: Allow recursive phi users. @@ -1085,7 +1085,7 @@ static bool isSafePHIToSpeculate(PHINode &PN, bool HaveLoad = false; for (User *U : PN.users()) { LoadInst *LI = dyn_cast<LoadInst>(U); - if (LI == 0 || !LI->isSimple()) + if (!LI || !LI->isSimple()) return false; // For now we only allow loads in the same block as the PHI. This is @@ -1192,7 +1192,8 @@ static void speculatePHINodeLoads(PHINode &PN) { /// /// We can do this to a select if its only uses are loads and if the operand /// to the select can be loaded unconditionally. -static bool isSafeSelectToSpeculate(SelectInst &SI, const DataLayout *DL = 0) { +static bool isSafeSelectToSpeculate(SelectInst &SI, + const DataLayout *DL = nullptr) { Value *TValue = SI.getTrueValue(); Value *FValue = SI.getFalseValue(); bool TDerefable = TValue->isDereferenceablePointer(); @@ -1200,7 +1201,7 @@ static bool isSafeSelectToSpeculate(SelectInst &SI, const DataLayout *DL = 0) { for (User *U : SI.users()) { LoadInst *LI = dyn_cast<LoadInst>(U); - if (LI == 0 || !LI->isSimple()) + if (!LI || !LI->isSimple()) return false; // Both operands to the select need to be dereferencable, either @@ -1333,19 +1334,21 @@ static Value *getNaturalGEPRecursively(IRBuilderTy &IRB, const DataLayout &DL, // We can't recurse through pointer types. if (Ty->isPointerTy()) - return 0; + return nullptr; // We try to analyze GEPs over vectors here, but note that these GEPs are // extremely poorly defined currently. The long-term goal is to remove GEPing // over a vector from the IR completely. if (VectorType *VecTy = dyn_cast<VectorType>(Ty)) { unsigned ElementSizeInBits = DL.getTypeSizeInBits(VecTy->getScalarType()); - if (ElementSizeInBits % 8) - return 0; // GEPs over non-multiple of 8 size vector elements are invalid. + if (ElementSizeInBits % 8 != 0) { + // GEPs over non-multiple of 8 size vector elements are invalid. + return nullptr; + } APInt ElementSize(Offset.getBitWidth(), ElementSizeInBits / 8); APInt NumSkippedElements = Offset.sdiv(ElementSize); if (NumSkippedElements.ugt(VecTy->getNumElements())) - return 0; + return nullptr; Offset -= NumSkippedElements * ElementSize; Indices.push_back(IRB.getInt(NumSkippedElements)); return getNaturalGEPRecursively(IRB, DL, Ptr, VecTy->getElementType(), @@ -1357,7 +1360,7 @@ static Value *getNaturalGEPRecursively(IRBuilderTy &IRB, const DataLayout &DL, APInt ElementSize(Offset.getBitWidth(), DL.getTypeAllocSize(ElementTy)); APInt NumSkippedElements = Offset.sdiv(ElementSize); if (NumSkippedElements.ugt(ArrTy->getNumElements())) - return 0; + return nullptr; Offset -= NumSkippedElements * ElementSize; Indices.push_back(IRB.getInt(NumSkippedElements)); @@ -1367,17 +1370,17 @@ static Value *getNaturalGEPRecursively(IRBuilderTy &IRB, const DataLayout &DL, StructType *STy = dyn_cast<StructType>(Ty); if (!STy) - return 0; + return nullptr; const StructLayout *SL = DL.getStructLayout(STy); uint64_t StructOffset = Offset.getZExtValue(); if (StructOffset >= SL->getSizeInBytes()) - return 0; + return nullptr; unsigned Index = SL->getElementContainingOffset(StructOffset); Offset -= APInt(Offset.getBitWidth(), SL->getElementOffset(Index)); Type *ElementTy = STy->getElementType(Index); if (Offset.uge(DL.getTypeAllocSize(ElementTy))) - return 0; // The offset points into alignment padding. + return nullptr; // The offset points into alignment padding. Indices.push_back(IRB.getInt32(Index)); return getNaturalGEPRecursively(IRB, DL, Ptr, ElementTy, Offset, TargetTy, @@ -1403,14 +1406,14 @@ static Value *getNaturalGEPWithOffset(IRBuilderTy &IRB, const DataLayout &DL, // Don't consider any GEPs through an i8* as natural unless the TargetTy is // an i8. if (Ty == IRB.getInt8PtrTy(Ty->getAddressSpace()) && TargetTy->isIntegerTy(8)) - return 0; + return nullptr; Type *ElementTy = Ty->getElementType(); if (!ElementTy->isSized()) - return 0; // We can't GEP through an unsized element. + return nullptr; // We can't GEP through an unsized element. APInt ElementSize(Offset.getBitWidth(), DL.getTypeAllocSize(ElementTy)); if (ElementSize == 0) - return 0; // Zero-length arrays can't help us build a natural GEP. + return nullptr; // Zero-length arrays can't help us build a natural GEP. APInt NumSkippedElements = Offset.sdiv(ElementSize); Offset -= NumSkippedElements * ElementSize; @@ -1446,11 +1449,11 @@ static Value *getAdjustedPtr(IRBuilderTy &IRB, const DataLayout &DL, Value *Ptr, // We may end up computing an offset pointer that has the wrong type. If we // never are able to compute one directly that has the correct type, we'll // fall back to it, so keep it around here. - Value *OffsetPtr = 0; + Value *OffsetPtr = nullptr; // Remember any i8 pointer we come across to re-use if we need to do a raw // byte offset. - Value *Int8Ptr = 0; + Value *Int8Ptr = nullptr; APInt Int8PtrOffset(Offset.getBitWidth(), 0); Type *TargetTy = PointerTy->getPointerElementType(); @@ -2044,14 +2047,14 @@ public: NewAllocaBeginOffset(NewAllocaBeginOffset), NewAllocaEndOffset(NewAllocaEndOffset), NewAllocaTy(NewAI.getAllocatedType()), - VecTy(IsVectorPromotable ? cast<VectorType>(NewAllocaTy) : 0), - ElementTy(VecTy ? VecTy->getElementType() : 0), + VecTy(IsVectorPromotable ? cast<VectorType>(NewAllocaTy) : nullptr), + ElementTy(VecTy ? VecTy->getElementType() : nullptr), ElementSize(VecTy ? DL.getTypeSizeInBits(ElementTy) / 8 : 0), IntTy(IsIntegerPromotable ? Type::getIntNTy( NewAI.getContext(), DL.getTypeSizeInBits(NewAI.getAllocatedType())) - : 0), + : nullptr), BeginOffset(), EndOffset(), IsSplittable(), IsSplit(), OldUse(), OldPtr(), PHIUsers(PHIUsers), SelectUsers(SelectUsers), IRB(NewAI.getContext(), ConstantFolder()) { @@ -2145,7 +2148,7 @@ private: /// /// You can optionally pass a type to this routine and if that type's ABI /// alignment is itself suitable, this will return zero. - unsigned getSliceAlign(Type *Ty = 0) { + unsigned getSliceAlign(Type *Ty = nullptr) { unsigned NewAIAlign = NewAI.getAlignment(); if (!NewAIAlign) NewAIAlign = DL.getABITypeAlignment(NewAI.getAllocatedType()); @@ -2595,7 +2598,7 @@ private: unsigned EndIndex = VecTy ? getIndex(NewEndOffset) : 0; unsigned NumElements = EndIndex - BeginIndex; IntegerType *SubIntTy - = IntTy ? Type::getIntNTy(IntTy->getContext(), Size*8) : 0; + = IntTy ? Type::getIntNTy(IntTy->getContext(), Size*8) : nullptr; // Reset the other pointer type to match the register type we're going to // use, but using the address space of the original other pointer. @@ -2993,22 +2996,22 @@ static Type *getTypePartition(const DataLayout &DL, Type *Ty, return stripAggregateTypeWrapping(DL, Ty); if (Offset > DL.getTypeAllocSize(Ty) || (DL.getTypeAllocSize(Ty) - Offset) < Size) - return 0; + return nullptr; if (SequentialType *SeqTy = dyn_cast<SequentialType>(Ty)) { // We can't partition pointers... if (SeqTy->isPointerTy()) - return 0; + return nullptr; Type *ElementTy = SeqTy->getElementType(); uint64_t ElementSize = DL.getTypeAllocSize(ElementTy); uint64_t NumSkippedElements = Offset / ElementSize; if (ArrayType *ArrTy = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(SeqTy)) { if (NumSkippedElements >= ArrTy->getNumElements()) - return 0; + return nullptr; } else if (VectorType *VecTy = dyn_cast<VectorType>(SeqTy)) { if (NumSkippedElements >= VecTy->getNumElements()) - return 0; + return nullptr; } Offset -= NumSkippedElements * ElementSize; @@ -3016,7 +3019,7 @@ static Type *getTypePartition(const DataLayout &DL, Type *Ty, if (Offset > 0 || Size < ElementSize) { // Bail if the partition ends in a different array element. if ((Offset + Size) > ElementSize) - return 0; + return nullptr; // Recurse through the element type trying to peel off offset bytes. return getTypePartition(DL, ElementTy, Offset, Size); } @@ -3027,20 +3030,20 @@ static Type *getTypePartition(const DataLayout &DL, Type *Ty, assert(Size > ElementSize); uint64_t NumElements = Size / ElementSize; if (NumElements * ElementSize != Size) - return 0; + return nullptr; return ArrayType::get(ElementTy, NumElements); } StructType *STy = dyn_cast<StructType>(Ty); if (!STy) - return 0; + return nullptr; const StructLayout *SL = DL.getStructLayout(STy); if (Offset >= SL->getSizeInBytes()) - return 0; + return nullptr; uint64_t EndOffset = Offset + Size; if (EndOffset > SL->getSizeInBytes()) - return 0; + return nullptr; unsigned Index = SL->getElementContainingOffset(Offset); Offset -= SL->getElementOffset(Index); @@ -3048,12 +3051,12 @@ static Type *getTypePartition(const DataLayout &DL, Type *Ty, Type *ElementTy = STy->getElementType(Index); uint64_t ElementSize = DL.getTypeAllocSize(ElementTy); if (Offset >= ElementSize) - return 0; // The offset points into alignment padding. + return nullptr; // The offset points into alignment padding. // See if any partition must be contained by the element. if (Offset > 0 || Size < ElementSize) { if ((Offset + Size) > ElementSize) - return 0; + return nullptr; return getTypePartition(DL, ElementTy, Offset, Size); } assert(Offset == 0); @@ -3066,14 +3069,14 @@ static Type *getTypePartition(const DataLayout &DL, Type *Ty, if (EndOffset < SL->getSizeInBytes()) { unsigned EndIndex = SL->getElementContainingOffset(EndOffset); if (Index == EndIndex) - return 0; // Within a single element and its padding. + return nullptr; // Within a single element and its padding. // Don't try to form "natural" types if the elements don't line up with the // expected size. // FIXME: We could potentially recurse down through the last element in the // sub-struct to find a natural end point. if (SL->getElementOffset(EndIndex) != EndOffset) - return 0; + return nullptr; assert(Index < EndIndex); EE = STy->element_begin() + EndIndex; @@ -3084,7 +3087,7 @@ static Type *getTypePartition(const DataLayout &DL, Type *Ty, STy->isPacked()); const StructLayout *SubSL = DL.getStructLayout(SubTy); if (Size != SubSL->getSizeInBytes()) - return 0; // The sub-struct doesn't have quite the size needed. + return nullptr; // The sub-struct doesn't have quite the size needed. return SubTy; } @@ -3109,7 +3112,7 @@ bool SROA::rewritePartition(AllocaInst &AI, AllocaSlices &S, // Try to compute a friendly type for this partition of the alloca. This // won't always succeed, in which case we fall back to a legal integer type // or an i8 array of an appropriate size. - Type *SliceTy = 0; + Type *SliceTy = nullptr; if (Type *CommonUseTy = findCommonType(B, E, EndOffset)) if (DL->getTypeAllocSize(CommonUseTy) >= SliceSize) SliceTy = CommonUseTy; @@ -3156,7 +3159,7 @@ bool SROA::rewritePartition(AllocaInst &AI, AllocaSlices &S, // the alloca's alignment unconstrained. if (Alignment <= DL->getABITypeAlignment(SliceTy)) Alignment = 0; - NewAI = new AllocaInst(SliceTy, 0, Alignment, + NewAI = new AllocaInst(SliceTy, nullptr, Alignment, AI.getName() + ".sroa." + Twine(B - S.begin()), &AI); ++NumNewAllocas; } @@ -3495,7 +3498,7 @@ void SROA::deleteDeadInstructions(SmallPtrSet<AllocaInst*, 4> &DeletedAllocas) { for (Use &Operand : I->operands()) if (Instruction *U = dyn_cast<Instruction>(Operand)) { // Zero out the operand and see if it becomes trivially dead. - Operand = 0; + Operand = nullptr; if (isInstructionTriviallyDead(U)) DeadInsts.insert(U); } @@ -3613,7 +3616,7 @@ bool SROA::runOnFunction(Function &F) { DL = &DLP->getDataLayout(); DominatorTreeWrapperPass *DTWP = getAnalysisIfAvailable<DominatorTreeWrapperPass>(); - DT = DTWP ? &DTWP->getDomTree() : 0; + DT = DTWP ? &DTWP->getDomTree() : nullptr; BasicBlock &EntryBB = F.getEntryBlock(); for (BasicBlock::iterator I = EntryBB.begin(), E = std::prev(EntryBB.end()); diff --git a/lib/Transforms/Scalar/SampleProfile.cpp b/lib/Transforms/Scalar/SampleProfile.cpp index 2f03edda18..8e557aaa2f 100644 --- a/lib/Transforms/Scalar/SampleProfile.cpp +++ b/lib/Transforms/Scalar/SampleProfile.cpp @@ -120,8 +120,8 @@ typedef DenseMap<BasicBlock *, SmallVector<BasicBlock *, 8>> BlockEdgeMap; class SampleFunctionProfile { public: SampleFunctionProfile() - : TotalSamples(0), TotalHeadSamples(0), HeaderLineno(0), DT(0), PDT(0), - LI(0), Ctx(0) {} + : TotalSamples(0), TotalHeadSamples(0), HeaderLineno(0), DT(nullptr), + PDT(nullptr), LI(nullptr), Ctx(nullptr) {} unsigned getFunctionLoc(Function &F); bool emitAnnotations(Function &F, DominatorTree *DomTree, diff --git a/lib/Transforms/Scalar/ScalarReplAggregates.cpp b/lib/Transforms/Scalar/ScalarReplAggregates.cpp index a56df4bd5f..58192fc02b 100644 --- a/lib/Transforms/Scalar/ScalarReplAggregates.cpp +++ b/lib/Transforms/Scalar/ScalarReplAggregates.cpp @@ -305,7 +305,7 @@ public: explicit ConvertToScalarInfo(unsigned Size, const DataLayout &DL, unsigned SLT) : AllocaSize(Size), DL(DL), ScalarLoadThreshold(SLT), IsNotTrivial(false), - ScalarKind(Unknown), VectorTy(0), HadNonMemTransferAccess(false), + ScalarKind(Unknown), VectorTy(nullptr), HadNonMemTransferAccess(false), HadDynamicAccess(false) { } AllocaInst *TryConvert(AllocaInst *AI); @@ -333,8 +333,8 @@ private: AllocaInst *ConvertToScalarInfo::TryConvert(AllocaInst *AI) { // If we can't convert this scalar, or if mem2reg can trivially do it, bail // out. - if (!CanConvertToScalar(AI, 0, 0) || !IsNotTrivial) - return 0; + if (!CanConvertToScalar(AI, 0, nullptr) || !IsNotTrivial) + return nullptr; // If an alloca has only memset / memcpy uses, it may still have an Unknown // ScalarKind. Treat it as an Integer below. @@ -362,23 +362,24 @@ AllocaInst *ConvertToScalarInfo::TryConvert(AllocaInst *AI) { // Do not convert to scalar integer if the alloca size exceeds the // scalar load threshold. if (BitWidth > ScalarLoadThreshold) - return 0; + return nullptr; if ((ScalarKind == ImplicitVector || ScalarKind == Integer) && !HadNonMemTransferAccess && !DL.fitsInLegalInteger(BitWidth)) - return 0; + return nullptr; // Dynamic accesses on integers aren't yet supported. They need us to shift // by a dynamic amount which could be difficult to work out as we might not // know whether to use a left or right shift. if (ScalarKind == Integer && HadDynamicAccess) - return 0; + return nullptr; DEBUG(dbgs() << "CONVERT TO SCALAR INTEGER: " << *AI << "\n"); // Create and insert the integer alloca. NewTy = IntegerType::get(AI->getContext(), BitWidth); } - AllocaInst *NewAI = new AllocaInst(NewTy, 0, "", AI->getParent()->begin()); - ConvertUsesToScalar(AI, NewAI, 0, 0); + AllocaInst *NewAI = new AllocaInst(NewTy, nullptr, "", + AI->getParent()->begin()); + ConvertUsesToScalar(AI, NewAI, 0, nullptr); return NewAI; } @@ -509,7 +510,7 @@ bool ConvertToScalarInfo::CanConvertToScalar(Value *V, uint64_t Offset, // Compute the offset that this GEP adds to the pointer. SmallVector<Value*, 8> Indices(GEP->op_begin()+1, GEP->op_end()); - Value *GEPNonConstantIdx = 0; + Value *GEPNonConstantIdx = nullptr; if (!GEP->hasAllConstantIndices()) { if (!isa<VectorType>(PtrTy->getElementType())) return false; @@ -565,7 +566,7 @@ bool ConvertToScalarInfo::CanConvertToScalar(Value *V, uint64_t Offset, if (NonConstantIdx) return false; ConstantInt *Len = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(MTI->getLength()); - if (Len == 0 || Len->getZExtValue() != AllocaSize || Offset != 0) + if (!Len || Len->getZExtValue() != AllocaSize || Offset != 0) return false; IsNotTrivial = true; // Can't be mem2reg'd. @@ -609,7 +610,7 @@ void ConvertToScalarInfo::ConvertUsesToScalar(Value *Ptr, AllocaInst *NewAI, if (GetElementPtrInst *GEP = dyn_cast<GetElementPtrInst>(User)) { // Compute the offset that this GEP adds to the pointer. SmallVector<Value*, 8> Indices(GEP->op_begin()+1, GEP->op_end()); - Value* GEPNonConstantIdx = 0; + Value* GEPNonConstantIdx = nullptr; if (!GEP->hasAllConstantIndices()) { assert(!NonConstantIdx && "Dynamic GEP reading from dynamic GEP unsupported"); @@ -672,7 +673,7 @@ void ConvertToScalarInfo::ConvertUsesToScalar(Value *Ptr, AllocaInst *NewAI, Instruction *Old = Builder.CreateLoad(NewAI, NewAI->getName()+".in"); Value *New = ConvertScalar_InsertValue( ConstantInt::get(User->getContext(), APVal), - Old, Offset, 0, Builder); + Old, Offset, nullptr, Builder); Builder.CreateStore(New, NewAI); // If the load we just inserted is now dead, then the memset overwrote @@ -810,7 +811,7 @@ ConvertScalar_ExtractValue(Value *FromVal, Type *ToType, for (unsigned i = 0, e = ST->getNumElements(); i != e; ++i) { Value *Elt = ConvertScalar_ExtractValue(FromVal, ST->getElementType(i), Offset+Layout.getElementOffsetInBits(i), - 0, Builder); + nullptr, Builder); Res = Builder.CreateInsertValue(Res, Elt, i); } return Res; @@ -823,7 +824,8 @@ ConvertScalar_ExtractValue(Value *FromVal, Type *ToType, Value *Res = UndefValue::get(AT); for (unsigned i = 0, e = AT->getNumElements(); i != e; ++i) { Value *Elt = ConvertScalar_ExtractValue(FromVal, AT->getElementType(), - Offset+i*EltSize, 0, Builder); + Offset+i*EltSize, nullptr, + Builder); Res = Builder.CreateInsertValue(Res, Elt, i); } return Res; @@ -939,7 +941,7 @@ ConvertScalar_InsertValue(Value *SV, Value *Old, Value *Elt = Builder.CreateExtractValue(SV, i); Old = ConvertScalar_InsertValue(Elt, Old, Offset+Layout.getElementOffsetInBits(i), - 0, Builder); + nullptr, Builder); } return Old; } @@ -950,7 +952,8 @@ ConvertScalar_InsertValue(Value *SV, Value *Old, uint64_t EltSize = DL.getTypeAllocSizeInBits(AT->getElementType()); for (unsigned i = 0, e = AT->getNumElements(); i != e; ++i) { Value *Elt = Builder.CreateExtractValue(SV, i); - Old = ConvertScalar_InsertValue(Elt, Old, Offset+i*EltSize, 0, Builder); + Old = ConvertScalar_InsertValue(Elt, Old, Offset+i*EltSize, nullptr, + Builder); } return Old; } @@ -1025,7 +1028,7 @@ bool SROA::runOnFunction(Function &F) { return false; DataLayoutPass *DLP = getAnalysisIfAvailable<DataLayoutPass>(); - DL = DLP ? &DLP->getDataLayout() : 0; + DL = DLP ? &DLP->getDataLayout() : nullptr; bool Changed = performPromotion(F); @@ -1055,7 +1058,7 @@ class AllocaPromoter : public LoadAndStorePromoter { public: AllocaPromoter(const SmallVectorImpl<Instruction*> &Insts, SSAUpdater &S, DIBuilder *DB) - : LoadAndStorePromoter(Insts, S), AI(0), DIB(DB) {} + : LoadAndStorePromoter(Insts, S), AI(nullptr), DIB(DB) {} void run(AllocaInst *AI, const SmallVectorImpl<Instruction*> &Insts) { // Remember which alloca we're promoting (for isInstInList). @@ -1101,7 +1104,7 @@ public: for (SmallVectorImpl<DbgValueInst *>::const_iterator I = DVIs.begin(), E = DVIs.end(); I != E; ++I) { DbgValueInst *DVI = *I; - Value *Arg = NULL; + Value *Arg = nullptr; if (StoreInst *SI = dyn_cast<StoreInst>(Inst)) { // If an argument is zero extended then use argument directly. The ZExt // may be zapped by an optimization pass in future. @@ -1144,7 +1147,7 @@ static bool isSafeSelectToSpeculate(SelectInst *SI, const DataLayout *DL) { for (User *U : SI->users()) { LoadInst *LI = dyn_cast<LoadInst>(U); - if (LI == 0 || !LI->isSimple()) return false; + if (!LI || !LI->isSimple()) return false; // Both operands to the select need to be dereferencable, either absolutely // (e.g. allocas) or at this point because we can see other accesses to it. @@ -1184,7 +1187,7 @@ static bool isSafePHIToSpeculate(PHINode *PN, const DataLayout *DL) { unsigned MaxAlign = 0; for (User *U : PN->users()) { LoadInst *LI = dyn_cast<LoadInst>(U); - if (LI == 0 || !LI->isSimple()) return false; + if (!LI || !LI->isSimple()) return false; // For now we only allow loads in the same block as the PHI. This is a // common case that happens when instcombine merges two loads through a PHI. @@ -1381,7 +1384,7 @@ static bool tryToMakeAllocaBePromotable(AllocaInst *AI, const DataLayout *DL) { for (unsigned i = 0, e = PN->getNumIncomingValues(); i != e; ++i) { BasicBlock *Pred = PN->getIncomingBlock(i); LoadInst *&Load = InsertedLoads[Pred]; - if (Load == 0) { + if (!Load) { Load = new LoadInst(PN->getIncomingValue(i), PN->getName() + "." + Pred->getName(), Pred->getTerminator()); @@ -1401,7 +1404,7 @@ static bool tryToMakeAllocaBePromotable(AllocaInst *AI, const DataLayout *DL) { bool SROA::performPromotion(Function &F) { std::vector<AllocaInst*> Allocas; - DominatorTree *DT = 0; + DominatorTree *DT = nullptr; if (HasDomTree) DT = &getAnalysis<DominatorTreeWrapperPass>().getDomTree(); @@ -1538,7 +1541,7 @@ void SROA::DoScalarReplacement(AllocaInst *AI, if (StructType *ST = dyn_cast<StructType>(AI->getAllocatedType())) { ElementAllocas.reserve(ST->getNumContainedTypes()); for (unsigned i = 0, e = ST->getNumContainedTypes(); i != e; ++i) { - AllocaInst *NA = new AllocaInst(ST->getContainedType(i), 0, + AllocaInst *NA = new AllocaInst(ST->getContainedType(i), nullptr, AI->getAlignment(), AI->getName() + "." + Twine(i), AI); ElementAllocas.push_back(NA); @@ -1549,7 +1552,7 @@ void SROA::DoScalarReplacement(AllocaInst *AI, ElementAllocas.reserve(AT->getNumElements()); Type *ElTy = AT->getElementType(); for (unsigned i = 0, e = AT->getNumElements(); i != e; ++i) { - AllocaInst *NA = new AllocaInst(ElTy, 0, AI->getAlignment(), + AllocaInst *NA = new AllocaInst(ElTy, nullptr, AI->getAlignment(), AI->getName() + "." + Twine(i), AI); ElementAllocas.push_back(NA); WorkList.push_back(NA); // Add to worklist for recursive processing @@ -1578,7 +1581,7 @@ void SROA::DeleteDeadInstructions() { // Zero out the operand and see if it becomes trivially dead. // (But, don't add allocas to the dead instruction list -- they are // already on the worklist and will be deleted separately.) - *OI = 0; + *OI = nullptr; if (isInstructionTriviallyDead(U) && !isa<AllocaInst>(U)) DeadInsts.push_back(U); } @@ -1605,12 +1608,10 @@ void SROA::isSafeForScalarRepl(Instruction *I, uint64_t Offset, isSafeForScalarRepl(GEPI, GEPOffset, Info); } else if (MemIntrinsic *MI = dyn_cast<MemIntrinsic>(User)) { ConstantInt *Length = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(MI->getLength()); - if (Length == 0) - return MarkUnsafe(Info, User); - if (Length->isNegative()) + if (!Length || Length->isNegative()) return MarkUnsafe(Info, User); - isSafeMemAccess(Offset, Length->getZExtValue(), 0, + isSafeMemAccess(Offset, Length->getZExtValue(), nullptr, U.getOperandNo() == 0, Info, MI, true /*AllowWholeAccess*/); } else if (LoadInst *LI = dyn_cast<LoadInst>(User)) { @@ -1745,12 +1746,12 @@ static bool isHomogeneousAggregate(Type *T, unsigned &NumElts, Type *&EltTy) { if (ArrayType *AT = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(T)) { NumElts = AT->getNumElements(); - EltTy = (NumElts == 0 ? 0 : AT->getElementType()); + EltTy = (NumElts == 0 ? nullptr : AT->getElementType()); return true; } if (StructType *ST = dyn_cast<StructType>(T)) { NumElts = ST->getNumContainedTypes(); - EltTy = (NumElts == 0 ? 0 : ST->getContainedType(0)); + EltTy = (NumElts == 0 ? nullptr : ST->getContainedType(0)); for (unsigned n = 1; n < NumElts; ++n) { if (ST->getContainedType(n) != EltTy) return false; @@ -2039,7 +2040,7 @@ void SROA::RewriteGEP(GetElementPtrInst *GEPI, AllocaInst *AI, uint64_t Offset, // In this case, it must be the last GEP operand which is dynamic so keep that // aside until we've found the constant GEP offset then add it back in at the // end. - Value* NonConstantIdx = 0; + Value* NonConstantIdx = nullptr; if (!GEPI->hasAllConstantIndices()) NonConstantIdx = Indices.pop_back_val(); Offset += DL->getIndexedOffset(GEPI->getPointerOperandType(), Indices); @@ -2157,7 +2158,7 @@ SROA::RewriteMemIntrinUserOfAlloca(MemIntrinsic *MI, Instruction *Inst, // appropriate type. The "Other" pointer is the pointer that goes to memory // that doesn't have anything to do with the alloca that we are promoting. For // memset, this Value* stays null. - Value *OtherPtr = 0; + Value *OtherPtr = nullptr; unsigned MemAlignment = MI->getAlignment(); if (MemTransferInst *MTI = dyn_cast<MemTransferInst>(MI)) { // memmove/memcopy if (Inst == MTI->getRawDest()) @@ -2209,7 +2210,7 @@ SROA::RewriteMemIntrinUserOfAlloca(MemIntrinsic *MI, Instruction *Inst, for (unsigned i = 0, e = NewElts.size(); i != e; ++i) { // If this is a memcpy/memmove, emit a GEP of the other element address. - Value *OtherElt = 0; + Value *OtherElt = nullptr; unsigned OtherEltAlign = MemAlignment; if (OtherPtr) { @@ -2451,7 +2452,7 @@ SROA::RewriteLoadUserOfWholeAlloca(LoadInst *LI, AllocaInst *AI, // There are two forms here: AI could be an array or struct. Both cases // have different ways to compute the element offset. - const StructLayout *Layout = 0; + const StructLayout *Layout = nullptr; uint64_t ArrayEltBitOffset = 0; if (StructType *EltSTy = dyn_cast<StructType>(AllocaEltTy)) { Layout = DL->getStructLayout(EltSTy); diff --git a/lib/Transforms/Scalar/Scalarizer.cpp b/lib/Transforms/Scalar/Scalarizer.cpp index 37866d74d4..7a73f113b1 100644 --- a/lib/Transforms/Scalar/Scalarizer.cpp +++ b/lib/Transforms/Scalar/Scalarizer.cpp @@ -49,7 +49,7 @@ public: // insert them before BBI in BB. If Cache is nonnull, use it to cache // the results. Scatterer(BasicBlock *bb, BasicBlock::iterator bbi, Value *v, - ValueVector *cachePtr = 0); + ValueVector *cachePtr = nullptr); // Return component I, creating a new Value for it if necessary. Value *operator[](unsigned I); @@ -102,7 +102,7 @@ struct BinarySplitter { // Information about a load or store that we're scalarizing. struct VectorLayout { - VectorLayout() : VecTy(0), ElemTy(0), VecAlign(0), ElemSize(0) {} + VectorLayout() : VecTy(nullptr), ElemTy(nullptr), VecAlign(0), ElemSize(0) {} // Return the alignment of element I. uint64_t getElemAlign(unsigned I) { @@ -187,9 +187,9 @@ Scatterer::Scatterer(BasicBlock *bb, BasicBlock::iterator bbi, Value *v, Ty = PtrTy->getElementType(); Size = Ty->getVectorNumElements(); if (!CachePtr) - Tmp.resize(Size, 0); + Tmp.resize(Size, nullptr); else if (CachePtr->empty()) - CachePtr->resize(Size, 0); + CachePtr->resize(Size, nullptr); else assert(Size == CachePtr->size() && "Inconsistent vector sizes"); } @@ -242,7 +242,7 @@ bool Scalarizer::doInitialization(Module &M) { bool Scalarizer::runOnFunction(Function &F) { DataLayoutPass *DLP = getAnalysisIfAvailable<DataLayoutPass>(); - DL = DLP ? &DLP->getDataLayout() : 0; + DL = DLP ? &DLP->getDataLayout() : nullptr; for (Function::iterator BBI = F.begin(), BBE = F.end(); BBI != BBE; ++BBI) { BasicBlock *BB = BBI; for (BasicBlock::iterator II = BB->begin(), IE = BB->end(); II != IE;) { diff --git a/lib/Transforms/Scalar/SimplifyCFGPass.cpp b/lib/Transforms/Scalar/SimplifyCFGPass.cpp index 30d98b790c..5d5606ba47 100644 --- a/lib/Transforms/Scalar/SimplifyCFGPass.cpp +++ b/lib/Transforms/Scalar/SimplifyCFGPass.cpp @@ -72,7 +72,7 @@ FunctionPass *llvm::createCFGSimplificationPass() { static bool mergeEmptyReturnBlocks(Function &F) { bool Changed = false; - BasicBlock *RetBlock = 0; + BasicBlock *RetBlock = nullptr; // Scan all the blocks in the function, looking for empty return blocks. for (Function::iterator BBI = F.begin(), E = F.end(); BBI != E; ) { @@ -80,7 +80,7 @@ static bool mergeEmptyReturnBlocks(Function &F) { // Only look at return blocks. ReturnInst *Ret = dyn_cast<ReturnInst>(BB.getTerminator()); - if (Ret == 0) continue; + if (!Ret) continue; // Only look at the block if it is empty or the only other thing in it is a // single PHI node that is the operand to the return. @@ -99,7 +99,7 @@ static bool mergeEmptyReturnBlocks(Function &F) { } // If this is the first returning block, remember it and keep going. - if (RetBlock == 0) { + if (!RetBlock) { RetBlock = &BB; continue; } @@ -120,7 +120,7 @@ static bool mergeEmptyReturnBlocks(Function &F) { // If the canonical return block has no PHI node, create one now. PHINode *RetBlockPHI = dyn_cast<PHINode>(RetBlock->begin()); - if (RetBlockPHI == 0) { + if (!RetBlockPHI) { Value *InVal = cast<ReturnInst>(RetBlock->getTerminator())->getOperand(0); pred_iterator PB = pred_begin(RetBlock), PE = pred_end(RetBlock); RetBlockPHI = PHINode::Create(Ret->getOperand(0)->getType(), @@ -174,7 +174,7 @@ bool CFGSimplifyPass::runOnFunction(Function &F) { const TargetTransformInfo &TTI = getAnalysis<TargetTransformInfo>(); DataLayoutPass *DLP = getAnalysisIfAvailable<DataLayoutPass>(); - const DataLayout *DL = DLP ? &DLP->getDataLayout() : 0; + const DataLayout *DL = DLP ? &DLP->getDataLayout() : nullptr; bool EverChanged = removeUnreachableBlocks(F); EverChanged |= mergeEmptyReturnBlocks(F); EverChanged |= iterativelySimplifyCFG(F, TTI, DL); diff --git a/lib/Transforms/Scalar/Sink.cpp b/lib/Transforms/Scalar/Sink.cpp index 121ee0923b..482c33aa6e 100644 --- a/lib/Transforms/Scalar/Sink.cpp +++ b/lib/Transforms/Scalar/Sink.cpp @@ -204,7 +204,7 @@ bool Sinking::IsAcceptableTarget(Instruction *Inst, // Don't sink instructions into a loop. Loop *succ = LI->getLoopFor(SuccToSinkTo); Loop *cur = LI->getLoopFor(Inst->getParent()); - if (succ != 0 && succ != cur) + if (succ != nullptr && succ != cur) return false; } @@ -238,14 +238,14 @@ bool Sinking::SinkInstruction(Instruction *Inst, // SuccToSinkTo - This is the successor to sink this instruction to, once we // decide. - BasicBlock *SuccToSinkTo = 0; + BasicBlock *SuccToSinkTo = nullptr; // Instructions can only be sunk if all their uses are in blocks // dominated by one of the successors. // Look at all the postdominators and see if we can sink it in one. DomTreeNode *DTN = DT->getNode(Inst->getParent()); for (DomTreeNode::iterator I = DTN->begin(), E = DTN->end(); - I != E && SuccToSinkTo == 0; ++I) { + I != E && SuccToSinkTo == nullptr; ++I) { BasicBlock *Candidate = (*I)->getBlock(); if ((*I)->getIDom()->getBlock() == Inst->getParent() && IsAcceptableTarget(Inst, Candidate)) @@ -255,13 +255,13 @@ bool Sinking::SinkInstruction(Instruction *Inst, // If no suitable postdominator was found, look at all the successors and // decide which one we should sink to, if any. for (succ_iterator I = succ_begin(Inst->getParent()), - E = succ_end(Inst->getParent()); I != E && SuccToSinkTo == 0; ++I) { + E = succ_end(Inst->getParent()); I != E && !SuccToSinkTo; ++I) { if (IsAcceptableTarget(Inst, *I)) SuccToSinkTo = *I; } // If we couldn't find a block to sink to, ignore this instruction. - if (SuccToSinkTo == 0) + if (!SuccToSinkTo) return false; DEBUG(dbgs() << "Sink" << *Inst << " ("; diff --git a/lib/Transforms/Scalar/StructurizeCFG.cpp b/lib/Transforms/Scalar/StructurizeCFG.cpp index b7a9216a79..65e1a8b1d4 100644 --- a/lib/Transforms/Scalar/StructurizeCFG.cpp +++ b/lib/Transforms/Scalar/StructurizeCFG.cpp @@ -65,14 +65,14 @@ public: /// \brief Start a new query NearestCommonDominator(DominatorTree *DomTree) { DT = DomTree; - Result = 0; + Result = nullptr; } /// \brief Add BB to the resulting dominator void addBlock(BasicBlock *BB, bool Remember = true) { DomTreeNode *Node = DT->getNode(BB); - if (Result == 0) { + if (!Result) { unsigned Numbering = 0; for (;Node;Node = Node->getIDom()) IndexMap[Node] = ++Numbering; @@ -473,7 +473,7 @@ void StructurizeCFG::insertConditions(bool Loops) { NearestCommonDominator Dominator(DT); Dominator.addBlock(Parent, false); - Value *ParentValue = 0; + Value *ParentValue = nullptr; for (BBPredicates::iterator PI = Preds.begin(), PE = Preds.end(); PI != PE; ++PI) { @@ -592,7 +592,7 @@ void StructurizeCFG::changeExit(RegionNode *Node, BasicBlock *NewExit, if (Node->isSubRegion()) { Region *SubRegion = Node->getNodeAs<Region>(); BasicBlock *OldExit = SubRegion->getExit(); - BasicBlock *Dominator = 0; + BasicBlock *Dominator = nullptr; // Find all the edges from the sub region to the exit for (pred_iterator I = pred_begin(OldExit), E = pred_end(OldExit); @@ -679,7 +679,8 @@ BasicBlock *StructurizeCFG::needPostfix(BasicBlock *Flow, /// \brief Set the previous node void StructurizeCFG::setPrevNode(BasicBlock *BB) { - PrevNode = ParentRegion->contains(BB) ? ParentRegion->getBBNode(BB) : 0; + PrevNode = ParentRegion->contains(BB) ? ParentRegion->getBBNode(BB) + : nullptr; } /// \brief Does BB dominate all the predicates of Node ? @@ -700,7 +701,7 @@ bool StructurizeCFG::isPredictableTrue(RegionNode *Node) { bool Dominated = false; // Regionentry is always true - if (PrevNode == 0) + if (!PrevNode) return true; for (BBPredicates::iterator I = Preds.begin(), E = Preds.end(); @@ -807,11 +808,11 @@ void StructurizeCFG::createFlow() { Conditions.clear(); LoopConds.clear(); - PrevNode = 0; + PrevNode = nullptr; Visited.clear(); while (!Order.empty()) { - handleLoops(EntryDominatesExit, 0); + handleLoops(EntryDominatesExit, nullptr); } if (PrevNode) diff --git a/lib/Transforms/Scalar/TailRecursionElimination.cpp b/lib/Transforms/Scalar/TailRecursionElimination.cpp index 469ab6ebfe..8b2fb1b3f9 100644 --- a/lib/Transforms/Scalar/TailRecursionElimination.cpp +++ b/lib/Transforms/Scalar/TailRecursionElimination.cpp @@ -180,7 +180,7 @@ bool TailCallElim::runOnFunction(Function &F) { if (F.getFunctionType()->isVarArg()) return false; TTI = &getAnalysis<TargetTransformInfo>(); - BasicBlock *OldEntry = 0; + BasicBlock *OldEntry = nullptr; bool TailCallsAreMarkedTail = false; SmallVector<PHINode*, 8> ArgumentPHIs; bool MadeChange = false; @@ -353,11 +353,11 @@ static bool isDynamicConstant(Value *V, CallInst *CI, ReturnInst *RI) { // static Value *getCommonReturnValue(ReturnInst *IgnoreRI, CallInst *CI) { Function *F = CI->getParent()->getParent(); - Value *ReturnedValue = 0; + Value *ReturnedValue = nullptr; for (Function::iterator BBI = F->begin(), E = F->end(); BBI != E; ++BBI) { ReturnInst *RI = dyn_cast<ReturnInst>(BBI->getTerminator()); - if (RI == 0 || RI == IgnoreRI) continue; + if (RI == nullptr || RI == IgnoreRI) continue; // We can only perform this transformation if the value returned is // evaluatable at the start of the initial invocation of the function, @@ -365,10 +365,10 @@ static Value *getCommonReturnValue(ReturnInst *IgnoreRI, CallInst *CI) { // Value *RetOp = RI->getOperand(0); if (!isDynamicConstant(RetOp, CI, RI)) - return 0; + return nullptr; if (ReturnedValue && RetOp != ReturnedValue) - return 0; // Cannot transform if differing values are returned. + return nullptr; // Cannot transform if differing values are returned. ReturnedValue = RetOp; } return ReturnedValue; @@ -380,18 +380,18 @@ static Value *getCommonReturnValue(ReturnInst *IgnoreRI, CallInst *CI) { /// Value *TailCallElim::CanTransformAccumulatorRecursion(Instruction *I, CallInst *CI) { - if (!I->isAssociative() || !I->isCommutative()) return 0; + if (!I->isAssociative() || !I->isCommutative()) return nullptr; assert(I->getNumOperands() == 2 && "Associative/commutative operations should have 2 args!"); // Exactly one operand should be the result of the call instruction. if ((I->getOperand(0) == CI && I->getOperand(1) == CI) || (I->getOperand(0) != CI && I->getOperand(1) != CI)) - return 0; + return nullptr; // The only user of this instruction we allow is a single return instruction. if (!I->hasOneUse() || !isa<ReturnInst>(I->user_back())) - return 0; + return nullptr; // Ok, now we have to check all of the other return instructions in this // function. If they return non-constants or differing values, then we cannot @@ -412,11 +412,11 @@ TailCallElim::FindTRECandidate(Instruction *TI, Function *F = BB->getParent(); if (&BB->front() == TI) // Make sure there is something before the terminator. - return 0; + return nullptr; // Scan backwards from the return, checking to see if there is a tail call in // this block. If so, set CI to it. - CallInst *CI = 0; + CallInst *CI = nullptr; BasicBlock::iterator BBI = TI; while (true) { CI = dyn_cast<CallInst>(BBI); @@ -424,14 +424,14 @@ TailCallElim::FindTRECandidate(Instruction *TI, break; if (BBI == BB->begin()) - return 0; // Didn't find a potential tail call. + return nullptr; // Didn't find a potential tail call. --BBI; } // If this call is marked as a tail call, and if there are dynamic allocas in // the function, we cannot perform this optimization. if (CI->isTailCall() && CannotTailCallElimCallsMarkedTail) - return 0; + return nullptr; // As a special case, detect code like this: // double fabs(double f) { return __builtin_fabs(f); } // a 'fabs' call @@ -451,7 +451,7 @@ TailCallElim::FindTRECandidate(Instruction *TI, for (; I != E && FI != FE; ++I, ++FI) if (*I != &*FI) break; if (I == E && FI == FE) - return 0; + return nullptr; } return CI; @@ -472,8 +472,8 @@ bool TailCallElim::EliminateRecursiveTailCall(CallInst *CI, ReturnInst *Ret, // which is different to the constant returned by other return instructions // (which is recorded in AccumulatorRecursionEliminationInitVal). This is a // special case of accumulator recursion, the operation being "return C". - Value *AccumulatorRecursionEliminationInitVal = 0; - Instruction *AccumulatorRecursionInstr = 0; + Value *AccumulatorRecursionEliminationInitVal = nullptr; + Instruction *AccumulatorRecursionInstr = nullptr; // Ok, we found a potential tail call. We can currently only transform the // tail call if all of the instructions between the call and the return are @@ -503,8 +503,8 @@ bool TailCallElim::EliminateRecursiveTailCall(CallInst *CI, ReturnInst *Ret, // accumulator recursion variable eliminated. if (Ret->getNumOperands() == 1 && Ret->getReturnValue() != CI && !isa<UndefValue>(Ret->getReturnValue()) && - AccumulatorRecursionEliminationInitVal == 0 && - !getCommonReturnValue(0, CI)) { + AccumulatorRecursionEliminationInitVal == nullptr && + !getCommonReturnValue(nullptr, CI)) { // One case remains that we are able to handle: the current return // instruction returns a constant, and all other return instructions // return a different constant. @@ -522,7 +522,7 @@ bool TailCallElim::EliminateRecursiveTailCall(CallInst *CI, ReturnInst *Ret, // OK! We can transform this tail call. If this is the first one found, // create the new entry block, allowing us to branch back to the old entry. - if (OldEntry == 0) { + if (!OldEntry) { OldEntry = &F->getEntryBlock(); BasicBlock *NewEntry = BasicBlock::Create(F->getContext(), "", F, OldEntry); NewEntry->takeName(OldEntry); diff --git a/lib/Transforms/Utils/AddDiscriminators.cpp b/lib/Transforms/Utils/AddDiscriminators.cpp index 3edb46d34c..196ac79aaf 100644 --- a/lib/Transforms/Utils/AddDiscriminators.cpp +++ b/lib/Transforms/Utils/AddDiscriminators.cpp @@ -99,7 +99,7 @@ FunctionPass *llvm::createAddDiscriminatorsPass() { static bool hasDebugInfo(const Function &F) { NamedMDNode *CUNodes = F.getParent()->getNamedMetadata("llvm.dbg.cu"); - return CUNodes != 0; + return CUNodes != nullptr; } /// \brief Assign DWARF discriminators. diff --git a/lib/Transforms/Utils/BasicBlockUtils.cpp b/lib/Transforms/Utils/BasicBlockUtils.cpp index b3cd5cedb6..dbe4897213 100644 --- a/lib/Transforms/Utils/BasicBlockUtils.cpp +++ b/lib/Transforms/Utils/BasicBlockUtils.cpp @@ -68,8 +68,8 @@ void llvm::DeleteDeadBlock(BasicBlock *BB) { void llvm::FoldSingleEntryPHINodes(BasicBlock *BB, Pass *P) { if (!isa<PHINode>(BB->begin())) return; - AliasAnalysis *AA = 0; - MemoryDependenceAnalysis *MemDep = 0; + AliasAnalysis *AA = nullptr; + MemoryDependenceAnalysis *MemDep = nullptr; if (P) { AA = P->getAnalysisIfAvailable<AliasAnalysis>(); MemDep = P->getAnalysisIfAvailable<MemoryDependenceAnalysis>(); @@ -130,7 +130,7 @@ bool llvm::MergeBlockIntoPredecessor(BasicBlock *BB, Pass *P) { BasicBlock *OnlySucc = BB; for (; SI != SE; ++SI) if (*SI != OnlySucc) { - OnlySucc = 0; // There are multiple distinct successors! + OnlySucc = nullptr; // There are multiple distinct successors! break; } @@ -254,7 +254,7 @@ BasicBlock *llvm::SplitEdge(BasicBlock *BB, BasicBlock *Succ, Pass *P) { // If the successor only has a single pred, split the top of the successor // block. assert(SP == BB && "CFG broken"); - SP = NULL; + SP = nullptr; return SplitBlock(Succ, Succ->begin(), P); } @@ -310,7 +310,7 @@ static void UpdateAnalysisInformation(BasicBlock *OldBB, BasicBlock *NewBB, if (!P) return; LoopInfo *LI = P->getAnalysisIfAvailable<LoopInfo>(); - Loop *L = LI ? LI->getLoopFor(OldBB) : 0; + Loop *L = LI ? LI->getLoopFor(OldBB) : nullptr; // If we need to preserve loop analyses, collect some information about how // this split will affect loops. @@ -351,7 +351,7 @@ static void UpdateAnalysisInformation(BasicBlock *OldBB, BasicBlock *NewBB, // loop). To find this, examine each of the predecessors and determine which // loops enclose them, and select the most-nested loop which contains the // loop containing the block being split. - Loop *InnermostPredLoop = 0; + Loop *InnermostPredLoop = nullptr; for (ArrayRef<BasicBlock*>::iterator i = Preds.begin(), e = Preds.end(); i != e; ++i) { BasicBlock *Pred = *i; @@ -384,18 +384,18 @@ static void UpdatePHINodes(BasicBlock *OrigBB, BasicBlock *NewBB, ArrayRef<BasicBlock*> Preds, BranchInst *BI, Pass *P, bool HasLoopExit) { // Otherwise, create a new PHI node in NewBB for each PHI node in OrigBB. - AliasAnalysis *AA = P ? P->getAnalysisIfAvailable<AliasAnalysis>() : 0; + AliasAnalysis *AA = P ? P->getAnalysisIfAvailable<AliasAnalysis>() : nullptr; for (BasicBlock::iterator I = OrigBB->begin(); isa<PHINode>(I); ) { PHINode *PN = cast<PHINode>(I++); // Check to see if all of the values coming in are the same. If so, we // don't need to create a new PHI node, unless it's needed for LCSSA. - Value *InVal = 0; + Value *InVal = nullptr; if (!HasLoopExit) { InVal = PN->getIncomingValueForBlock(Preds[0]); for (unsigned i = 1, e = Preds.size(); i != e; ++i) if (InVal != PN->getIncomingValueForBlock(Preds[i])) { - InVal = 0; + InVal = nullptr; break; } } @@ -542,7 +542,7 @@ void llvm::SplitLandingPadPredecessors(BasicBlock *OrigBB, e = pred_end(OrigBB); } - BasicBlock *NewBB2 = 0; + BasicBlock *NewBB2 = nullptr; if (!NewBB2Preds.empty()) { // Create another basic block for the rest of OrigBB's predecessors. NewBB2 = BasicBlock::Create(OrigBB->getContext(), @@ -607,7 +607,7 @@ ReturnInst *llvm::FoldReturnIntoUncondBranch(ReturnInst *RI, BasicBlock *BB, for (User::op_iterator i = NewRet->op_begin(), e = NewRet->op_end(); i != e; ++i) { Value *V = *i; - Instruction *NewBC = 0; + Instruction *NewBC = nullptr; if (BitCastInst *BCI = dyn_cast<BitCastInst>(V)) { // Return value might be bitcasted. Clone and insert it before the // return instruction. @@ -724,32 +724,32 @@ void llvm::SplitBlockAndInsertIfThenElse(Value *Cond, Instruction *SplitBefore, Value *llvm::GetIfCondition(BasicBlock *BB, BasicBlock *&IfTrue, BasicBlock *&IfFalse) { PHINode *SomePHI = dyn_cast<PHINode>(BB->begin()); - BasicBlock *Pred1 = NULL; - BasicBlock *Pred2 = NULL; + BasicBlock *Pred1 = nullptr; + BasicBlock *Pred2 = nullptr; if (SomePHI) { if (SomePHI->getNumIncomingValues() != 2) - return NULL; + return nullptr; Pred1 = SomePHI->getIncomingBlock(0); Pred2 = SomePHI->getIncomingBlock(1); } else { pred_iterator PI = pred_begin(BB), PE = pred_end(BB); if (PI == PE) // No predecessor - return NULL; + return nullptr; Pred1 = *PI++; if (PI == PE) // Only one predecessor - return NULL; + return nullptr; Pred2 = *PI++; if (PI != PE) // More than two predecessors - return NULL; + return nullptr; } // We can only handle branches. Other control flow will be lowered to // branches if possible anyway. BranchInst *Pred1Br = dyn_cast<BranchInst>(Pred1->getTerminator()); BranchInst *Pred2Br = dyn_cast<BranchInst>(Pred2->getTerminator()); - if (Pred1Br == 0 || Pred2Br == 0) - return 0; + if (!Pred1Br || !Pred2Br) + return nullptr; // Eliminate code duplication by ensuring that Pred1Br is conditional if // either are. @@ -759,7 +759,7 @@ Value *llvm::GetIfCondition(BasicBlock *BB, BasicBlock *&IfTrue, // required anyway, we stand no chance of eliminating it, so the xform is // probably not profitable. if (Pred1Br->isConditional()) - return 0; + return nullptr; std::swap(Pred1, Pred2); std::swap(Pred1Br, Pred2Br); @@ -769,8 +769,8 @@ Value *llvm::GetIfCondition(BasicBlock *BB, BasicBlock *&IfTrue, // The only thing we have to watch out for here is to make sure that Pred2 // doesn't have incoming edges from other blocks. If it does, the condition // doesn't dominate BB. - if (Pred2->getSinglePredecessor() == 0) - return 0; + if (!Pred2->getSinglePredecessor()) + return nullptr; // If we found a conditional branch predecessor, make sure that it branches // to BB and Pred2Br. If it doesn't, this isn't an "if statement". @@ -785,7 +785,7 @@ Value *llvm::GetIfCondition(BasicBlock *BB, BasicBlock *&IfTrue, } else { // We know that one arm of the conditional goes to BB, so the other must // go somewhere unrelated, and this must not be an "if statement". - return 0; + return nullptr; } return Pred1Br->getCondition(); @@ -795,12 +795,12 @@ Value *llvm::GetIfCondition(BasicBlock *BB, BasicBlock *&IfTrue, // BB. Don't panic! If both blocks only have a single (identical) // predecessor, and THAT is a conditional branch, then we're all ok! BasicBlock *CommonPred = Pred1->getSinglePredecessor(); - if (CommonPred == 0 || CommonPred != Pred2->getSinglePredecessor()) - return 0; + if (CommonPred == nullptr || CommonPred != Pred2->getSinglePredecessor()) + return nullptr; // Otherwise, if this is a conditional branch, then we can use it! BranchInst *BI = dyn_cast<BranchInst>(CommonPred->getTerminator()); - if (BI == 0) return 0; + if (!BI) return nullptr; assert(BI->isConditional() && "Two successors but not conditional?"); if (BI->getSuccessor(0) == Pred1) { diff --git a/lib/Transforms/Utils/BreakCriticalEdges.cpp b/lib/Transforms/Utils/BreakCriticalEdges.cpp index 4e2a6fc73a..80bd516375 100644 --- a/lib/Transforms/Utils/BreakCriticalEdges.cpp +++ b/lib/Transforms/Utils/BreakCriticalEdges.cpp @@ -142,7 +142,7 @@ BasicBlock *llvm::SplitCriticalEdge(TerminatorInst *TI, unsigned SuccNum, Pass *P, bool MergeIdenticalEdges, bool DontDeleteUselessPhis, bool SplitLandingPads) { - if (!isCriticalEdge(TI, SuccNum, MergeIdenticalEdges)) return 0; + if (!isCriticalEdge(TI, SuccNum, MergeIdenticalEdges)) return nullptr; assert(!isa<IndirectBrInst>(TI) && "Cannot split critical edge from IndirectBrInst"); @@ -152,7 +152,7 @@ BasicBlock *llvm::SplitCriticalEdge(TerminatorInst *TI, unsigned SuccNum, // Splitting the critical edge to a landing pad block is non-trivial. Don't do // it in this generic function. - if (DestBB->isLandingPad()) return 0; + if (DestBB->isLandingPad()) return nullptr; // Create a new basic block, linking it into the CFG. BasicBlock *NewBB = BasicBlock::Create(TI->getContext(), @@ -208,15 +208,15 @@ BasicBlock *llvm::SplitCriticalEdge(TerminatorInst *TI, unsigned SuccNum, // If we don't have a pass object, we can't update anything... - if (P == 0) return NewBB; + if (!P) return NewBB; DominatorTreeWrapperPass *DTWP = P->getAnalysisIfAvailable<DominatorTreeWrapperPass>(); - DominatorTree *DT = DTWP ? &DTWP->getDomTree() : 0; + DominatorTree *DT = DTWP ? &DTWP->getDomTree() : nullptr; LoopInfo *LI = P->getAnalysisIfAvailable<LoopInfo>(); // If we have nothing to update, just return. - if (DT == 0 && LI == 0) + if (!DT && !LI) return NewBB; // Now update analysis information. Since the only predecessor of NewBB is @@ -252,7 +252,7 @@ BasicBlock *llvm::SplitCriticalEdge(TerminatorInst *TI, unsigned SuccNum, // if (TINode) { // Don't break unreachable code! DomTreeNode *NewBBNode = DT->addNewBlock(NewBB, TIBB); - DomTreeNode *DestBBNode = 0; + DomTreeNode *DestBBNode = nullptr; // If NewBBDominatesDestBB hasn't been computed yet, do so with DT. if (!OtherPreds.empty()) { diff --git a/lib/Transforms/Utils/BuildLibCalls.cpp b/lib/Transforms/Utils/BuildLibCalls.cpp index 1539cc2d9a..be00b69561 100644 --- a/lib/Transforms/Utils/BuildLibCalls.cpp +++ b/lib/Transforms/Utils/BuildLibCalls.cpp @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ Value *llvm::CastToCStr(Value *V, IRBuilder<> &B) { Value *llvm::EmitStrLen(Value *Ptr, IRBuilder<> &B, const DataLayout *TD, const TargetLibraryInfo *TLI) { if (!TLI->has(LibFunc::strlen)) - return 0; + return nullptr; Module *M = B.GetInsertBlock()->getParent()->getParent(); AttributeSet AS[2]; @@ -65,7 +65,7 @@ Value *llvm::EmitStrLen(Value *Ptr, IRBuilder<> &B, const DataLayout *TD, Value *llvm::EmitStrNLen(Value *Ptr, Value *MaxLen, IRBuilder<> &B, const DataLayout *TD, const TargetLibraryInfo *TLI) { if (!TLI->has(LibFunc::strnlen)) - return 0; + return nullptr; Module *M = B.GetInsertBlock()->getParent()->getParent(); AttributeSet AS[2]; @@ -95,7 +95,7 @@ Value *llvm::EmitStrNLen(Value *Ptr, Value *MaxLen, IRBuilder<> &B, Value *llvm::EmitStrChr(Value *Ptr, char C, IRBuilder<> &B, const DataLayout *TD, const TargetLibraryInfo *TLI) { if (!TLI->has(LibFunc::strchr)) - return 0; + return nullptr; Module *M = B.GetInsertBlock()->getParent()->getParent(); Attribute::AttrKind AVs[2] = { Attribute::ReadOnly, Attribute::NoUnwind }; @@ -121,7 +121,7 @@ Value *llvm::EmitStrNCmp(Value *Ptr1, Value *Ptr2, Value *Len, IRBuilder<> &B, const DataLayout *TD, const TargetLibraryInfo *TLI) { if (!TLI->has(LibFunc::strncmp)) - return 0; + return nullptr; Module *M = B.GetInsertBlock()->getParent()->getParent(); AttributeSet AS[3]; @@ -154,7 +154,7 @@ Value *llvm::EmitStrCpy(Value *Dst, Value *Src, IRBuilder<> &B, const DataLayout *TD, const TargetLibraryInfo *TLI, StringRef Name) { if (!TLI->has(LibFunc::strcpy)) - return 0; + return nullptr; Module *M = B.GetInsertBlock()->getParent()->getParent(); AttributeSet AS[2]; @@ -178,7 +178,7 @@ Value *llvm::EmitStrNCpy(Value *Dst, Value *Src, Value *Len, IRBuilder<> &B, const DataLayout *TD, const TargetLibraryInfo *TLI, StringRef Name) { if (!TLI->has(LibFunc::strncpy)) - return 0; + return nullptr; Module *M = B.GetInsertBlock()->getParent()->getParent(); AttributeSet AS[2]; @@ -205,7 +205,7 @@ Value *llvm::EmitMemCpyChk(Value *Dst, Value *Src, Value *Len, Value *ObjSize, IRBuilder<> &B, const DataLayout *TD, const TargetLibraryInfo *TLI) { if (!TLI->has(LibFunc::memcpy_chk)) - return 0; + return nullptr; Module *M = B.GetInsertBlock()->getParent()->getParent(); AttributeSet AS; @@ -233,7 +233,7 @@ Value *llvm::EmitMemChr(Value *Ptr, Value *Val, Value *Len, IRBuilder<> &B, const DataLayout *TD, const TargetLibraryInfo *TLI) { if (!TLI->has(LibFunc::memchr)) - return 0; + return nullptr; Module *M = B.GetInsertBlock()->getParent()->getParent(); AttributeSet AS; @@ -261,7 +261,7 @@ Value *llvm::EmitMemCmp(Value *Ptr1, Value *Ptr2, Value *Len, IRBuilder<> &B, const DataLayout *TD, const TargetLibraryInfo *TLI) { if (!TLI->has(LibFunc::memcmp)) - return 0; + return nullptr; Module *M = B.GetInsertBlock()->getParent()->getParent(); AttributeSet AS[3]; @@ -348,7 +348,7 @@ Value *llvm::EmitBinaryFloatFnCall(Value *Op1, Value *Op2, StringRef Name, Value *llvm::EmitPutChar(Value *Char, IRBuilder<> &B, const DataLayout *TD, const TargetLibraryInfo *TLI) { if (!TLI->has(LibFunc::putchar)) - return 0; + return nullptr; Module *M = B.GetInsertBlock()->getParent()->getParent(); Value *PutChar = M->getOrInsertFunction("putchar", B.getInt32Ty(), @@ -370,7 +370,7 @@ Value *llvm::EmitPutChar(Value *Char, IRBuilder<> &B, const DataLayout *TD, Value *llvm::EmitPutS(Value *Str, IRBuilder<> &B, const DataLayout *TD, const TargetLibraryInfo *TLI) { if (!TLI->has(LibFunc::puts)) - return 0; + return nullptr; Module *M = B.GetInsertBlock()->getParent()->getParent(); AttributeSet AS[2]; @@ -394,7 +394,7 @@ Value *llvm::EmitPutS(Value *Str, IRBuilder<> &B, const DataLayout *TD, Value *llvm::EmitFPutC(Value *Char, Value *File, IRBuilder<> &B, const DataLayout *TD, const TargetLibraryInfo *TLI) { if (!TLI->has(LibFunc::fputc)) - return 0; + return nullptr; Module *M = B.GetInsertBlock()->getParent()->getParent(); AttributeSet AS[2]; @@ -427,7 +427,7 @@ Value *llvm::EmitFPutC(Value *Char, Value *File, IRBuilder<> &B, Value *llvm::EmitFPutS(Value *Str, Value *File, IRBuilder<> &B, const DataLayout *TD, const TargetLibraryInfo *TLI) { if (!TLI->has(LibFunc::fputs)) - return 0; + return nullptr; Module *M = B.GetInsertBlock()->getParent()->getParent(); AttributeSet AS[3]; @@ -460,7 +460,7 @@ Value *llvm::EmitFWrite(Value *Ptr, Value *Size, Value *File, IRBuilder<> &B, const DataLayout *TD, const TargetLibraryInfo *TLI) { if (!TLI->has(LibFunc::fwrite)) - return 0; + return nullptr; Module *M = B.GetInsertBlock()->getParent()->getParent(); AttributeSet AS[3]; diff --git a/lib/Transforms/Utils/BypassSlowDivision.cpp b/lib/Transforms/Utils/BypassSlowDivision.cpp index 4942460fdc..f2d5e07450 100644 --- a/lib/Transforms/Utils/BypassSlowDivision.cpp +++ b/lib/Transforms/Utils/BypassSlowDivision.cpp @@ -54,11 +54,11 @@ namespace llvm { } static DivOpInfo getEmptyKey() { - return DivOpInfo(false, 0, 0); + return DivOpInfo(false, nullptr, nullptr); } static DivOpInfo getTombstoneKey() { - return DivOpInfo(true, 0, 0); + return DivOpInfo(true, nullptr, nullptr); } static unsigned getHashValue(const DivOpInfo &Val) { diff --git a/lib/Transforms/Utils/CloneFunction.cpp b/lib/Transforms/Utils/CloneFunction.cpp index a199086aed..5c8f20d5f8 100644 --- a/lib/Transforms/Utils/CloneFunction.cpp +++ b/lib/Transforms/Utils/CloneFunction.cpp @@ -159,7 +159,7 @@ static MDNode* FindSubprogram(const Function *F, DebugInfoFinder &Finder) { for (DISubprogram Subprogram : Finder.subprograms()) { if (Subprogram.describes(F)) return Subprogram; } - return NULL; + return nullptr; } // Add an operand to an existing MDNode. The new operand will be added at the @@ -359,7 +359,7 @@ void PruningFunctionCloner::CloneBlock(const BasicBlock *BB, // If the condition was a known constant in the callee... ConstantInt *Cond = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(BI->getCondition()); // Or is a known constant in the caller... - if (Cond == 0) { + if (!Cond) { Value *V = VMap[BI->getCondition()]; Cond = dyn_cast_or_null<ConstantInt>(V); } @@ -375,7 +375,7 @@ void PruningFunctionCloner::CloneBlock(const BasicBlock *BB, } else if (const SwitchInst *SI = dyn_cast<SwitchInst>(OldTI)) { // If switching on a value known constant in the caller. ConstantInt *Cond = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(SI->getCondition()); - if (Cond == 0) { // Or known constant after constant prop in the callee... + if (!Cond) { // Or known constant after constant prop in the callee... Value *V = VMap[SI->getCondition()]; Cond = dyn_cast_or_null<ConstantInt>(V); } @@ -454,7 +454,7 @@ void llvm::CloneAndPruneFunctionInto(Function *NewFunc, const Function *OldFunc, BI != BE; ++BI) { Value *V = VMap[BI]; BasicBlock *NewBB = cast_or_null<BasicBlock>(V); - if (NewBB == 0) continue; // Dead block. + if (!NewBB) continue; // Dead block. // Add the new block to the new function. NewFunc->getBasicBlockList().push_back(NewBB); diff --git a/lib/Transforms/Utils/CloneModule.cpp b/lib/Transforms/Utils/CloneModule.cpp index 64df089e1b..5d180a5478 100644 --- a/lib/Transforms/Utils/CloneModule.cpp +++ b/lib/Transforms/Utils/CloneModule.cpp @@ -47,8 +47,8 @@ Module *llvm::CloneModule(const Module *M, ValueToValueMapTy &VMap) { GlobalVariable *GV = new GlobalVariable(*New, I->getType()->getElementType(), I->isConstant(), I->getLinkage(), - (Constant*) 0, I->getName(), - (GlobalVariable*) 0, + (Constant*) nullptr, I->getName(), + (GlobalVariable*) nullptr, I->getThreadLocalMode(), I->getType()->getAddressSpace()); GV->copyAttributesFrom(I); @@ -68,7 +68,7 @@ Module *llvm::CloneModule(const Module *M, ValueToValueMapTy &VMap) { for (Module::const_alias_iterator I = M->alias_begin(), E = M->alias_end(); I != E; ++I) { GlobalAlias *GA = new GlobalAlias(I->getType(), I->getLinkage(), - I->getName(), NULL, New); + I->getName(), nullptr, New); GA->copyAttributesFrom(I); VMap[I] = GA; } diff --git a/lib/Transforms/Utils/CmpInstAnalysis.cpp b/lib/Transforms/Utils/CmpInstAnalysis.cpp index 8fa412a18b..3b15a0a3e6 100644 --- a/lib/Transforms/Utils/CmpInstAnalysis.cpp +++ b/lib/Transforms/Utils/CmpInstAnalysis.cpp @@ -84,7 +84,7 @@ Value *llvm::getICmpValue(bool Sign, unsigned Code, Value *LHS, Value *RHS, case 7: // True. return ConstantInt::get(CmpInst::makeCmpResultType(LHS->getType()), 1); } - return NULL; + return nullptr; } /// PredicatesFoldable - Return true if both predicates match sign or if at diff --git a/lib/Transforms/Utils/CodeExtractor.cpp b/lib/Transforms/Utils/CodeExtractor.cpp index 4bdff5dfb3..e70a7d6e76 100644 --- a/lib/Transforms/Utils/CodeExtractor.cpp +++ b/lib/Transforms/Utils/CodeExtractor.cpp @@ -120,7 +120,7 @@ buildExtractionBlockSet(const RegionNode &RN) { } CodeExtractor::CodeExtractor(BasicBlock *BB, bool AggregateArgs) - : DT(0), AggregateArgs(AggregateArgs||AggregateArgsOpt), + : DT(nullptr), AggregateArgs(AggregateArgs||AggregateArgsOpt), Blocks(buildExtractionBlockSet(BB)), NumExitBlocks(~0U) {} CodeExtractor::CodeExtractor(ArrayRef<BasicBlock *> BBs, DominatorTree *DT, @@ -412,7 +412,7 @@ static BasicBlock* FindPhiPredForUseInBlock(Value* Used, BasicBlock* BB) { return P->getIncomingBlock(U); } - return 0; + return nullptr; } /// emitCallAndSwitchStatement - This method sets up the caller side by adding @@ -440,14 +440,14 @@ emitCallAndSwitchStatement(Function *newFunction, BasicBlock *codeReplacer, StructValues.push_back(*i); } else { AllocaInst *alloca = - new AllocaInst((*i)->getType(), 0, (*i)->getName()+".loc", + new AllocaInst((*i)->getType(), nullptr, (*i)->getName()+".loc", codeReplacer->getParent()->begin()->begin()); ReloadOutputs.push_back(alloca); params.push_back(alloca); } } - AllocaInst *Struct = 0; + AllocaInst *Struct = nullptr; if (AggregateArgs && (inputs.size() + outputs.size() > 0)) { std::vector<Type*> ArgTypes; for (ValueSet::iterator v = StructValues.begin(), @@ -457,7 +457,7 @@ emitCallAndSwitchStatement(Function *newFunction, BasicBlock *codeReplacer, // Allocate a struct at the beginning of this function Type *StructArgTy = StructType::get(newFunction->getContext(), ArgTypes); Struct = - new AllocaInst(StructArgTy, 0, "structArg", + new AllocaInst(StructArgTy, nullptr, "structArg", codeReplacer->getParent()->begin()->begin()); params.push_back(Struct); @@ -486,7 +486,7 @@ emitCallAndSwitchStatement(Function *newFunction, BasicBlock *codeReplacer, // Reload the outputs passed in by reference for (unsigned i = 0, e = outputs.size(); i != e; ++i) { - Value *Output = 0; + Value *Output = nullptr; if (AggregateArgs) { Value *Idx[2]; Idx[0] = Constant::getNullValue(Type::getInt32Ty(Context)); @@ -539,7 +539,7 @@ emitCallAndSwitchStatement(Function *newFunction, BasicBlock *codeReplacer, newFunction); unsigned SuccNum = switchVal++; - Value *brVal = 0; + Value *brVal = nullptr; switch (NumExitBlocks) { case 0: case 1: break; // No value needed. @@ -635,7 +635,7 @@ emitCallAndSwitchStatement(Function *newFunction, BasicBlock *codeReplacer, // Check if the function should return a value if (OldFnRetTy->isVoidTy()) { - ReturnInst::Create(Context, 0, TheSwitch); // Return void + ReturnInst::Create(Context, nullptr, TheSwitch); // Return void } else if (OldFnRetTy == TheSwitch->getCondition()->getType()) { // return what we have ReturnInst::Create(Context, TheSwitch->getCondition(), TheSwitch); @@ -687,7 +687,7 @@ void CodeExtractor::moveCodeToFunction(Function *newFunction) { Function *CodeExtractor::extractCodeRegion() { if (!isEligible()) - return 0; + return nullptr; ValueSet inputs, outputs; diff --git a/lib/Transforms/Utils/DemoteRegToStack.cpp b/lib/Transforms/Utils/DemoteRegToStack.cpp index ac6926fe9e..9972b22a07 100644 --- a/lib/Transforms/Utils/DemoteRegToStack.cpp +++ b/lib/Transforms/Utils/DemoteRegToStack.cpp @@ -25,17 +25,17 @@ AllocaInst *llvm::DemoteRegToStack(Instruction &I, bool VolatileLoads, Instruction *AllocaPoint) { if (I.use_empty()) { I.eraseFromParent(); - return 0; + return nullptr; } // Create a stack slot to hold the value. AllocaInst *Slot; if (AllocaPoint) { - Slot = new AllocaInst(I.getType(), 0, + Slot = new AllocaInst(I.getType(), nullptr, I.getName()+".reg2mem", AllocaPoint); } else { Function *F = I.getParent()->getParent(); - Slot = new AllocaInst(I.getType(), 0, I.getName()+".reg2mem", + Slot = new AllocaInst(I.getType(), nullptr, I.getName()+".reg2mem", F->getEntryBlock().begin()); } @@ -56,7 +56,7 @@ AllocaInst *llvm::DemoteRegToStack(Instruction &I, bool VolatileLoads, for (unsigned i = 0, e = PN->getNumIncomingValues(); i != e; ++i) if (PN->getIncomingValue(i) == &I) { Value *&V = Loads[PN->getIncomingBlock(i)]; - if (V == 0) { + if (!V) { // Insert the load into the predecessor block V = new LoadInst(Slot, I.getName()+".reload", VolatileLoads, PN->getIncomingBlock(i)->getTerminator()); @@ -110,17 +110,17 @@ AllocaInst *llvm::DemoteRegToStack(Instruction &I, bool VolatileLoads, AllocaInst *llvm::DemotePHIToStack(PHINode *P, Instruction *AllocaPoint) { if (P->use_empty()) { P->eraseFromParent(); - return 0; + return nullptr; } // Create a stack slot to hold the value. AllocaInst *Slot; if (AllocaPoint) { - Slot = new AllocaInst(P->getType(), 0, + Slot = new AllocaInst(P->getType(), nullptr, P->getName()+".reg2mem", AllocaPoint); } else { Function *F = P->getParent()->getParent(); - Slot = new AllocaInst(P->getType(), 0, P->getName()+".reg2mem", + Slot = new AllocaInst(P->getType(), nullptr, P->getName()+".reg2mem", F->getEntryBlock().begin()); } diff --git a/lib/Transforms/Utils/FlattenCFG.cpp b/lib/Transforms/Utils/FlattenCFG.cpp index ffdfacdc59..51ead40c91 100644 --- a/lib/Transforms/Utils/FlattenCFG.cpp +++ b/lib/Transforms/Utils/FlattenCFG.cpp @@ -28,11 +28,12 @@ class FlattenCFGOpt { AliasAnalysis *AA; /// \brief Use parallel-and or parallel-or to generate conditions for /// conditional branches. - bool FlattenParallelAndOr(BasicBlock *BB, IRBuilder<> &Builder, Pass *P = 0); + bool FlattenParallelAndOr(BasicBlock *BB, IRBuilder<> &Builder, + Pass *P = nullptr); /// \brief If \param BB is the merge block of an if-region, attempt to merge /// the if-region with an adjacent if-region upstream if two if-regions /// contain identical instructions. - bool MergeIfRegion(BasicBlock *BB, IRBuilder<> &Builder, Pass *P = 0); + bool MergeIfRegion(BasicBlock *BB, IRBuilder<> &Builder, Pass *P = nullptr); /// \brief Compare a pair of blocks: \p Block1 and \p Block2, which /// are from two if-regions whose entry blocks are \p Head1 and \p /// Head2. \returns true if \p Block1 and \p Block2 contain identical @@ -127,9 +128,9 @@ bool FlattenCFGOpt::FlattenParallelAndOr(BasicBlock *BB, IRBuilder<> &Builder, if (PHI) return false; // For simplicity, avoid cases containing PHI nodes. - BasicBlock *LastCondBlock = NULL; - BasicBlock *FirstCondBlock = NULL; - BasicBlock *UnCondBlock = NULL; + BasicBlock *LastCondBlock = nullptr; + BasicBlock *FirstCondBlock = nullptr; + BasicBlock *UnCondBlock = nullptr; int Idx = -1; // Check predecessors of \param BB. diff --git a/lib/Transforms/Utils/GlobalStatus.cpp b/lib/Transforms/Utils/GlobalStatus.cpp index e9ebc452a0..12057e4b92 100644 --- a/lib/Transforms/Utils/GlobalStatus.cpp +++ b/lib/Transforms/Utils/GlobalStatus.cpp @@ -61,7 +61,7 @@ static bool analyzeGlobalAux(const Value *V, GlobalStatus &GS, } else if (const Instruction *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(UR)) { if (!GS.HasMultipleAccessingFunctions) { const Function *F = I->getParent()->getParent(); - if (GS.AccessingFunction == 0) + if (!GS.AccessingFunction) GS.AccessingFunction = F; else if (GS.AccessingFunction != F) GS.HasMultipleAccessingFunctions = true; @@ -176,6 +176,6 @@ bool GlobalStatus::analyzeGlobal(const Value *V, GlobalStatus &GS) { GlobalStatus::GlobalStatus() : IsCompared(false), IsLoaded(false), StoredType(NotStored), - StoredOnceValue(0), AccessingFunction(0), + StoredOnceValue(nullptr), AccessingFunction(nullptr), HasMultipleAccessingFunctions(false), HasNonInstructionUser(false), Ordering(NotAtomic) {} diff --git a/lib/Transforms/Utils/InlineFunction.cpp b/lib/Transforms/Utils/InlineFunction.cpp index 1b2b992caf..adc10fc317 100644 --- a/lib/Transforms/Utils/InlineFunction.cpp +++ b/lib/Transforms/Utils/InlineFunction.cpp @@ -51,8 +51,8 @@ namespace { public: InvokeInliningInfo(InvokeInst *II) - : OuterResumeDest(II->getUnwindDest()), InnerResumeDest(0), - CallerLPad(0), InnerEHValuesPHI(0) { + : OuterResumeDest(II->getUnwindDest()), InnerResumeDest(nullptr), + CallerLPad(nullptr), InnerEHValuesPHI(nullptr) { // If there are PHI nodes in the unwind destination block, we need to keep // track of which values came into them from the invoke before removing // the edge from this block. @@ -289,13 +289,13 @@ static void UpdateCallGraphAfterInlining(CallSite CS, ValueToValueMapTy::iterator VMI = VMap.find(OrigCall); // Only copy the edge if the call was inlined! - if (VMI == VMap.end() || VMI->second == 0) + if (VMI == VMap.end() || VMI->second == nullptr) continue; // If the call was inlined, but then constant folded, there is no edge to // add. Check for this case. Instruction *NewCall = dyn_cast<Instruction>(VMI->second); - if (NewCall == 0) continue; + if (!NewCall) continue; // Remember that this call site got inlined for the client of // InlineFunction. @@ -306,7 +306,7 @@ static void UpdateCallGraphAfterInlining(CallSite CS, // happens, set the callee of the new call site to a more precise // destination. This can also happen if the call graph node of the caller // was just unnecessarily imprecise. - if (I->second->getFunction() == 0) + if (!I->second->getFunction()) if (Function *F = CallSite(NewCall).getCalledFunction()) { // Indirect call site resolved to direct call. CallerNode->addCalledFunction(CallSite(NewCall), CG[F]); @@ -335,7 +335,7 @@ static void HandleByValArgumentInit(Value *Dst, Value *Src, Module *M, Value *SrcCast = builder.CreateBitCast(Src, VoidPtrTy, "tmp"); Value *Size; - if (IFI.DL == 0) + if (IFI.DL == nullptr) Size = ConstantExpr::getSizeOf(AggTy); else Size = ConstantInt::get(Type::getInt64Ty(Context), @@ -393,7 +393,7 @@ static Value *HandleByValArgument(Value *Arg, Instruction *TheCall, Function *Caller = TheCall->getParent()->getParent(); - Value *NewAlloca = new AllocaInst(AggTy, 0, Align, Arg->getName(), + Value *NewAlloca = new AllocaInst(AggTy, nullptr, Align, Arg->getName(), &*Caller->begin()->begin()); IFI.StaticAllocas.push_back(cast<AllocaInst>(NewAlloca)); @@ -497,7 +497,7 @@ bool llvm::InlineFunction(CallSite CS, InlineFunctionInfo &IFI, IFI.reset(); const Function *CalledFunc = CS.getCalledFunction(); - if (CalledFunc == 0 || // Can't inline external function or indirect + if (!CalledFunc || // Can't inline external function or indirect CalledFunc->isDeclaration() || // call, or call to a vararg function! CalledFunc->getFunctionType()->isVarArg()) return false; @@ -525,7 +525,7 @@ bool llvm::InlineFunction(CallSite CS, InlineFunctionInfo &IFI, } // Get the personality function from the callee if it contains a landing pad. - Value *CalleePersonality = 0; + Value *CalleePersonality = nullptr; for (Function::const_iterator I = CalledFunc->begin(), E = CalledFunc->end(); I != E; ++I) if (const InvokeInst *II = dyn_cast<InvokeInst>(I->getTerminator())) { @@ -629,7 +629,7 @@ bool llvm::InlineFunction(CallSite CS, InlineFunctionInfo &IFI, for (BasicBlock::iterator I = FirstNewBlock->begin(), E = FirstNewBlock->end(); I != E; ) { AllocaInst *AI = dyn_cast<AllocaInst>(I++); - if (AI == 0) continue; + if (!AI) continue; // If the alloca is now dead, remove it. This often occurs due to code // specialization. @@ -674,7 +674,7 @@ bool llvm::InlineFunction(CallSite CS, InlineFunctionInfo &IFI, continue; // Try to determine the size of the allocation. - ConstantInt *AllocaSize = 0; + ConstantInt *AllocaSize = nullptr; if (ConstantInt *AIArraySize = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(AI->getArraySize())) { if (IFI.DL) { @@ -784,7 +784,7 @@ bool llvm::InlineFunction(CallSite CS, InlineFunctionInfo &IFI, // "starter" and "ender" blocks. How we accomplish this depends on whether // this is an invoke instruction or a call instruction. BasicBlock *AfterCallBB; - BranchInst *CreatedBranchToNormalDest = NULL; + BranchInst *CreatedBranchToNormalDest = nullptr; if (InvokeInst *II = dyn_cast<InvokeInst>(TheCall)) { // Add an unconditional branch to make this look like the CallInst case... @@ -823,7 +823,7 @@ bool llvm::InlineFunction(CallSite CS, InlineFunctionInfo &IFI, // any users of the original call/invoke instruction. Type *RTy = CalledFunc->getReturnType(); - PHINode *PHI = 0; + PHINode *PHI = nullptr; if (Returns.size() > 1) { // The PHI node should go at the front of the new basic block to merge all // possible incoming values. diff --git a/lib/Transforms/Utils/Local.cpp b/lib/Transforms/Utils/Local.cpp index abd73eb5c9..b3fc3dd6bb 100644 --- a/lib/Transforms/Utils/Local.cpp +++ b/lib/Transforms/Utils/Local.cpp @@ -161,7 +161,7 @@ bool llvm::ConstantFoldTerminator(BasicBlock *BB, bool DeleteDeadConditions, // Otherwise, check to see if the switch only branches to one destination. // We do this by reseting "TheOnlyDest" to null when we find two non-equal // destinations. - if (i.getCaseSuccessor() != TheOnlyDest) TheOnlyDest = 0; + if (i.getCaseSuccessor() != TheOnlyDest) TheOnlyDest = nullptr; } if (CI && !TheOnlyDest) { @@ -182,7 +182,7 @@ bool llvm::ConstantFoldTerminator(BasicBlock *BB, bool DeleteDeadConditions, // Found case matching a constant operand? BasicBlock *Succ = SI->getSuccessor(i); if (Succ == TheOnlyDest) - TheOnlyDest = 0; // Don't modify the first branch to TheOnlyDest + TheOnlyDest = nullptr; // Don't modify the first branch to TheOnlyDest else Succ->removePredecessor(BB); } @@ -235,7 +235,7 @@ bool llvm::ConstantFoldTerminator(BasicBlock *BB, bool DeleteDeadConditions, for (unsigned i = 0, e = IBI->getNumDestinations(); i != e; ++i) { if (IBI->getDestination(i) == TheOnlyDest) - TheOnlyDest = 0; + TheOnlyDest = nullptr; else IBI->getDestination(i)->removePredecessor(IBI->getParent()); } @@ -333,7 +333,7 @@ llvm::RecursivelyDeleteTriviallyDeadInstructions(Value *V, // dead as we go. for (unsigned i = 0, e = I->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i) { Value *OpV = I->getOperand(i); - I->setOperand(i, 0); + I->setOperand(i, nullptr); if (!OpV->use_empty()) continue; @@ -983,10 +983,10 @@ bool llvm::ConvertDebugDeclareToDebugValue(DbgDeclareInst *DDI, if (LdStHasDebugValue(DIVar, SI)) return true; - Instruction *DbgVal = NULL; + Instruction *DbgVal = nullptr; // If an argument is zero extended then use argument directly. The ZExt // may be zapped by an optimization pass in future. - Argument *ExtendedArg = NULL; + Argument *ExtendedArg = nullptr; if (ZExtInst *ZExt = dyn_cast<ZExtInst>(SI->getOperand(0))) ExtendedArg = dyn_cast<Argument>(ZExt->getOperand(0)); if (SExtInst *SExt = dyn_cast<SExtInst>(SI->getOperand(0))) @@ -1078,7 +1078,7 @@ DbgDeclareInst *llvm::FindAllocaDbgDeclare(Value *V) { if (DbgDeclareInst *DDI = dyn_cast<DbgDeclareInst>(U)) return DDI; - return 0; + return nullptr; } bool llvm::replaceDbgDeclareForAlloca(AllocaInst *AI, Value *NewAllocaAddress, diff --git a/lib/Transforms/Utils/LoopSimplify.cpp b/lib/Transforms/Utils/LoopSimplify.cpp index ae8ec426a7..bd825eb864 100644 --- a/lib/Transforms/Utils/LoopSimplify.cpp +++ b/lib/Transforms/Utils/LoopSimplify.cpp @@ -86,7 +86,7 @@ static void placeSplitBlockCarefully(BasicBlock *NewBB, // Figure out *which* outside block to put this after. Prefer an outside // block that neighbors a BB actually in the loop. - BasicBlock *FoundBB = 0; + BasicBlock *FoundBB = nullptr; for (unsigned i = 0, e = SplitPreds.size(); i != e; ++i) { Function::iterator BBI = SplitPreds[i]; if (++BBI != NewBB->getParent()->end() && @@ -120,7 +120,7 @@ BasicBlock *llvm::InsertPreheaderForLoop(Loop *L, Pass *PP) { // If the loop is branched to from an indirect branch, we won't // be able to fully transform the loop, because it prohibits // edge splitting. - if (isa<IndirectBrInst>(P->getTerminator())) return 0; + if (isa<IndirectBrInst>(P->getTerminator())) return nullptr; // Keep track of it. OutsideBlocks.push_back(P); @@ -161,14 +161,14 @@ static BasicBlock *rewriteLoopExitBlock(Loop *L, BasicBlock *Exit, Pass *PP) { BasicBlock *P = *I; if (L->contains(P)) { // Don't do this if the loop is exited via an indirect branch. - if (isa<IndirectBrInst>(P->getTerminator())) return 0; + if (isa<IndirectBrInst>(P->getTerminator())) return nullptr; LoopBlocks.push_back(P); } } assert(!LoopBlocks.empty() && "No edges coming in from outside the loop?"); - BasicBlock *NewExitBB = 0; + BasicBlock *NewExitBB = nullptr; if (Exit->isLandingPad()) { SmallVector<BasicBlock*, 2> NewBBs; @@ -212,7 +212,7 @@ static PHINode *findPHIToPartitionLoops(Loop *L, AliasAnalysis *AA, for (BasicBlock::iterator I = L->getHeader()->begin(); isa<PHINode>(I); ) { PHINode *PN = cast<PHINode>(I); ++I; - if (Value *V = SimplifyInstruction(PN, 0, 0, DT)) { + if (Value *V = SimplifyInstruction(PN, nullptr, nullptr, DT)) { // This is a degenerate PHI already, don't modify it! PN->replaceAllUsesWith(V); if (AA) AA->deleteValue(PN); @@ -227,7 +227,7 @@ static PHINode *findPHIToPartitionLoops(Loop *L, AliasAnalysis *AA, // We found something tasty to remove. return PN; } - return 0; + return nullptr; } /// \brief If this loop has multiple backedges, try to pull one of them out into @@ -254,14 +254,14 @@ static Loop *separateNestedLoop(Loop *L, BasicBlock *Preheader, LoopInfo *LI, ScalarEvolution *SE, Pass *PP) { // Don't try to separate loops without a preheader. if (!Preheader) - return 0; + return nullptr; // The header is not a landing pad; preheader insertion should ensure this. assert(!L->getHeader()->isLandingPad() && "Can't insert backedge to landing pad"); PHINode *PN = findPHIToPartitionLoops(L, AA, DT); - if (PN == 0) return 0; // No known way to partition. + if (!PN) return nullptr; // No known way to partition. // Pull out all predecessors that have varying values in the loop. This // handles the case when a PHI node has multiple instances of itself as @@ -272,7 +272,7 @@ static Loop *separateNestedLoop(Loop *L, BasicBlock *Preheader, !L->contains(PN->getIncomingBlock(i))) { // We can't split indirectbr edges. if (isa<IndirectBrInst>(PN->getIncomingBlock(i)->getTerminator())) - return 0; + return nullptr; OuterLoopPreds.push_back(PN->getIncomingBlock(i)); } } @@ -363,7 +363,7 @@ static BasicBlock *insertUniqueBackedgeBlock(Loop *L, BasicBlock *Preheader, // Unique backedge insertion currently depends on having a preheader. if (!Preheader) - return 0; + return nullptr; // The header is not a landing pad; preheader insertion should ensure this. assert(!Header->isLandingPad() && "Can't insert backedge to landing pad"); @@ -375,7 +375,7 @@ static BasicBlock *insertUniqueBackedgeBlock(Loop *L, BasicBlock *Preheader, // Indirectbr edges cannot be split, so we must fail if we find one. if (isa<IndirectBrInst>(P->getTerminator())) - return 0; + return nullptr; if (P != Preheader) BackedgeBlocks.push_back(P); } @@ -404,7 +404,7 @@ static BasicBlock *insertUniqueBackedgeBlock(Loop *L, BasicBlock *Preheader, // preheader over to the new PHI node. unsigned PreheaderIdx = ~0U; bool HasUniqueIncomingValue = true; - Value *UniqueValue = 0; + Value *UniqueValue = nullptr; for (unsigned i = 0, e = PN->getNumIncomingValues(); i != e; ++i) { BasicBlock *IBB = PN->getIncomingBlock(i); Value *IV = PN->getIncomingValue(i); @@ -413,7 +413,7 @@ static BasicBlock *insertUniqueBackedgeBlock(Loop *L, BasicBlock *Preheader, } else { NewPN->addIncoming(IV, IBB); if (HasUniqueIncomingValue) { - if (UniqueValue == 0) + if (!UniqueValue) UniqueValue = IV; else if (UniqueValue != IV) HasUniqueIncomingValue = false; @@ -610,7 +610,7 @@ ReprocessLoop: PHINode *PN; for (BasicBlock::iterator I = L->getHeader()->begin(); (PN = dyn_cast<PHINode>(I++)); ) - if (Value *V = SimplifyInstruction(PN, 0, 0, DT)) { + if (Value *V = SimplifyInstruction(PN, nullptr, nullptr, DT)) { if (AA) AA->deleteValue(PN); if (SE) SE->forgetValue(PN); PN->replaceAllUsesWith(V); @@ -654,7 +654,8 @@ ReprocessLoop: if (Inst == CI) continue; if (!L->makeLoopInvariant(Inst, AnyInvariant, - Preheader ? Preheader->getTerminator() : 0)) { + Preheader ? Preheader->getTerminator() + : nullptr)) { AllInvariant = false; break; } diff --git a/lib/Transforms/Utils/LoopUnroll.cpp b/lib/Transforms/Utils/LoopUnroll.cpp index 543f774c64..668324881e 100644 --- a/lib/Transforms/Utils/LoopUnroll.cpp +++ b/lib/Transforms/Utils/LoopUnroll.cpp @@ -69,10 +69,10 @@ static BasicBlock *FoldBlockIntoPredecessor(BasicBlock *BB, LoopInfo* LI, // pred, and if there is only one distinct successor of the predecessor, and // if there are no PHI nodes. BasicBlock *OnlyPred = BB->getSinglePredecessor(); - if (!OnlyPred) return 0; + if (!OnlyPred) return nullptr; if (OnlyPred->getTerminator()->getNumSuccessors() != 1) - return 0; + return nullptr; DEBUG(dbgs() << "Merging: " << *BB << "into: " << *OnlyPred); @@ -412,7 +412,7 @@ bool llvm::UnrollLoop(Loop *L, unsigned Count, unsigned TripCount, } } - DominatorTree *DT = 0; + DominatorTree *DT = nullptr; if (PP) { // FIXME: Reconstruct dom info, because it is not preserved properly. // Incrementally updating domtree after loop unrolling would be easy. @@ -459,7 +459,7 @@ bool llvm::UnrollLoop(Loop *L, unsigned Count, unsigned TripCount, Loop *OuterL = L->getParentLoop(); // Remove the loop from the LoopPassManager if it's completely removed. - if (CompletelyUnroll && LPM != NULL) + if (CompletelyUnroll && LPM != nullptr) LPM->deleteLoopFromQueue(L); // If we have a pass and a DominatorTree we should re-simplify impacted loops @@ -471,7 +471,7 @@ bool llvm::UnrollLoop(Loop *L, unsigned Count, unsigned TripCount, OuterL = L; if (OuterL) { ScalarEvolution *SE = PP->getAnalysisIfAvailable<ScalarEvolution>(); - simplifyLoop(OuterL, DT, LI, PP, /*AliasAnalysis*/ 0, SE); + simplifyLoop(OuterL, DT, LI, PP, /*AliasAnalysis*/ nullptr, SE); formLCSSARecursively(*OuterL, *DT, SE); } } diff --git a/lib/Transforms/Utils/LoopUnrollRuntime.cpp b/lib/Transforms/Utils/LoopUnrollRuntime.cpp index 67f6eb5086..d1ea2d6be6 100644 --- a/lib/Transforms/Utils/LoopUnrollRuntime.cpp +++ b/lib/Transforms/Utils/LoopUnrollRuntime.cpp @@ -233,7 +233,7 @@ bool llvm::UnrollRuntimeLoopProlog(Loop *L, unsigned Count, LoopInfo *LI, // Make sure the loop is in canonical form, and there is a single // exit block only. - if (!L->isLoopSimplifyForm() || L->getUniqueExitBlock() == 0) + if (!L->isLoopSimplifyForm() || !L->getUniqueExitBlock()) return false; // Use Scalar Evolution to compute the trip count. This allows more @@ -241,7 +241,7 @@ bool llvm::UnrollRuntimeLoopProlog(Loop *L, unsigned Count, LoopInfo *LI, if (!LPM) return false; ScalarEvolution *SE = LPM->getAnalysisIfAvailable<ScalarEvolution>(); - if (SE == 0) + if (!SE) return false; // Only unroll loops with a computable trip count and the trip count needs @@ -302,7 +302,7 @@ bool llvm::UnrollRuntimeLoopProlog(Loop *L, unsigned Count, LoopInfo *LI, ValueToValueMapTy LVMap; Function *F = Header->getParent(); // These variables are used to update the CFG links in each iteration - BasicBlock *CompareBB = 0; + BasicBlock *CompareBB = nullptr; BasicBlock *LastLoopBB = PH; // Get an ordered list of blocks in the loop to help with the ordering of the // cloned blocks in the prolog code diff --git a/lib/Transforms/Utils/LowerSwitch.cpp b/lib/Transforms/Utils/LowerSwitch.cpp index 6d5cd78095..9ef694c4ce 100644 --- a/lib/Transforms/Utils/LowerSwitch.cpp +++ b/lib/Transforms/Utils/LowerSwitch.cpp @@ -53,7 +53,8 @@ namespace { Constant* High; BasicBlock* BB; - CaseRange(Constant *low = 0, Constant *high = 0, BasicBlock *bb = 0) : + CaseRange(Constant *low = nullptr, Constant *high = nullptr, + BasicBlock *bb = nullptr) : Low(low), High(high), BB(bb) { } }; @@ -184,7 +185,7 @@ BasicBlock* LowerSwitch::newLeafBlock(CaseRange& Leaf, Value* Val, F->getBasicBlockList().insert(++FI, NewLeaf); // Emit comparison - ICmpInst* Comp = NULL; + ICmpInst* Comp = nullptr; if (Leaf.Low == Leaf.High) { // Make the seteq instruction... Comp = new ICmpInst(*NewLeaf, ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ, Val, diff --git a/lib/Transforms/Utils/PromoteMemoryToRegister.cpp b/lib/Transforms/Utils/PromoteMemoryToRegister.cpp index 13d75a8a02..06d73feb1c 100644 --- a/lib/Transforms/Utils/PromoteMemoryToRegister.cpp +++ b/lib/Transforms/Utils/PromoteMemoryToRegister.cpp @@ -116,11 +116,11 @@ struct AllocaInfo { void clear() { DefiningBlocks.clear(); UsingBlocks.clear(); - OnlyStore = 0; - OnlyBlock = 0; + OnlyStore = nullptr; + OnlyBlock = nullptr; OnlyUsedInOneBlock = true; - AllocaPointerVal = 0; - DbgDeclare = 0; + AllocaPointerVal = nullptr; + DbgDeclare = nullptr; } /// Scan the uses of the specified alloca, filling in the AllocaInfo used @@ -148,7 +148,7 @@ struct AllocaInfo { } if (OnlyUsedInOneBlock) { - if (OnlyBlock == 0) + if (!OnlyBlock) OnlyBlock = User->getParent(); else if (OnlyBlock != User->getParent()) OnlyUsedInOneBlock = false; @@ -164,7 +164,7 @@ class RenamePassData { public: typedef std::vector<Value *> ValVector; - RenamePassData() : BB(NULL), Pred(NULL), Values() {} + RenamePassData() : BB(nullptr), Pred(nullptr), Values() {} RenamePassData(BasicBlock *B, BasicBlock *P, const ValVector &V) : BB(B), Pred(P), Values(V) {} BasicBlock *BB; @@ -473,7 +473,8 @@ static void promoteSingleBlockAlloca(AllocaInst *AI, const AllocaInfo &Info, // Find the nearest store that has a lower index than this load. StoresByIndexTy::iterator I = std::lower_bound(StoresByIndex.begin(), StoresByIndex.end(), - std::make_pair(LoadIdx, static_cast<StoreInst *>(0)), + std::make_pair(LoadIdx, + static_cast<StoreInst *>(nullptr)), less_first()); if (I == StoresByIndex.begin()) @@ -634,7 +635,7 @@ void PromoteMem2Reg::run() { // and inserting the phi nodes we marked as necessary // std::vector<RenamePassData> RenamePassWorkList; - RenamePassWorkList.push_back(RenamePassData(F.begin(), 0, Values)); + RenamePassWorkList.push_back(RenamePassData(F.begin(), nullptr, Values)); do { RenamePassData RPD; RPD.swap(RenamePassWorkList.back()); @@ -684,7 +685,7 @@ void PromoteMem2Reg::run() { PHINode *PN = I->second; // If this PHI node merges one value and/or undefs, get the value. - if (Value *V = SimplifyInstruction(PN, 0, 0, &DT)) { + if (Value *V = SimplifyInstruction(PN, nullptr, nullptr, &DT)) { if (AST && PN->getType()->isPointerTy()) AST->deleteValue(PN); PN->replaceAllUsesWith(V); @@ -992,7 +993,7 @@ NextIteration: // Get the next phi node. ++PNI; APN = dyn_cast<PHINode>(PNI); - if (APN == 0) + if (!APN) break; // Verify that it is missing entries. If not, it is not being inserted diff --git a/lib/Transforms/Utils/SSAUpdater.cpp b/lib/Transforms/Utils/SSAUpdater.cpp index 1bf9dea1f6..44dc7b7ec8 100644 --- a/lib/Transforms/Utils/SSAUpdater.cpp +++ b/lib/Transforms/Utils/SSAUpdater.cpp @@ -35,14 +35,14 @@ static AvailableValsTy &getAvailableVals(void *AV) { } SSAUpdater::SSAUpdater(SmallVectorImpl<PHINode*> *NewPHI) - : AV(0), ProtoType(0), ProtoName(), InsertedPHIs(NewPHI) {} + : AV(nullptr), ProtoType(nullptr), ProtoName(), InsertedPHIs(NewPHI) {} SSAUpdater::~SSAUpdater() { delete static_cast<AvailableValsTy*>(AV); } void SSAUpdater::Initialize(Type *Ty, StringRef Name) { - if (AV == 0) + if (!AV) AV = new AvailableValsTy(); else getAvailableVals(AV).clear(); @@ -91,7 +91,7 @@ Value *SSAUpdater::GetValueInMiddleOfBlock(BasicBlock *BB) { // Otherwise, we have the hard case. Get the live-in values for each // predecessor. SmallVector<std::pair<BasicBlock*, Value*>, 8> PredValues; - Value *SingularValue = 0; + Value *SingularValue = nullptr; // We can get our predecessor info by walking the pred_iterator list, but it // is relatively slow. If we already have PHI nodes in this block, walk one @@ -106,7 +106,7 @@ Value *SSAUpdater::GetValueInMiddleOfBlock(BasicBlock *BB) { if (i == 0) SingularValue = PredVal; else if (PredVal != SingularValue) - SingularValue = 0; + SingularValue = nullptr; } } else { bool isFirstPred = true; @@ -120,7 +120,7 @@ Value *SSAUpdater::GetValueInMiddleOfBlock(BasicBlock *BB) { SingularValue = PredVal; isFirstPred = false; } else if (PredVal != SingularValue) - SingularValue = 0; + SingularValue = nullptr; } } @@ -129,7 +129,7 @@ Value *SSAUpdater::GetValueInMiddleOfBlock(BasicBlock *BB) { return UndefValue::get(ProtoType); // Otherwise, if all the merged values are the same, just use it. - if (SingularValue != 0) + if (SingularValue) return SingularValue; // Otherwise, we do need a PHI: check to see if we already have one available @@ -292,7 +292,7 @@ public: PHINode *PHI = ValueIsPHI(Val, Updater); if (PHI && PHI->getNumIncomingValues() == 0) return PHI; - return 0; + return nullptr; } /// GetPHIValue - For the specified PHI instruction, return the value @@ -402,7 +402,7 @@ run(const SmallVectorImpl<Instruction*> &Insts) const { // the order of these instructions in the block. If the first use in the // block is a load, then it uses the live in value. The last store defines // the live out value. We handle this by doing a linear scan of the block. - Value *StoredValue = 0; + Value *StoredValue = nullptr; for (BasicBlock::iterator II = BB->begin(), E = BB->end(); II != E; ++II) { if (LoadInst *L = dyn_cast<LoadInst>(II)) { // If this is a load from an unrelated pointer, ignore it. diff --git a/lib/Transforms/Utils/SimplifyCFG.cpp b/lib/Transforms/Utils/SimplifyCFG.cpp index 89eef6de38..cb747f6f51 100644 --- a/lib/Transforms/Utils/SimplifyCFG.cpp +++ b/lib/Transforms/Utils/SimplifyCFG.cpp @@ -273,12 +273,12 @@ static bool DominatesMergePoint(Value *V, BasicBlock *BB, // branch to BB, then it must be in the 'conditional' part of the "if // statement". If not, it definitely dominates the region. BranchInst *BI = dyn_cast<BranchInst>(PBB->getTerminator()); - if (BI == 0 || BI->isConditional() || BI->getSuccessor(0) != BB) + if (!BI || BI->isConditional() || BI->getSuccessor(0) != BB) return true; // If we aren't allowing aggressive promotion anymore, then don't consider // instructions in the 'if region'. - if (AggressiveInsts == 0) return false; + if (!AggressiveInsts) return false; // If we have seen this instruction before, don't count it again. if (AggressiveInsts->count(I)) return true; @@ -333,7 +333,7 @@ static ConstantInt *GetConstantInt(Value *V, const DataLayout *DL) { return cast<ConstantInt> (ConstantExpr::getIntegerCast(CI, PtrTy, /*isSigned=*/false)); } - return 0; + return nullptr; } /// GatherConstantCompares - Given a potentially 'or'd or 'and'd together @@ -344,7 +344,7 @@ static Value * GatherConstantCompares(Value *V, std::vector<ConstantInt*> &Vals, Value *&Extra, const DataLayout *DL, bool isEQ, unsigned &UsedICmps) { Instruction *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(V); - if (I == 0) return 0; + if (!I) return nullptr; // If this is an icmp against a constant, handle this as one of the cases. if (ICmpInst *ICI = dyn_cast<ICmpInst>(I)) { @@ -391,19 +391,19 @@ GatherConstantCompares(Value *V, std::vector<ConstantInt*> &Vals, Value *&Extra, // If there are a ton of values, we don't want to make a ginormous switch. if (Span.getSetSize().ugt(8) || Span.isEmptySet()) - return 0; + return nullptr; for (APInt Tmp = Span.getLower(); Tmp != Span.getUpper(); ++Tmp) Vals.push_back(ConstantInt::get(V->getContext(), Tmp)); UsedICmps++; return hasAdd ? RHSVal : I->getOperand(0); } - return 0; + return nullptr; } // Otherwise, we can only handle an | or &, depending on isEQ. if (I->getOpcode() != (isEQ ? Instruction::Or : Instruction::And)) - return 0; + return nullptr; unsigned NumValsBeforeLHS = Vals.size(); unsigned UsedICmpsBeforeLHS = UsedICmps; @@ -421,19 +421,19 @@ GatherConstantCompares(Value *V, std::vector<ConstantInt*> &Vals, Value *&Extra, // The RHS of the or/and can't be folded in and we haven't used "Extra" yet, // set it and return success. - if (Extra == 0 || Extra == I->getOperand(1)) { + if (Extra == nullptr || Extra == I->getOperand(1)) { Extra = I->getOperand(1); return LHS; } Vals.resize(NumValsBeforeLHS); UsedICmps = UsedICmpsBeforeLHS; - return 0; + return nullptr; } // If the LHS can't be folded in, but Extra is available and RHS can, try to // use LHS as Extra. - if (Extra == 0 || Extra == I->getOperand(0)) { + if (Extra == nullptr || Extra == I->getOperand(0)) { Value *OldExtra = Extra; Extra = I->getOperand(0); if (Value *RHS = GatherConstantCompares(I->getOperand(1), Vals, Extra, DL, @@ -443,11 +443,11 @@ GatherConstantCompares(Value *V, std::vector<ConstantInt*> &Vals, Value *&Extra, Extra = OldExtra; } - return 0; + return nullptr; } static void EraseTerminatorInstAndDCECond(TerminatorInst *TI) { - Instruction *Cond = 0; + Instruction *Cond = nullptr; if (SwitchInst *SI = dyn_cast<SwitchInst>(TI)) { Cond = dyn_cast<Instruction>(SI->getCondition()); } else if (BranchInst *BI = dyn_cast<BranchInst>(TI)) { @@ -464,7 +464,7 @@ static void EraseTerminatorInstAndDCECond(TerminatorInst *TI) { /// isValueEqualityComparison - Return true if the specified terminator checks /// to see if a value is equal to constant integer value. Value *SimplifyCFGOpt::isValueEqualityComparison(TerminatorInst *TI) { - Value *CV = 0; + Value *CV = nullptr; if (SwitchInst *SI = dyn_cast<SwitchInst>(TI)) { // Do not permit merging of large switch instructions into their // predecessors unless there is only one predecessor. @@ -654,11 +654,11 @@ SimplifyEqualityComparisonWithOnlyPredecessor(TerminatorInst *TI, // Otherwise, TI's block must correspond to some matched value. Find out // which value (or set of values) this is. - ConstantInt *TIV = 0; + ConstantInt *TIV = nullptr; BasicBlock *TIBB = TI->getParent(); for (unsigned i = 0, e = PredCases.size(); i != e; ++i) if (PredCases[i].Dest == TIBB) { - if (TIV != 0) + if (TIV) return false; // Cannot handle multiple values coming to this block. TIV = PredCases[i].Value; } @@ -666,7 +666,7 @@ SimplifyEqualityComparisonWithOnlyPredecessor(TerminatorInst *TI, // Okay, we found the one constant that our value can be if we get into TI's // BB. Find out which successor will unconditionally be branched to. - BasicBlock *TheRealDest = 0; + BasicBlock *TheRealDest = nullptr; for (unsigned i = 0, e = ThisCases.size(); i != e; ++i) if (ThisCases[i].Value == TIV) { TheRealDest = ThisCases[i].Dest; @@ -674,7 +674,7 @@ SimplifyEqualityComparisonWithOnlyPredecessor(TerminatorInst *TI, } // If not handled by any explicit cases, it is handled by the default case. - if (TheRealDest == 0) TheRealDest = ThisDef; + if (!TheRealDest) TheRealDest = ThisDef; // Remove PHI node entries for dead edges. BasicBlock *CheckEdge = TheRealDest; @@ -682,7 +682,7 @@ SimplifyEqualityComparisonWithOnlyPredecessor(TerminatorInst *TI, if (*SI != CheckEdge) (*SI)->removePredecessor(TIBB); else - CheckEdge = 0; + CheckEdge = nullptr; // Insert the new branch. Instruction *NI = Builder.CreateBr(TheRealDest); @@ -951,10 +951,10 @@ bool SimplifyCFGOpt::FoldValueComparisonIntoPredecessors(TerminatorInst *TI, // Okay, last check. If BB is still a successor of PSI, then we must // have an infinite loop case. If so, add an infinitely looping block // to handle the case to preserve the behavior of the code. - BasicBlock *InfLoopBlock = 0; + BasicBlock *InfLoopBlock = nullptr; for (unsigned i = 0, e = NewSI->getNumSuccessors(); i != e; ++i) if (NewSI->getSuccessor(i) == BB) { - if (InfLoopBlock == 0) { + if (!InfLoopBlock) { // Insert it at the end of the function, because it's either code, // or it won't matter if it's hot. :) InfLoopBlock = BasicBlock::Create(BB->getContext(), @@ -1100,7 +1100,7 @@ HoistTerminator: // These values do not agree. Insert a select instruction before NT // that determines the right value. SelectInst *&SI = InsertedSelects[std::make_pair(BB1V, BB2V)]; - if (SI == 0) + if (!SI) SI = cast<SelectInst> (Builder.CreateSelect(BI->getCondition(), BB1V, BB2V, BB1V->getName()+"."+BB2V->getName())); @@ -1145,7 +1145,7 @@ static bool SinkThenElseCodeToEnd(BranchInst *BI1) { // Gather the PHI nodes in BBEnd. std::map<Value*, std::pair<Value*, PHINode*> > MapValueFromBB1ToBB2; - Instruction *FirstNonPhiInBBEnd = 0; + Instruction *FirstNonPhiInBBEnd = nullptr; for (BasicBlock::iterator I = BBEnd->begin(), E = BBEnd->end(); I != E; ++I) { if (PHINode *PN = dyn_cast<PHINode>(I)) { @@ -1223,7 +1223,7 @@ static bool SinkThenElseCodeToEnd(BranchInst *BI1) { // The operands should be either the same or they need to be generated // with a PHI node after sinking. We only handle the case where there is // a single pair of different operands. - Value *DifferentOp1 = 0, *DifferentOp2 = 0; + Value *DifferentOp1 = nullptr, *DifferentOp2 = nullptr; unsigned Op1Idx = 0; for (unsigned I = 0, E = I1->getNumOperands(); I != E; ++I) { if (I1->getOperand(I) == I2->getOperand(I)) @@ -1319,11 +1319,11 @@ static Value *isSafeToSpeculateStore(Instruction *I, BasicBlock *BrBB, BasicBlock *StoreBB, BasicBlock *EndBB) { StoreInst *StoreToHoist = dyn_cast<StoreInst>(I); if (!StoreToHoist) - return 0; + return nullptr; // Volatile or atomic. if (!StoreToHoist->isSimple()) - return 0; + return nullptr; Value *StorePtr = StoreToHoist->getPointerOperand(); @@ -1335,7 +1335,7 @@ static Value *isSafeToSpeculateStore(Instruction *I, BasicBlock *BrBB, // Could be calling an instruction that effects memory like free(). if (CurI->mayHaveSideEffects() && !isa<StoreInst>(CurI)) - return 0; + return nullptr; StoreInst *SI = dyn_cast<StoreInst>(CurI); // Found the previous store make sure it stores to the same location. @@ -1343,10 +1343,10 @@ static Value *isSafeToSpeculateStore(Instruction *I, BasicBlock *BrBB, // Found the previous store, return its value operand. return SI->getValueOperand(); else if (SI) - return 0; // Unknown store. + return nullptr; // Unknown store. } - return 0; + return nullptr; } /// \brief Speculate a conditional basic block flattening the CFG. @@ -1412,8 +1412,8 @@ static bool SpeculativelyExecuteBB(BranchInst *BI, BasicBlock *ThenBB) { SmallDenseMap<Instruction *, unsigned, 4> SinkCandidateUseCounts; unsigned SpeculationCost = 0; - Value *SpeculatedStoreValue = 0; - StoreInst *SpeculatedStore = 0; + Value *SpeculatedStoreValue = nullptr; + StoreInst *SpeculatedStore = nullptr; for (BasicBlock::iterator BBI = ThenBB->begin(), BBE = std::prev(ThenBB->end()); BBI != BBE; ++BBI) { @@ -1621,7 +1621,7 @@ static bool FoldCondBranchOnPHI(BranchInst *BI, const DataLayout *DL) { // constants. for (unsigned i = 0, e = PN->getNumIncomingValues(); i != e; ++i) { ConstantInt *CB = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(PN->getIncomingValue(i)); - if (CB == 0 || !CB->getType()->isIntegerTy(1)) continue; + if (!CB || !CB->getType()->isIntegerTy(1)) continue; // Okay, we now know that all edges from PredBB should be revectored to // branch to RealDest. @@ -1746,7 +1746,7 @@ static bool FoldTwoEntryPHINode(PHINode *PN, const DataLayout *DL) { // If we folded the first phi, PN dangles at this point. Refresh it. If // we ran out of PHIs then we simplified them all. PN = dyn_cast<PHINode>(BB->begin()); - if (PN == 0) return true; + if (!PN) return true; // Don't fold i1 branches on PHIs which contain binary operators. These can // often be turned into switches and other things. @@ -1760,11 +1760,11 @@ static bool FoldTwoEntryPHINode(PHINode *PN, const DataLayout *DL) { // instructions in the predecessor blocks can be promoted as well. If // not, we won't be able to get rid of the control flow, so it's not // worth promoting to select instructions. - BasicBlock *DomBlock = 0; + BasicBlock *DomBlock = nullptr; BasicBlock *IfBlock1 = PN->getIncomingBlock(0); BasicBlock *IfBlock2 = PN->getIncomingBlock(1); if (cast<BranchInst>(IfBlock1->getTerminator())->isConditional()) { - IfBlock1 = 0; + IfBlock1 = nullptr; } else { DomBlock = *pred_begin(IfBlock1); for (BasicBlock::iterator I = IfBlock1->begin();!isa<TerminatorInst>(I);++I) @@ -1777,7 +1777,7 @@ static bool FoldTwoEntryPHINode(PHINode *PN, const DataLayout *DL) { } if (cast<BranchInst>(IfBlock2->getTerminator())->isConditional()) { - IfBlock2 = 0; + IfBlock2 = nullptr; } else { DomBlock = *pred_begin(IfBlock2); for (BasicBlock::iterator I = IfBlock2->begin();!isa<TerminatorInst>(I);++I) @@ -1960,7 +1960,7 @@ static bool checkCSEInPredecessor(Instruction *Inst, BasicBlock *PB) { bool llvm::FoldBranchToCommonDest(BranchInst *BI) { BasicBlock *BB = BI->getParent(); - Instruction *Cond = 0; + Instruction *Cond = nullptr; if (BI->isConditional()) Cond = dyn_cast<Instruction>(BI->getCondition()); else { @@ -1986,12 +1986,12 @@ bool llvm::FoldBranchToCommonDest(BranchInst *BI) { } } - if (Cond == 0) + if (!Cond) return false; } - if (Cond == 0 || (!isa<CmpInst>(Cond) && !isa<BinaryOperator>(Cond)) || - Cond->getParent() != BB || !Cond->hasOneUse()) + if (!Cond || (!isa<CmpInst>(Cond) && !isa<BinaryOperator>(Cond)) || + Cond->getParent() != BB || !Cond->hasOneUse()) return false; // Only allow this if the condition is a simple instruction that can be @@ -2006,7 +2006,7 @@ bool llvm::FoldBranchToCommonDest(BranchInst *BI) { // that feeds the branch. We later ensure that any values that _it_ uses // were also live in the predecessor, so that we don't unnecessarily create // register pressure or inhibit out-of-order execution. - Instruction *BonusInst = 0; + Instruction *BonusInst = nullptr; if (&*FrontIt != Cond && FrontIt->hasOneUse() && FrontIt->user_back() == Cond && isSafeToSpeculativelyExecute(FrontIt)) { @@ -2041,7 +2041,7 @@ bool llvm::FoldBranchToCommonDest(BranchInst *BI) { // Finally, don't infinitely unroll conditional loops. BasicBlock *TrueDest = BI->getSuccessor(0); - BasicBlock *FalseDest = (BI->isConditional()) ? BI->getSuccessor(1) : 0; + BasicBlock *FalseDest = (BI->isConditional()) ? BI->getSuccessor(1) : nullptr; if (TrueDest == BB || FalseDest == BB) return false; @@ -2053,7 +2053,7 @@ bool llvm::FoldBranchToCommonDest(BranchInst *BI) { // the common successor, verify that the same value flows in from both // blocks. SmallVector<PHINode*, 4> PHIs; - if (PBI == 0 || PBI->isUnconditional() || + if (!PBI || PBI->isUnconditional() || (BI->isConditional() && !SafeToMergeTerminators(BI, PBI)) || (!BI->isConditional() && @@ -2143,7 +2143,7 @@ bool llvm::FoldBranchToCommonDest(BranchInst *BI) { } // If we have a bonus inst, clone it into the predecessor block. - Instruction *NewBonus = 0; + Instruction *NewBonus = nullptr; if (BonusInst) { NewBonus = BonusInst->clone(); @@ -2219,14 +2219,14 @@ bool llvm::FoldBranchToCommonDest(BranchInst *BI) { MDBuilder(BI->getContext()). createBranchWeights(MDWeights)); } else - PBI->setMetadata(LLVMContext::MD_prof, NULL); + PBI->setMetadata(LLVMContext::MD_prof, nullptr); } else { // Update PHI nodes in the common successors. for (unsigned i = 0, e = PHIs.size(); i != e; ++i) { ConstantInt *PBI_C = cast<ConstantInt>( PHIs[i]->getIncomingValueForBlock(PBI->getParent())); assert(PBI_C->getType()->isIntegerTy(1)); - Instruction *MergedCond = 0; + Instruction *MergedCond = nullptr; if (PBI->getSuccessor(0) == TrueDest) { // Create (PBI_Cond and PBI_C) or (!PBI_Cond and BI_Value) // PBI_C is true: PBI_Cond or (!PBI_Cond and BI_Value) @@ -2499,16 +2499,16 @@ static bool SimplifyTerminatorOnSelect(TerminatorInst *OldTerm, Value *Cond, // If TrueBB and FalseBB are equal, only try to preserve one copy of that // successor. BasicBlock *KeepEdge1 = TrueBB; - BasicBlock *KeepEdge2 = TrueBB != FalseBB ? FalseBB : 0; + BasicBlock *KeepEdge2 = TrueBB != FalseBB ? FalseBB : nullptr; // Then remove the rest. for (unsigned I = 0, E = OldTerm->getNumSuccessors(); I != E; ++I) { BasicBlock *Succ = OldTerm->getSuccessor(I); // Make sure only to keep exactly one copy of each edge. if (Succ == KeepEdge1) - KeepEdge1 = 0; + KeepEdge1 = nullptr; else if (Succ == KeepEdge2) - KeepEdge2 = 0; + KeepEdge2 = nullptr; else Succ->removePredecessor(OldTerm->getParent()); } @@ -2517,7 +2517,7 @@ static bool SimplifyTerminatorOnSelect(TerminatorInst *OldTerm, Value *Cond, Builder.SetCurrentDebugLocation(OldTerm->getDebugLoc()); // Insert an appropriate new terminator. - if ((KeepEdge1 == 0) && (KeepEdge2 == 0)) { + if (!KeepEdge1 && !KeepEdge2) { if (TrueBB == FalseBB) // We were only looking for one successor, and it was present. // Create an unconditional branch to it. @@ -2539,7 +2539,7 @@ static bool SimplifyTerminatorOnSelect(TerminatorInst *OldTerm, Value *Cond, // One of the selected values was a successor, but the other wasn't. // Insert an unconditional branch to the one that was found; // the edge to the one that wasn't must be unreachable. - if (KeepEdge1 == 0) + if (!KeepEdge1) // Only TrueBB was found. Builder.CreateBr(TrueBB); else @@ -2640,7 +2640,7 @@ static bool TryToSimplifyUncondBranchWithICmpInIt( // 'V' and this block is the default case for the switch. In this case we can // fold the compared value into the switch to simplify things. BasicBlock *Pred = BB->getSinglePredecessor(); - if (Pred == 0 || !isa<SwitchInst>(Pred->getTerminator())) return false; + if (!Pred || !isa<SwitchInst>(Pred->getTerminator())) return false; SwitchInst *SI = cast<SwitchInst>(Pred->getTerminator()); if (SI->getCondition() != V) @@ -2682,7 +2682,7 @@ static bool TryToSimplifyUncondBranchWithICmpInIt( // the block. BasicBlock *SuccBlock = BB->getTerminator()->getSuccessor(0); PHINode *PHIUse = dyn_cast<PHINode>(ICI->user_back()); - if (PHIUse == 0 || PHIUse != &SuccBlock->front() || + if (PHIUse == nullptr || PHIUse != &SuccBlock->front() || isa<PHINode>(++BasicBlock::iterator(PHIUse))) return false; @@ -2734,16 +2734,16 @@ static bool TryToSimplifyUncondBranchWithICmpInIt( static bool SimplifyBranchOnICmpChain(BranchInst *BI, const DataLayout *DL, IRBuilder<> &Builder) { Instruction *Cond = dyn_cast<Instruction>(BI->getCondition()); - if (Cond == 0) return false; + if (!Cond) return false; // Change br (X == 0 | X == 1), T, F into a switch instruction. // If this is a bunch of seteq's or'd together, or if it's a bunch of // 'setne's and'ed together, collect them. - Value *CompVal = 0; + Value *CompVal = nullptr; std::vector<ConstantInt*> Values; bool TrueWhenEqual = true; - Value *ExtraCase = 0; + Value *ExtraCase = nullptr; unsigned UsedICmps = 0; if (Cond->getOpcode() == Instruction::Or) { @@ -2756,7 +2756,7 @@ static bool SimplifyBranchOnICmpChain(BranchInst *BI, const DataLayout *DL, } // If we didn't have a multiply compared value, fail. - if (CompVal == 0) return false; + if (!CompVal) return false; // Avoid turning single icmps into a switch. if (UsedICmps <= 1) @@ -3051,7 +3051,7 @@ bool SimplifyCFGOpt::SimplifyUnreachable(UnreachableInst *UI) { // Find the most popular block. unsigned MaxPop = 0; unsigned MaxIndex = 0; - BasicBlock *MaxBlock = 0; + BasicBlock *MaxBlock = nullptr; for (std::map<BasicBlock*, std::pair<unsigned, unsigned> >::iterator I = Popularity.begin(), E = Popularity.end(); I != E; ++I) { if (I->second.first > MaxPop || @@ -3242,13 +3242,13 @@ static PHINode *FindPHIForConditionForwarding(ConstantInt *CaseValue, BasicBlock *BB, int *PhiIndex) { if (BB->getFirstNonPHIOrDbg() != BB->getTerminator()) - return NULL; // BB must be empty to be a candidate for simplification. + return nullptr; // BB must be empty to be a candidate for simplification. if (!BB->getSinglePredecessor()) - return NULL; // BB must be dominated by the switch. + return nullptr; // BB must be dominated by the switch. BranchInst *Branch = dyn_cast<BranchInst>(BB->getTerminator()); if (!Branch || !Branch->isUnconditional()) - return NULL; // Terminator must be unconditional branch. + return nullptr; // Terminator must be unconditional branch. BasicBlock *Succ = Branch->getSuccessor(0); @@ -3264,7 +3264,7 @@ static PHINode *FindPHIForConditionForwarding(ConstantInt *CaseValue, return PHI; } - return NULL; + return nullptr; } /// ForwardSwitchConditionToPHI - Try to forward the condition of a switch @@ -3337,12 +3337,12 @@ ConstantFold(Instruction *I, if (SelectInst *Select = dyn_cast<SelectInst>(I)) { Constant *A = LookupConstant(Select->getCondition(), ConstantPool); if (!A) - return 0; + return nullptr; if (A->isAllOnesValue()) return LookupConstant(Select->getTrueValue(), ConstantPool); if (A->isNullValue()) return LookupConstant(Select->getFalseValue(), ConstantPool); - return 0; + return nullptr; } SmallVector<Constant *, 4> COps; @@ -3350,7 +3350,7 @@ ConstantFold(Instruction *I, if (Constant *A = LookupConstant(I->getOperand(N), ConstantPool)) COps.push_back(A); else - return 0; + return nullptr; } if (CmpInst *Cmp = dyn_cast<CmpInst>(I)) @@ -3493,7 +3493,8 @@ SwitchLookupTable::SwitchLookupTable(Module &M, const SmallVectorImpl<std::pair<ConstantInt*, Constant*> >& Values, Constant *DefaultValue, const DataLayout *DL) - : SingleValue(0), BitMap(0), BitMapElementTy(0), Array(0) { + : SingleValue(nullptr), BitMap(nullptr), BitMapElementTy(nullptr), + Array(nullptr) { assert(Values.size() && "Can't build lookup table without values!"); assert(TableSize >= Values.size() && "Can't fit values in table!"); @@ -3514,7 +3515,7 @@ SwitchLookupTable::SwitchLookupTable(Module &M, TableContents[Idx] = CaseRes; if (CaseRes != SingleValue) - SingleValue = 0; + SingleValue = nullptr; } // Fill in any holes in the table with the default result. @@ -3527,7 +3528,7 @@ SwitchLookupTable::SwitchLookupTable(Module &M, } if (DefaultValue != SingleValue) - SingleValue = 0; + SingleValue = nullptr; } // If each element in the table contains the same value, we only need to store @@ -3697,7 +3698,7 @@ static bool SwitchToLookupTable(SwitchInst *SI, ConstantInt *MinCaseVal = CI.getCaseValue(); ConstantInt *MaxCaseVal = CI.getCaseValue(); - BasicBlock *CommonDest = 0; + BasicBlock *CommonDest = nullptr; typedef SmallVector<std::pair<ConstantInt*, Constant*>, 4> ResultListTy; SmallDenseMap<PHINode*, ResultListTy> ResultLists; SmallDenseMap<PHINode*, Constant*> DefaultResults; @@ -3742,8 +3743,8 @@ static bool SwitchToLookupTable(SwitchInst *SI, SmallVector<std::pair<PHINode*, Constant*>, 4> DefaultResultsList; bool HasDefaultResults = false; if (TableHasHoles) { - HasDefaultResults = GetCaseResults(SI, 0, SI->getDefaultDest(), &CommonDest, - DefaultResultsList, DL); + HasDefaultResults = GetCaseResults(SI, nullptr, SI->getDefaultDest(), + &CommonDest, DefaultResultsList, DL); } bool NeedMask = (TableHasHoles && !HasDefaultResults); if (NeedMask) { @@ -4039,8 +4040,8 @@ bool SimplifyCFGOpt::SimplifyCondBranch(BranchInst *BI, IRBuilder<> &Builder) { // from BI. We know that the condbr dominates the two blocks, so see if // there is any identical code in the "then" and "else" blocks. If so, we // can hoist it up to the branching block. - if (BI->getSuccessor(0)->getSinglePredecessor() != 0) { - if (BI->getSuccessor(1)->getSinglePredecessor() != 0) { + if (BI->getSuccessor(0)->getSinglePredecessor()) { + if (BI->getSuccessor(1)->getSinglePredecessor()) { if (HoistThenElseCodeToIf(BI)) return SimplifyCFG(BB, TTI, DL) | true; } else { @@ -4052,7 +4053,7 @@ bool SimplifyCFGOpt::SimplifyCondBranch(BranchInst *BI, IRBuilder<> &Builder) { if (SpeculativelyExecuteBB(BI, BI->getSuccessor(0))) return SimplifyCFG(BB, TTI, DL) | true; } - } else if (BI->getSuccessor(1)->getSinglePredecessor() != 0) { + } else if (BI->getSuccessor(1)->getSinglePredecessor()) { // If Successor #0 has multiple preds, we may be able to conditionally // execute Successor #1 if it branches to successor #0. TerminatorInst *Succ1TI = BI->getSuccessor(1)->getTerminator(); diff --git a/lib/Transforms/Utils/SimplifyIndVar.cpp b/lib/Transforms/Utils/SimplifyIndVar.cpp index f78433bb3d..b284e6f6c1 100644 --- a/lib/Transforms/Utils/SimplifyIndVar.cpp +++ b/lib/Transforms/Utils/SimplifyIndVar.cpp @@ -56,14 +56,14 @@ namespace { public: SimplifyIndvar(Loop *Loop, ScalarEvolution *SE, LPPassManager *LPM, - SmallVectorImpl<WeakVH> &Dead, IVUsers *IVU = NULL) : + SmallVectorImpl<WeakVH> &Dead, IVUsers *IVU = nullptr) : L(Loop), LI(LPM->getAnalysisIfAvailable<LoopInfo>()), SE(SE), DeadInsts(Dead), Changed(false) { DataLayoutPass *DLP = LPM->getAnalysisIfAvailable<DataLayoutPass>(); - DL = DLP ? &DLP->getDataLayout() : 0; + DL = DLP ? &DLP->getDataLayout() : nullptr; assert(LI && "IV simplification requires LoopInfo"); } @@ -72,7 +72,7 @@ namespace { /// Iteratively perform simplification on a worklist of users of the /// specified induction variable. This is the top-level driver that applies /// all simplicitions to users of an IV. - void simplifyUsers(PHINode *CurrIV, IVVisitor *V = NULL); + void simplifyUsers(PHINode *CurrIV, IVVisitor *V = nullptr); Value *foldIVUser(Instruction *UseInst, Instruction *IVOperand); @@ -95,25 +95,25 @@ namespace { /// be folded (in case more folding opportunities have been exposed). /// Otherwise return null. Value *SimplifyIndvar::foldIVUser(Instruction *UseInst, Instruction *IVOperand) { - Value *IVSrc = 0; + Value *IVSrc = nullptr; unsigned OperIdx = 0; - const SCEV *FoldedExpr = 0; + const SCEV *FoldedExpr = nullptr; switch (UseInst->getOpcode()) { default: - return 0; + return nullptr; case Instruction::UDiv: case Instruction::LShr: // We're only interested in the case where we know something about // the numerator and have a constant denominator. if (IVOperand != UseInst->getOperand(OperIdx) || !isa<ConstantInt>(UseInst->getOperand(1))) - return 0; + return nullptr; // Attempt to fold a binary operator with constant operand. // e.g. ((I + 1) >> 2) => I >> 2 if (!isa<BinaryOperator>(IVOperand) || !isa<ConstantInt>(IVOperand->getOperand(1))) - return 0; + return nullptr; IVSrc = IVOperand->getOperand(0); // IVSrc must be the (SCEVable) IV, since the other operand is const. @@ -124,7 +124,7 @@ Value *SimplifyIndvar::foldIVUser(Instruction *UseInst, Instruction *IVOperand) // Get a constant for the divisor. See createSCEV. uint32_t BitWidth = cast<IntegerType>(UseInst->getType())->getBitWidth(); if (D->getValue().uge(BitWidth)) - return 0; + return nullptr; D = ConstantInt::get(UseInst->getContext(), APInt::getOneBitSet(BitWidth, D->getZExtValue())); @@ -133,11 +133,11 @@ Value *SimplifyIndvar::foldIVUser(Instruction *UseInst, Instruction *IVOperand) } // We have something that might fold it's operand. Compare SCEVs. if (!SE->isSCEVable(UseInst->getType())) - return 0; + return nullptr; // Bypass the operand if SCEV can prove it has no effect. if (SE->getSCEV(UseInst) != FoldedExpr) - return 0; + return nullptr; DEBUG(dbgs() << "INDVARS: Eliminated IV operand: " << *IVOperand << " -> " << *UseInst << '\n'); @@ -283,8 +283,8 @@ Instruction *SimplifyIndvar::splitOverflowIntrinsic(Instruction *IVUser, return IVUser; // Find a branch guarded by the overflow check. - BranchInst *Branch = 0; - Instruction *AddVal = 0; + BranchInst *Branch = nullptr; + Instruction *AddVal = nullptr; for (User *U : II->users()) { if (ExtractValueInst *ExtractInst = dyn_cast<ExtractValueInst>(U)) { if (ExtractInst->getNumIndices() != 1) diff --git a/lib/Transforms/Utils/SimplifyInstructions.cpp b/lib/Transforms/Utils/SimplifyInstructions.cpp index 8241b07eeb..c62aa663f6 100644 --- a/lib/Transforms/Utils/SimplifyInstructions.cpp +++ b/lib/Transforms/Utils/SimplifyInstructions.cpp @@ -48,9 +48,9 @@ namespace { bool runOnFunction(Function &F) override { const DominatorTreeWrapperPass *DTWP = getAnalysisIfAvailable<DominatorTreeWrapperPass>(); - const DominatorTree *DT = DTWP ? &DTWP->getDomTree() : 0; + const DominatorTree *DT = DTWP ? &DTWP->getDomTree() : nullptr; DataLayoutPass *DLP = getAnalysisIfAvailable<DataLayoutPass>(); - const DataLayout *DL = DLP ? &DLP->getDataLayout() : 0; + const DataLayout *DL = DLP ? &DLP->getDataLayout() : nullptr; const TargetLibraryInfo *TLI = &getAnalysis<TargetLibraryInfo>(); SmallPtrSet<const Instruction*, 8> S1, S2, *ToSimplify = &S1, *Next = &S2; bool Changed = false; diff --git a/lib/Transforms/Utils/SimplifyLibCalls.cpp b/lib/Transforms/Utils/SimplifyLibCalls.cpp index b5bc391cc5..903fbb5899 100644 --- a/lib/Transforms/Utils/SimplifyLibCalls.cpp +++ b/lib/Transforms/Utils/SimplifyLibCalls.cpp @@ -75,7 +75,7 @@ public: // We never change the calling convention. if (!ignoreCallingConv() && CI->getCallingConv() != llvm::CallingConv::C) - return NULL; + return nullptr; return callOptimizer(CI->getCalledFunction(), CI, B); } @@ -186,14 +186,14 @@ struct MemCpyChkOpt : public InstFortifiedLibCallOptimization { !FT->getParamType(1)->isPointerTy() || FT->getParamType(2) != DL->getIntPtrType(Context) || FT->getParamType(3) != DL->getIntPtrType(Context)) - return 0; + return nullptr; if (isFoldable(3, 2, false)) { B.CreateMemCpy(CI->getArgOperand(0), CI->getArgOperand(1), CI->getArgOperand(2), 1); return CI->getArgOperand(0); } - return 0; + return nullptr; } }; @@ -210,14 +210,14 @@ struct MemMoveChkOpt : public InstFortifiedLibCallOptimization { !FT->getParamType(1)->isPointerTy() || FT->getParamType(2) != DL->getIntPtrType(Context) || FT->getParamType(3) != DL->getIntPtrType(Context)) - return 0; + return nullptr; if (isFoldable(3, 2, false)) { B.CreateMemMove(CI->getArgOperand(0), CI->getArgOperand(1), CI->getArgOperand(2), 1); return CI->getArgOperand(0); } - return 0; + return nullptr; } }; @@ -234,7 +234,7 @@ struct MemSetChkOpt : public InstFortifiedLibCallOptimization { !FT->getParamType(1)->isIntegerTy() || FT->getParamType(2) != DL->getIntPtrType(Context) || FT->getParamType(3) != DL->getIntPtrType(Context)) - return 0; + return nullptr; if (isFoldable(3, 2, false)) { Value *Val = B.CreateIntCast(CI->getArgOperand(1), B.getInt8Ty(), @@ -242,7 +242,7 @@ struct MemSetChkOpt : public InstFortifiedLibCallOptimization { B.CreateMemSet(CI->getArgOperand(0), Val, CI->getArgOperand(2), 1); return CI->getArgOperand(0); } - return 0; + return nullptr; } }; @@ -260,7 +260,7 @@ struct StrCpyChkOpt : public InstFortifiedLibCallOptimization { FT->getParamType(0) != FT->getParamType(1) || FT->getParamType(0) != Type::getInt8PtrTy(Context) || FT->getParamType(2) != DL->getIntPtrType(Context)) - return 0; + return nullptr; Value *Dst = CI->getArgOperand(0), *Src = CI->getArgOperand(1); if (Dst == Src) // __strcpy_chk(x,x) -> x @@ -277,10 +277,10 @@ struct StrCpyChkOpt : public InstFortifiedLibCallOptimization { } else { // Maybe we can stil fold __strcpy_chk to __memcpy_chk. uint64_t Len = GetStringLength(Src); - if (Len == 0) return 0; + if (Len == 0) return nullptr; // This optimization require DataLayout. - if (!DL) return 0; + if (!DL) return nullptr; Value *Ret = EmitMemCpyChk(Dst, Src, @@ -288,7 +288,7 @@ struct StrCpyChkOpt : public InstFortifiedLibCallOptimization { CI->getArgOperand(2), B, DL, TLI); return Ret; } - return 0; + return nullptr; } }; @@ -306,12 +306,12 @@ struct StpCpyChkOpt : public InstFortifiedLibCallOptimization { FT->getParamType(0) != FT->getParamType(1) || FT->getParamType(0) != Type::getInt8PtrTy(Context) || FT->getParamType(2) != DL->getIntPtrType(FT->getParamType(0))) - return 0; + return nullptr; Value *Dst = CI->getArgOperand(0), *Src = CI->getArgOperand(1); if (Dst == Src) { // stpcpy(x,x) -> x+strlen(x) Value *StrLen = EmitStrLen(Src, B, DL, TLI); - return StrLen ? B.CreateInBoundsGEP(Dst, StrLen) : 0; + return StrLen ? B.CreateInBoundsGEP(Dst, StrLen) : nullptr; } // If a) we don't have any length information, or b) we know this will @@ -325,10 +325,10 @@ struct StpCpyChkOpt : public InstFortifiedLibCallOptimization { } else { // Maybe we can stil fold __stpcpy_chk to __memcpy_chk. uint64_t Len = GetStringLength(Src); - if (Len == 0) return 0; + if (Len == 0) return nullptr; // This optimization require DataLayout. - if (!DL) return 0; + if (!DL) return nullptr; Type *PT = FT->getParamType(0); Value *LenV = ConstantInt::get(DL->getIntPtrType(PT), Len); @@ -336,10 +336,10 @@ struct StpCpyChkOpt : public InstFortifiedLibCallOptimization { ConstantInt::get(DL->getIntPtrType(PT), Len - 1)); if (!EmitMemCpyChk(Dst, Src, LenV, CI->getArgOperand(2), B, DL, TLI)) - return 0; + return nullptr; return DstEnd; } - return 0; + return nullptr; } }; @@ -357,7 +357,7 @@ struct StrNCpyChkOpt : public InstFortifiedLibCallOptimization { FT->getParamType(0) != Type::getInt8PtrTy(Context) || !FT->getParamType(2)->isIntegerTy() || FT->getParamType(3) != DL->getIntPtrType(Context)) - return 0; + return nullptr; if (isFoldable(3, 2, false)) { Value *Ret = EmitStrNCpy(CI->getArgOperand(0), CI->getArgOperand(1), @@ -365,7 +365,7 @@ struct StrNCpyChkOpt : public InstFortifiedLibCallOptimization { Name.substr(2, 7)); return Ret; } - return 0; + return nullptr; } }; @@ -382,7 +382,7 @@ struct StrCatOpt : public LibCallOptimization { FT->getReturnType() != B.getInt8PtrTy() || FT->getParamType(0) != FT->getReturnType() || FT->getParamType(1) != FT->getReturnType()) - return 0; + return nullptr; // Extract some information from the instruction Value *Dst = CI->getArgOperand(0); @@ -390,7 +390,7 @@ struct StrCatOpt : public LibCallOptimization { // See if we can get the length of the input string. uint64_t Len = GetStringLength(Src); - if (Len == 0) return 0; + if (Len == 0) return nullptr; --Len; // Unbias length. // Handle the simple, do-nothing case: strcat(x, "") -> x @@ -398,7 +398,7 @@ struct StrCatOpt : public LibCallOptimization { return Dst; // These optimizations require DataLayout. - if (!DL) return 0; + if (!DL) return nullptr; return emitStrLenMemCpy(Src, Dst, Len, B); } @@ -409,7 +409,7 @@ struct StrCatOpt : public LibCallOptimization { // memory is to be moved to. We just generate a call to strlen. Value *DstLen = EmitStrLen(Dst, B, DL, TLI); if (!DstLen) - return 0; + return nullptr; // Now that we have the destination's length, we must index into the // destination's pointer to get the actual memcpy destination (end of @@ -434,7 +434,7 @@ struct StrNCatOpt : public StrCatOpt { FT->getParamType(0) != FT->getReturnType() || FT->getParamType(1) != FT->getReturnType() || !FT->getParamType(2)->isIntegerTy()) - return 0; + return nullptr; // Extract some information from the instruction Value *Dst = CI->getArgOperand(0); @@ -445,11 +445,11 @@ struct StrNCatOpt : public StrCatOpt { if (ConstantInt *LengthArg = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(CI->getArgOperand(2))) Len = LengthArg->getZExtValue(); else - return 0; + return nullptr; // See if we can get the length of the input string. uint64_t SrcLen = GetStringLength(Src); - if (SrcLen == 0) return 0; + if (SrcLen == 0) return nullptr; --SrcLen; // Unbias length. // Handle the simple, do-nothing cases: @@ -458,10 +458,10 @@ struct StrNCatOpt : public StrCatOpt { if (SrcLen == 0 || Len == 0) return Dst; // These optimizations require DataLayout. - if (!DL) return 0; + if (!DL) return nullptr; // We don't optimize this case - if (Len < SrcLen) return 0; + if (Len < SrcLen) return nullptr; // strncat(x, s, c) -> strcat(x, s) // s is constant so the strcat can be optimized further @@ -478,20 +478,20 @@ struct StrChrOpt : public LibCallOptimization { FT->getReturnType() != B.getInt8PtrTy() || FT->getParamType(0) != FT->getReturnType() || !FT->getParamType(1)->isIntegerTy(32)) - return 0; + return nullptr; Value *SrcStr = CI->getArgOperand(0); // If the second operand is non-constant, see if we can compute the length // of the input string and turn this into memchr. ConstantInt *CharC = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(CI->getArgOperand(1)); - if (CharC == 0) { + if (!CharC) { // These optimizations require DataLayout. - if (!DL) return 0; + if (!DL) return nullptr; uint64_t Len = GetStringLength(SrcStr); if (Len == 0 || !FT->getParamType(1)->isIntegerTy(32))// memchr needs i32. - return 0; + return nullptr; return EmitMemChr(SrcStr, CI->getArgOperand(1), // include nul. ConstantInt::get(DL->getIntPtrType(*Context), Len), @@ -504,7 +504,7 @@ struct StrChrOpt : public LibCallOptimization { if (!getConstantStringInfo(SrcStr, Str)) { if (DL && CharC->isZero()) // strchr(p, 0) -> p + strlen(p) return B.CreateGEP(SrcStr, EmitStrLen(SrcStr, B, DL, TLI), "strchr"); - return 0; + return nullptr; } // Compute the offset, make sure to handle the case when we're searching for @@ -528,21 +528,21 @@ struct StrRChrOpt : public LibCallOptimization { FT->getReturnType() != B.getInt8PtrTy() || FT->getParamType(0) != FT->getReturnType() || !FT->getParamType(1)->isIntegerTy(32)) - return 0; + return nullptr; Value *SrcStr = CI->getArgOperand(0); ConstantInt *CharC = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(CI->getArgOperand(1)); // Cannot fold anything if we're not looking for a constant. if (!CharC) - return 0; + return nullptr; StringRef Str; if (!getConstantStringInfo(SrcStr, Str)) { // strrchr(s, 0) -> strchr(s, 0) if (DL && CharC->isZero()) return EmitStrChr(SrcStr, '\0', B, DL, TLI); - return 0; + return nullptr; } // Compute the offset. @@ -565,7 +565,7 @@ struct StrCmpOpt : public LibCallOptimization { !FT->getReturnType()->isIntegerTy(32) || FT->getParamType(0) != FT->getParamType(1) || FT->getParamType(0) != B.getInt8PtrTy()) - return 0; + return nullptr; Value *Str1P = CI->getArgOperand(0), *Str2P = CI->getArgOperand(1); if (Str1P == Str2P) // strcmp(x,x) -> 0 @@ -591,14 +591,14 @@ struct StrCmpOpt : public LibCallOptimization { uint64_t Len2 = GetStringLength(Str2P); if (Len1 && Len2) { // These optimizations require DataLayout. - if (!DL) return 0; + if (!DL) return nullptr; return EmitMemCmp(Str1P, Str2P, ConstantInt::get(DL->getIntPtrType(*Context), std::min(Len1, Len2)), B, DL, TLI); } - return 0; + return nullptr; } }; @@ -612,7 +612,7 @@ struct StrNCmpOpt : public LibCallOptimization { FT->getParamType(0) != FT->getParamType(1) || FT->getParamType(0) != B.getInt8PtrTy() || !FT->getParamType(2)->isIntegerTy()) - return 0; + return nullptr; Value *Str1P = CI->getArgOperand(0), *Str2P = CI->getArgOperand(1); if (Str1P == Str2P) // strncmp(x,x,n) -> 0 @@ -623,7 +623,7 @@ struct StrNCmpOpt : public LibCallOptimization { if (ConstantInt *LengthArg = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(CI->getArgOperand(2))) Length = LengthArg->getZExtValue(); else - return 0; + return nullptr; if (Length == 0) // strncmp(x,y,0) -> 0 return ConstantInt::get(CI->getType(), 0); @@ -649,7 +649,7 @@ struct StrNCmpOpt : public LibCallOptimization { if (HasStr2 && Str2.empty()) // strncmp(x, "", n) -> *x return B.CreateZExt(B.CreateLoad(Str1P, "strcmpload"), CI->getType()); - return 0; + return nullptr; } }; @@ -662,18 +662,18 @@ struct StrCpyOpt : public LibCallOptimization { FT->getReturnType() != FT->getParamType(0) || FT->getParamType(0) != FT->getParamType(1) || FT->getParamType(0) != B.getInt8PtrTy()) - return 0; + return nullptr; Value *Dst = CI->getArgOperand(0), *Src = CI->getArgOperand(1); if (Dst == Src) // strcpy(x,x) -> x return Src; // These optimizations require DataLayout. - if (!DL) return 0; + if (!DL) return nullptr; // See if we can get the length of the input string. uint64_t Len = GetStringLength(Src); - if (Len == 0) return 0; + if (Len == 0) return nullptr; // We have enough information to now generate the memcpy call to do the // copy for us. Make a memcpy to copy the nul byte with align = 1. @@ -692,20 +692,20 @@ struct StpCpyOpt: public LibCallOptimization { FT->getReturnType() != FT->getParamType(0) || FT->getParamType(0) != FT->getParamType(1) || FT->getParamType(0) != B.getInt8PtrTy()) - return 0; + return nullptr; // These optimizations require DataLayout. - if (!DL) return 0; + if (!DL) return nullptr; Value *Dst = CI->getArgOperand(0), *Src = CI->getArgOperand(1); if (Dst == Src) { // stpcpy(x,x) -> x+strlen(x) Value *StrLen = EmitStrLen(Src, B, DL, TLI); - return StrLen ? B.CreateInBoundsGEP(Dst, StrLen) : 0; + return StrLen ? B.CreateInBoundsGEP(Dst, StrLen) : nullptr; } // See if we can get the length of the input string. uint64_t Len = GetStringLength(Src); - if (Len == 0) return 0; + if (Len == 0) return nullptr; Type *PT = FT->getParamType(0); Value *LenV = ConstantInt::get(DL->getIntPtrType(PT), Len); @@ -728,7 +728,7 @@ struct StrNCpyOpt : public LibCallOptimization { FT->getParamType(0) != FT->getParamType(1) || FT->getParamType(0) != B.getInt8PtrTy() || !FT->getParamType(2)->isIntegerTy()) - return 0; + return nullptr; Value *Dst = CI->getArgOperand(0); Value *Src = CI->getArgOperand(1); @@ -736,7 +736,7 @@ struct StrNCpyOpt : public LibCallOptimization { // See if we can get the length of the input string. uint64_t SrcLen = GetStringLength(Src); - if (SrcLen == 0) return 0; + if (SrcLen == 0) return nullptr; --SrcLen; if (SrcLen == 0) { @@ -749,15 +749,15 @@ struct StrNCpyOpt : public LibCallOptimization { if (ConstantInt *LengthArg = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(LenOp)) Len = LengthArg->getZExtValue(); else - return 0; + return nullptr; if (Len == 0) return Dst; // strncpy(x, y, 0) -> x // These optimizations require DataLayout. - if (!DL) return 0; + if (!DL) return nullptr; // Let strncpy handle the zero padding - if (Len > SrcLen+1) return 0; + if (Len > SrcLen+1) return nullptr; Type *PT = FT->getParamType(0); // strncpy(x, s, c) -> memcpy(x, s, c, 1) [s and c are constant] @@ -776,7 +776,7 @@ struct StrLenOpt : public LibCallOptimization { if (FT->getNumParams() != 1 || FT->getParamType(0) != B.getInt8PtrTy() || !FT->getReturnType()->isIntegerTy()) - return 0; + return nullptr; Value *Src = CI->getArgOperand(0); @@ -788,7 +788,7 @@ struct StrLenOpt : public LibCallOptimization { // strlen(x) == 0 --> *x == 0 if (isOnlyUsedInZeroEqualityComparison(CI)) return B.CreateZExt(B.CreateLoad(Src, "strlenfirst"), CI->getType()); - return 0; + return nullptr; } }; @@ -800,7 +800,7 @@ struct StrPBrkOpt : public LibCallOptimization { FT->getParamType(0) != B.getInt8PtrTy() || FT->getParamType(1) != FT->getParamType(0) || FT->getReturnType() != FT->getParamType(0)) - return 0; + return nullptr; StringRef S1, S2; bool HasS1 = getConstantStringInfo(CI->getArgOperand(0), S1); @@ -824,7 +824,7 @@ struct StrPBrkOpt : public LibCallOptimization { if (DL && HasS2 && S2.size() == 1) return EmitStrChr(CI->getArgOperand(0), S2[0], B, DL, TLI); - return 0; + return nullptr; } }; @@ -835,7 +835,7 @@ struct StrToOpt : public LibCallOptimization { if ((FT->getNumParams() != 2 && FT->getNumParams() != 3) || !FT->getParamType(0)->isPointerTy() || !FT->getParamType(1)->isPointerTy()) - return 0; + return nullptr; Value *EndPtr = CI->getArgOperand(1); if (isa<ConstantPointerNull>(EndPtr)) { @@ -844,7 +844,7 @@ struct StrToOpt : public LibCallOptimization { CI->addAttribute(1, Attribute::NoCapture); } - return 0; + return nullptr; } }; @@ -856,7 +856,7 @@ struct StrSpnOpt : public LibCallOptimization { FT->getParamType(0) != B.getInt8PtrTy() || FT->getParamType(1) != FT->getParamType(0) || !FT->getReturnType()->isIntegerTy()) - return 0; + return nullptr; StringRef S1, S2; bool HasS1 = getConstantStringInfo(CI->getArgOperand(0), S1); @@ -874,7 +874,7 @@ struct StrSpnOpt : public LibCallOptimization { return ConstantInt::get(CI->getType(), Pos); } - return 0; + return nullptr; } }; @@ -886,7 +886,7 @@ struct StrCSpnOpt : public LibCallOptimization { FT->getParamType(0) != B.getInt8PtrTy() || FT->getParamType(1) != FT->getParamType(0) || !FT->getReturnType()->isIntegerTy()) - return 0; + return nullptr; StringRef S1, S2; bool HasS1 = getConstantStringInfo(CI->getArgOperand(0), S1); @@ -907,7 +907,7 @@ struct StrCSpnOpt : public LibCallOptimization { if (DL && HasS2 && S2.empty()) return EmitStrLen(CI->getArgOperand(0), B, DL, TLI); - return 0; + return nullptr; } }; @@ -919,7 +919,7 @@ struct StrStrOpt : public LibCallOptimization { !FT->getParamType(0)->isPointerTy() || !FT->getParamType(1)->isPointerTy() || !FT->getReturnType()->isPointerTy()) - return 0; + return nullptr; // fold strstr(x, x) -> x. if (CI->getArgOperand(0) == CI->getArgOperand(1)) @@ -929,11 +929,11 @@ struct StrStrOpt : public LibCallOptimization { if (DL && isOnlyUsedInEqualityComparison(CI, CI->getArgOperand(0))) { Value *StrLen = EmitStrLen(CI->getArgOperand(1), B, DL, TLI); if (!StrLen) - return 0; + return nullptr; Value *StrNCmp = EmitStrNCmp(CI->getArgOperand(0), CI->getArgOperand(1), StrLen, B, DL, TLI); if (!StrNCmp) - return 0; + return nullptr; for (auto UI = CI->user_begin(), UE = CI->user_end(); UI != UE;) { ICmpInst *Old = cast<ICmpInst>(*UI++); Value *Cmp = B.CreateICmp(Old->getPredicate(), StrNCmp, @@ -969,9 +969,9 @@ struct StrStrOpt : public LibCallOptimization { // fold strstr(x, "y") -> strchr(x, 'y'). if (HasStr2 && ToFindStr.size() == 1) { Value *StrChr= EmitStrChr(CI->getArgOperand(0), ToFindStr[0], B, DL, TLI); - return StrChr ? B.CreateBitCast(StrChr, CI->getType()) : 0; + return StrChr ? B.CreateBitCast(StrChr, CI->getType()) : nullptr; } - return 0; + return nullptr; } }; @@ -982,7 +982,7 @@ struct MemCmpOpt : public LibCallOptimization { if (FT->getNumParams() != 3 || !FT->getParamType(0)->isPointerTy() || !FT->getParamType(1)->isPointerTy() || !FT->getReturnType()->isIntegerTy(32)) - return 0; + return nullptr; Value *LHS = CI->getArgOperand(0), *RHS = CI->getArgOperand(1); @@ -991,7 +991,7 @@ struct MemCmpOpt : public LibCallOptimization { // Make sure we have a constant length. ConstantInt *LenC = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(CI->getArgOperand(2)); - if (!LenC) return 0; + if (!LenC) return nullptr; uint64_t Len = LenC->getZExtValue(); if (Len == 0) // memcmp(s1,s2,0) -> 0 @@ -1012,7 +1012,7 @@ struct MemCmpOpt : public LibCallOptimization { getConstantStringInfo(RHS, RHSStr)) { // Make sure we're not reading out-of-bounds memory. if (Len > LHSStr.size() || Len > RHSStr.size()) - return 0; + return nullptr; // Fold the memcmp and normalize the result. This way we get consistent // results across multiple platforms. uint64_t Ret = 0; @@ -1024,7 +1024,7 @@ struct MemCmpOpt : public LibCallOptimization { return ConstantInt::get(CI->getType(), Ret); } - return 0; + return nullptr; } }; @@ -1032,14 +1032,14 @@ struct MemCpyOpt : public LibCallOptimization { Value *callOptimizer(Function *Callee, CallInst *CI, IRBuilder<> &B) override { // These optimizations require DataLayout. - if (!DL) return 0; + if (!DL) return nullptr; FunctionType *FT = Callee->getFunctionType(); if (FT->getNumParams() != 3 || FT->getReturnType() != FT->getParamType(0) || !FT->getParamType(0)->isPointerTy() || !FT->getParamType(1)->isPointerTy() || FT->getParamType(2) != DL->getIntPtrType(*Context)) - return 0; + return nullptr; // memcpy(x, y, n) -> llvm.memcpy(x, y, n, 1) B.CreateMemCpy(CI->getArgOperand(0), CI->getArgOperand(1), @@ -1052,14 +1052,14 @@ struct MemMoveOpt : public LibCallOptimization { Value *callOptimizer(Function *Callee, CallInst *CI, IRBuilder<> &B) override { // These optimizations require DataLayout. - if (!DL) return 0; + if (!DL) return nullptr; FunctionType *FT = Callee->getFunctionType(); if (FT->getNumParams() != 3 || FT->getReturnType() != FT->getParamType(0) || !FT->getParamType(0)->isPointerTy() || !FT->getParamType(1)->isPointerTy() || FT->getParamType(2) != DL->getIntPtrType(*Context)) - return 0; + return nullptr; // memmove(x, y, n) -> llvm.memmove(x, y, n, 1) B.CreateMemMove(CI->getArgOperand(0), CI->getArgOperand(1), @@ -1072,14 +1072,14 @@ struct MemSetOpt : public LibCallOptimization { Value *callOptimizer(Function *Callee, CallInst *CI, IRBuilder<> &B) override { // These optimizations require DataLayout. - if (!DL) return 0; + if (!DL) return nullptr; FunctionType *FT = Callee->getFunctionType(); if (FT->getNumParams() != 3 || FT->getReturnType() != FT->getParamType(0) || !FT->getParamType(0)->isPointerTy() || !FT->getParamType(1)->isIntegerTy() || FT->getParamType(2) != DL->getIntPtrType(FT->getParamType(0))) - return 0; + return nullptr; // memset(p, v, n) -> llvm.memset(p, v, n, 1) Value *Val = B.CreateIntCast(CI->getArgOperand(1), B.getInt8Ty(), false); @@ -1103,21 +1103,21 @@ struct UnaryDoubleFPOpt : public LibCallOptimization { FunctionType *FT = Callee->getFunctionType(); if (FT->getNumParams() != 1 || !FT->getReturnType()->isDoubleTy() || !FT->getParamType(0)->isDoubleTy()) - return 0; + return nullptr; if (CheckRetType) { // Check if all the uses for function like 'sin' are converted to float. for (User *U : CI->users()) { FPTruncInst *Cast = dyn_cast<FPTruncInst>(U); - if (Cast == 0 || !Cast->getType()->isFloatTy()) - return 0; + if (!Cast || !Cast->getType()->isFloatTy()) + return nullptr; } } // If this is something like 'floor((double)floatval)', convert to floorf. FPExtInst *Cast = dyn_cast<FPExtInst>(CI->getArgOperand(0)); - if (Cast == 0 || !Cast->getOperand(0)->getType()->isFloatTy()) - return 0; + if (!Cast || !Cast->getOperand(0)->getType()->isFloatTy()) + return nullptr; // floor((double)floatval) -> (double)floorf(floatval) Value *V = Cast->getOperand(0); @@ -1138,15 +1138,15 @@ struct BinaryDoubleFPOpt : public LibCallOptimization { if (FT->getNumParams() != 2 || FT->getReturnType() != FT->getParamType(0) || FT->getParamType(0) != FT->getParamType(1) || !FT->getParamType(0)->isFloatingPointTy()) - return 0; + return nullptr; if (CheckRetType) { // Check if all the uses for function like 'fmin/fmax' are converted to // float. for (User *U : CI->users()) { FPTruncInst *Cast = dyn_cast<FPTruncInst>(U); - if (Cast == 0 || !Cast->getType()->isFloatTy()) - return 0; + if (!Cast || !Cast->getType()->isFloatTy()) + return nullptr; } } @@ -1154,13 +1154,13 @@ struct BinaryDoubleFPOpt : public LibCallOptimization { // we convert it to fminf. FPExtInst *Cast1 = dyn_cast<FPExtInst>(CI->getArgOperand(0)); FPExtInst *Cast2 = dyn_cast<FPExtInst>(CI->getArgOperand(1)); - if (Cast1 == 0 || !Cast1->getOperand(0)->getType()->isFloatTy() || - Cast2 == 0 || !Cast2->getOperand(0)->getType()->isFloatTy()) - return 0; + if (!Cast1 || !Cast1->getOperand(0)->getType()->isFloatTy() || + !Cast2 || !Cast2->getOperand(0)->getType()->isFloatTy()) + return nullptr; // fmin((double)floatval1, (double)floatval2) // -> (double)fmin(floatval1, floatval2) - Value *V = NULL; + Value *V = nullptr; Value *V1 = Cast1->getOperand(0); Value *V2 = Cast2->getOperand(0); V = EmitBinaryFloatFnCall(V1, V2, Callee->getName(), B, @@ -1180,7 +1180,7 @@ struct CosOpt : public UnsafeFPLibCallOptimization { CosOpt(bool UnsafeFPShrink) : UnsafeFPLibCallOptimization(UnsafeFPShrink) {} Value *callOptimizer(Function *Callee, CallInst *CI, IRBuilder<> &B) override { - Value *Ret = NULL; + Value *Ret = nullptr; if (UnsafeFPShrink && Callee->getName() == "cos" && TLI->has(LibFunc::cosf)) { UnaryDoubleFPOpt UnsafeUnaryDoubleFP(true); @@ -1208,7 +1208,7 @@ struct PowOpt : public UnsafeFPLibCallOptimization { PowOpt(bool UnsafeFPShrink) : UnsafeFPLibCallOptimization(UnsafeFPShrink) {} Value *callOptimizer(Function *Callee, CallInst *CI, IRBuilder<> &B) override { - Value *Ret = NULL; + Value *Ret = nullptr; if (UnsafeFPShrink && Callee->getName() == "pow" && TLI->has(LibFunc::powf)) { UnaryDoubleFPOpt UnsafeUnaryDoubleFP(true); @@ -1242,7 +1242,7 @@ struct PowOpt : public UnsafeFPLibCallOptimization { } ConstantFP *Op2C = dyn_cast<ConstantFP>(Op2); - if (Op2C == 0) return Ret; + if (!Op2C) return Ret; if (Op2C->getValueAPF().isZero()) // pow(x, 0.0) -> 1.0 return ConstantFP::get(CI->getType(), 1.0); @@ -1275,7 +1275,7 @@ struct PowOpt : public UnsafeFPLibCallOptimization { if (Op2C->isExactlyValue(-1.0)) // pow(x, -1.0) -> 1.0/x return B.CreateFDiv(ConstantFP::get(CI->getType(), 1.0), Op1, "powrecip"); - return 0; + return nullptr; } }; @@ -1283,7 +1283,7 @@ struct Exp2Opt : public UnsafeFPLibCallOptimization { Exp2Opt(bool UnsafeFPShrink) : UnsafeFPLibCallOptimization(UnsafeFPShrink) {} Value *callOptimizer(Function *Callee, CallInst *CI, IRBuilder<> &B) override { - Value *Ret = NULL; + Value *Ret = nullptr; if (UnsafeFPShrink && Callee->getName() == "exp2" && TLI->has(LibFunc::exp2f)) { UnaryDoubleFPOpt UnsafeUnaryDoubleFP(true); @@ -1307,7 +1307,7 @@ struct Exp2Opt : public UnsafeFPLibCallOptimization { LdExp = LibFunc::ldexp; if (TLI->has(LdExp)) { - Value *LdExpArg = 0; + Value *LdExpArg = nullptr; if (SIToFPInst *OpC = dyn_cast<SIToFPInst>(Op)) { if (OpC->getOperand(0)->getType()->getPrimitiveSizeInBits() <= 32) LdExpArg = B.CreateSExt(OpC->getOperand(0), B.getInt32Ty()); @@ -1344,7 +1344,7 @@ struct SinCosPiOpt : public LibCallOptimization { // Make sure the prototype is as expected, otherwise the rest of the // function is probably invalid and likely to abort. if (!isTrigLibCall(CI)) - return 0; + return nullptr; Value *Arg = CI->getArgOperand(0); SmallVector<CallInst *, 1> SinCalls; @@ -1362,7 +1362,7 @@ struct SinCosPiOpt : public LibCallOptimization { // It's only worthwhile if both sinpi and cospi are actually used. if (SinCosCalls.empty() && (SinCalls.empty() || CosCalls.empty())) - return 0; + return nullptr; Value *Sin, *Cos, *SinCos; insertSinCosCall(B, CI->getCalledFunction(), Arg, IsFloat, Sin, Cos, @@ -1372,7 +1372,7 @@ struct SinCosPiOpt : public LibCallOptimization { replaceTrigInsts(CosCalls, Cos); replaceTrigInsts(SinCosCalls, SinCos); - return 0; + return nullptr; } bool isTrigLibCall(CallInst *CI) { @@ -1498,7 +1498,7 @@ struct FFSOpt : public LibCallOptimization { if (FT->getNumParams() != 1 || !FT->getReturnType()->isIntegerTy(32) || !FT->getParamType(0)->isIntegerTy()) - return 0; + return nullptr; Value *Op = CI->getArgOperand(0); @@ -1531,7 +1531,7 @@ struct AbsOpt : public LibCallOptimization { // We require integer(integer) where the types agree. if (FT->getNumParams() != 1 || !FT->getReturnType()->isIntegerTy() || FT->getParamType(0) != FT->getReturnType()) - return 0; + return nullptr; // abs(x) -> x >s -1 ? x : -x Value *Op = CI->getArgOperand(0); @@ -1549,7 +1549,7 @@ struct IsDigitOpt : public LibCallOptimization { // We require integer(i32) if (FT->getNumParams() != 1 || !FT->getReturnType()->isIntegerTy() || !FT->getParamType(0)->isIntegerTy(32)) - return 0; + return nullptr; // isdigit(c) -> (c-'0') <u 10 Value *Op = CI->getArgOperand(0); @@ -1566,7 +1566,7 @@ struct IsAsciiOpt : public LibCallOptimization { // We require integer(i32) if (FT->getNumParams() != 1 || !FT->getReturnType()->isIntegerTy() || !FT->getParamType(0)->isIntegerTy(32)) - return 0; + return nullptr; // isascii(c) -> c <u 128 Value *Op = CI->getArgOperand(0); @@ -1582,7 +1582,7 @@ struct ToAsciiOpt : public LibCallOptimization { // We require i32(i32) if (FT->getNumParams() != 1 || FT->getReturnType() != FT->getParamType(0) || !FT->getParamType(0)->isIntegerTy(32)) - return 0; + return nullptr; // toascii(c) -> c & 0x7f return B.CreateAnd(CI->getArgOperand(0), @@ -1612,7 +1612,7 @@ struct ErrorReportingOpt : public LibCallOptimization { CI->addAttribute(AttributeSet::FunctionIndex, Attribute::Cold); } - return 0; + return nullptr; } protected: @@ -1649,7 +1649,7 @@ struct PrintFOpt : public LibCallOptimization { // Check for a fixed format string. StringRef FormatStr; if (!getConstantStringInfo(CI->getArgOperand(0), FormatStr)) - return 0; + return nullptr; // Empty format string -> noop. if (FormatStr.empty()) // Tolerate printf's declared void. @@ -1660,7 +1660,7 @@ struct PrintFOpt : public LibCallOptimization { // is used, in general the printf return value is not compatible with either // putchar() or puts(). if (!CI->use_empty()) - return 0; + return nullptr; // printf("x") -> putchar('x'), even for '%'. if (FormatStr.size() == 1) { @@ -1697,7 +1697,7 @@ struct PrintFOpt : public LibCallOptimization { CI->getArgOperand(1)->getType()->isPointerTy()) { return EmitPutS(CI->getArgOperand(1), B, DL, TLI); } - return 0; + return nullptr; } Value *callOptimizer(Function *Callee, CallInst *CI, @@ -1707,7 +1707,7 @@ struct PrintFOpt : public LibCallOptimization { if (FT->getNumParams() < 1 || !FT->getParamType(0)->isPointerTy() || !(FT->getReturnType()->isIntegerTy() || FT->getReturnType()->isVoidTy())) - return 0; + return nullptr; if (Value *V = optimizeFixedFormatString(Callee, CI, B)) { return V; @@ -1724,7 +1724,7 @@ struct PrintFOpt : public LibCallOptimization { B.Insert(New); return New; } - return 0; + return nullptr; } }; @@ -1734,7 +1734,7 @@ struct SPrintFOpt : public LibCallOptimization { // Check for a fixed format string. StringRef FormatStr; if (!getConstantStringInfo(CI->getArgOperand(1), FormatStr)) - return 0; + return nullptr; // If we just have a format string (nothing else crazy) transform it. if (CI->getNumArgOperands() == 2) { @@ -1742,10 +1742,10 @@ struct SPrintFOpt : public LibCallOptimization { // %% -> % in the future if we cared. for (unsigned i = 0, e = FormatStr.size(); i != e; ++i) if (FormatStr[i] == '%') - return 0; // we found a format specifier, bail out. + return nullptr; // we found a format specifier, bail out. // These optimizations require DataLayout. - if (!DL) return 0; + if (!DL) return nullptr; // sprintf(str, fmt) -> llvm.memcpy(str, fmt, strlen(fmt)+1, 1) B.CreateMemCpy(CI->getArgOperand(0), CI->getArgOperand(1), @@ -1758,12 +1758,12 @@ struct SPrintFOpt : public LibCallOptimization { // and have an extra operand. if (FormatStr.size() != 2 || FormatStr[0] != '%' || CI->getNumArgOperands() < 3) - return 0; + return nullptr; // Decode the second character of the format string. if (FormatStr[1] == 'c') { // sprintf(dst, "%c", chr) --> *(i8*)dst = chr; *((i8*)dst+1) = 0 - if (!CI->getArgOperand(2)->getType()->isIntegerTy()) return 0; + if (!CI->getArgOperand(2)->getType()->isIntegerTy()) return nullptr; Value *V = B.CreateTrunc(CI->getArgOperand(2), B.getInt8Ty(), "char"); Value *Ptr = CastToCStr(CI->getArgOperand(0), B); B.CreateStore(V, Ptr); @@ -1775,14 +1775,14 @@ struct SPrintFOpt : public LibCallOptimization { if (FormatStr[1] == 's') { // These optimizations require DataLayout. - if (!DL) return 0; + if (!DL) return nullptr; // sprintf(dest, "%s", str) -> llvm.memcpy(dest, str, strlen(str)+1, 1) - if (!CI->getArgOperand(2)->getType()->isPointerTy()) return 0; + if (!CI->getArgOperand(2)->getType()->isPointerTy()) return nullptr; Value *Len = EmitStrLen(CI->getArgOperand(2), B, DL, TLI); if (!Len) - return 0; + return nullptr; Value *IncLen = B.CreateAdd(Len, ConstantInt::get(Len->getType(), 1), "leninc"); @@ -1791,7 +1791,7 @@ struct SPrintFOpt : public LibCallOptimization { // The sprintf result is the unincremented number of bytes in the string. return B.CreateIntCast(Len, CI->getType(), false); } - return 0; + return nullptr; } Value *callOptimizer(Function *Callee, CallInst *CI, @@ -1801,7 +1801,7 @@ struct SPrintFOpt : public LibCallOptimization { if (FT->getNumParams() != 2 || !FT->getParamType(0)->isPointerTy() || !FT->getParamType(1)->isPointerTy() || !FT->getReturnType()->isIntegerTy()) - return 0; + return nullptr; if (Value *V = OptimizeFixedFormatString(Callee, CI, B)) { return V; @@ -1818,7 +1818,7 @@ struct SPrintFOpt : public LibCallOptimization { B.Insert(New); return New; } - return 0; + return nullptr; } }; @@ -1831,22 +1831,22 @@ struct FPrintFOpt : public LibCallOptimization { // All the optimizations depend on the format string. StringRef FormatStr; if (!getConstantStringInfo(CI->getArgOperand(1), FormatStr)) - return 0; + return nullptr; // Do not do any of the following transformations if the fprintf return // value is used, in general the fprintf return value is not compatible // with fwrite(), fputc() or fputs(). if (!CI->use_empty()) - return 0; + return nullptr; // fprintf(F, "foo") --> fwrite("foo", 3, 1, F) if (CI->getNumArgOperands() == 2) { for (unsigned i = 0, e = FormatStr.size(); i != e; ++i) if (FormatStr[i] == '%') // Could handle %% -> % if we cared. - return 0; // We found a format specifier. + return nullptr; // We found a format specifier. // These optimizations require DataLayout. - if (!DL) return 0; + if (!DL) return nullptr; return EmitFWrite(CI->getArgOperand(1), ConstantInt::get(DL->getIntPtrType(*Context), @@ -1858,22 +1858,22 @@ struct FPrintFOpt : public LibCallOptimization { // and have an extra operand. if (FormatStr.size() != 2 || FormatStr[0] != '%' || CI->getNumArgOperands() < 3) - return 0; + return nullptr; // Decode the second character of the format string. if (FormatStr[1] == 'c') { // fprintf(F, "%c", chr) --> fputc(chr, F) - if (!CI->getArgOperand(2)->getType()->isIntegerTy()) return 0; + if (!CI->getArgOperand(2)->getType()->isIntegerTy()) return nullptr; return EmitFPutC(CI->getArgOperand(2), CI->getArgOperand(0), B, DL, TLI); } if (FormatStr[1] == 's') { // fprintf(F, "%s", str) --> fputs(str, F) if (!CI->getArgOperand(2)->getType()->isPointerTy()) - return 0; + return nullptr; return EmitFPutS(CI->getArgOperand(2), CI->getArgOperand(0), B, DL, TLI); } - return 0; + return nullptr; } Value *callOptimizer(Function *Callee, CallInst *CI, @@ -1883,7 +1883,7 @@ struct FPrintFOpt : public LibCallOptimization { if (FT->getNumParams() != 2 || !FT->getParamType(0)->isPointerTy() || !FT->getParamType(1)->isPointerTy() || !FT->getReturnType()->isIntegerTy()) - return 0; + return nullptr; if (Value *V = optimizeFixedFormatString(Callee, CI, B)) { return V; @@ -1900,7 +1900,7 @@ struct FPrintFOpt : public LibCallOptimization { B.Insert(New); return New; } - return 0; + return nullptr; } }; @@ -1917,12 +1917,12 @@ struct FWriteOpt : public LibCallOptimization { !FT->getParamType(2)->isIntegerTy() || !FT->getParamType(3)->isPointerTy() || !FT->getReturnType()->isIntegerTy()) - return 0; + return nullptr; // Get the element size and count. ConstantInt *SizeC = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(CI->getArgOperand(1)); ConstantInt *CountC = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(CI->getArgOperand(2)); - if (!SizeC || !CountC) return 0; + if (!SizeC || !CountC) return nullptr; uint64_t Bytes = SizeC->getZExtValue()*CountC->getZExtValue(); // If this is writing zero records, remove the call (it's a noop). @@ -1934,10 +1934,10 @@ struct FWriteOpt : public LibCallOptimization { if (Bytes == 1 && CI->use_empty()) { // fwrite(S,1,1,F) -> fputc(S[0],F) Value *Char = B.CreateLoad(CastToCStr(CI->getArgOperand(0), B), "char"); Value *NewCI = EmitFPutC(Char, CI->getArgOperand(3), B, DL, TLI); - return NewCI ? ConstantInt::get(CI->getType(), 1) : 0; + return NewCI ? ConstantInt::get(CI->getType(), 1) : nullptr; } - return 0; + return nullptr; } }; @@ -1948,18 +1948,18 @@ struct FPutsOpt : public LibCallOptimization { (void) ER.callOptimizer(Callee, CI, B); // These optimizations require DataLayout. - if (!DL) return 0; + if (!DL) return nullptr; // Require two pointers. Also, we can't optimize if return value is used. FunctionType *FT = Callee->getFunctionType(); if (FT->getNumParams() != 2 || !FT->getParamType(0)->isPointerTy() || !FT->getParamType(1)->isPointerTy() || !CI->use_empty()) - return 0; + return nullptr; // fputs(s,F) --> fwrite(s,1,strlen(s),F) uint64_t Len = GetStringLength(CI->getArgOperand(0)); - if (!Len) return 0; + if (!Len) return nullptr; // Known to have no uses (see above). return EmitFWrite(CI->getArgOperand(0), ConstantInt::get(DL->getIntPtrType(*Context), Len-1), @@ -1975,12 +1975,12 @@ struct PutsOpt : public LibCallOptimization { if (FT->getNumParams() < 1 || !FT->getParamType(0)->isPointerTy() || !(FT->getReturnType()->isIntegerTy() || FT->getReturnType()->isVoidTy())) - return 0; + return nullptr; // Check for a constant string. StringRef Str; if (!getConstantStringInfo(CI->getArgOperand(0), Str)) - return 0; + return nullptr; if (Str.empty() && CI->use_empty()) { // puts("") -> putchar('\n') @@ -1989,7 +1989,7 @@ struct PutsOpt : public LibCallOptimization { return B.CreateIntCast(Res, CI->getType(), true); } - return 0; + return nullptr; } }; @@ -2100,7 +2100,7 @@ LibCallOptimization *LibCallSimplifierImpl::lookupOptimization(CallInst *CI) { case Intrinsic::exp2: return &Exp2; default: - return 0; + return nullptr; } } @@ -2210,7 +2210,7 @@ LibCallOptimization *LibCallSimplifierImpl::lookupOptimization(CallInst *CI) { case LibFunc::trunc: if (hasFloatVersion(FuncName)) return &UnaryDoubleFP; - return 0; + return nullptr; case LibFunc::acos: case LibFunc::acosh: case LibFunc::asin: @@ -2234,16 +2234,16 @@ LibCallOptimization *LibCallSimplifierImpl::lookupOptimization(CallInst *CI) { case LibFunc::tanh: if (UnsafeFPShrink && hasFloatVersion(FuncName)) return &UnsafeUnaryDoubleFP; - return 0; + return nullptr; case LibFunc::fmin: case LibFunc::fmax: if (hasFloatVersion(FuncName)) return &BinaryDoubleFP; - return 0; + return nullptr; case LibFunc::memcpy_chk: return &MemCpyChk; default: - return 0; + return nullptr; } } @@ -2263,7 +2263,7 @@ LibCallOptimization *LibCallSimplifierImpl::lookupOptimization(CallInst *CI) { return &StrNCpyChk; } - return 0; + return nullptr; } @@ -2273,7 +2273,7 @@ Value *LibCallSimplifierImpl::optimizeCall(CallInst *CI) { IRBuilder<> Builder(CI); return LCO->optimizeCall(CI, DL, TLI, LCS, Builder); } - return 0; + return nullptr; } LibCallSimplifier::LibCallSimplifier(const DataLayout *DL, @@ -2287,7 +2287,7 @@ LibCallSimplifier::~LibCallSimplifier() { } Value *LibCallSimplifier::optimizeCall(CallInst *CI) { - if (CI->isNoBuiltin()) return 0; + if (CI->isNoBuiltin()) return nullptr; return Impl->optimizeCall(CI); } diff --git a/lib/Transforms/Utils/SpecialCaseList.cpp b/lib/Transforms/Utils/SpecialCaseList.cpp index c318560ff8..2c6fcd14b9 100644 --- a/lib/Transforms/Utils/SpecialCaseList.cpp +++ b/lib/Transforms/Utils/SpecialCaseList.cpp @@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ struct SpecialCaseList::Entry { StringSet<> Strings; Regex *RegEx; - Entry() : RegEx(0) {} + Entry() : RegEx(nullptr) {} bool match(StringRef Query) const { return Strings.count(Query) || (RegEx && RegEx->match(Query)); @@ -57,7 +57,7 @@ SpecialCaseList *SpecialCaseList::create( std::unique_ptr<MemoryBuffer> File; if (error_code EC = MemoryBuffer::getFile(Path, File)) { Error = (Twine("Can't open file '") + Path + "': " + EC.message()).str(); - return 0; + return nullptr; } return create(File.get(), Error); } @@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ SpecialCaseList *SpecialCaseList::create( const MemoryBuffer *MB, std::string &Error) { std::unique_ptr<SpecialCaseList> SCL(new SpecialCaseList()); if (!SCL->parse(MB, Error)) - return 0; + return nullptr; return SCL.release(); } diff --git a/lib/Transforms/Utils/UnifyFunctionExitNodes.cpp b/lib/Transforms/Utils/UnifyFunctionExitNodes.cpp index 560f581607..0c2fc0a972 100644 --- a/lib/Transforms/Utils/UnifyFunctionExitNodes.cpp +++ b/lib/Transforms/Utils/UnifyFunctionExitNodes.cpp @@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ bool UnifyFunctionExitNodes::runOnFunction(Function &F) { // Then unreachable blocks. if (UnreachableBlocks.empty()) { - UnreachableBlock = 0; + UnreachableBlock = nullptr; } else if (UnreachableBlocks.size() == 1) { UnreachableBlock = UnreachableBlocks.front(); } else { @@ -77,7 +77,7 @@ bool UnifyFunctionExitNodes::runOnFunction(Function &F) { // Now handle return blocks. if (ReturningBlocks.empty()) { - ReturnBlock = 0; + ReturnBlock = nullptr; return false; // No blocks return } else if (ReturningBlocks.size() == 1) { ReturnBlock = ReturningBlocks.front(); // Already has a single return block @@ -91,9 +91,9 @@ bool UnifyFunctionExitNodes::runOnFunction(Function &F) { BasicBlock *NewRetBlock = BasicBlock::Create(F.getContext(), "UnifiedReturnBlock", &F); - PHINode *PN = 0; + PHINode *PN = nullptr; if (F.getReturnType()->isVoidTy()) { - ReturnInst::Create(F.getContext(), NULL, NewRetBlock); + ReturnInst::Create(F.getContext(), nullptr, NewRetBlock); } else { // If the function doesn't return void... add a PHI node to the block... PN = PHINode::Create(F.getReturnType(), ReturningBlocks.size(), diff --git a/lib/Transforms/Utils/ValueMapper.cpp b/lib/Transforms/Utils/ValueMapper.cpp index 457fc80e1e..0f20e6df6c 100644 --- a/lib/Transforms/Utils/ValueMapper.cpp +++ b/lib/Transforms/Utils/ValueMapper.cpp @@ -71,12 +71,12 @@ Value *llvm::MapValue(const Value *V, ValueToValueMapTy &VM, RemapFlags Flags, // Check all operands to see if any need to be remapped. for (unsigned i = 0, e = MD->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i) { Value *OP = MD->getOperand(i); - if (OP == 0) continue; + if (!OP) continue; Value *Mapped_OP = MapValue(OP, VM, Flags, TypeMapper, Materializer); // Use identity map if Mapped_Op is null and we can ignore missing // entries. if (Mapped_OP == OP || - (Mapped_OP == 0 && (Flags & RF_IgnoreMissingEntries))) + (Mapped_OP == nullptr && (Flags & RF_IgnoreMissingEntries))) continue; // Ok, at least one operand needs remapping. @@ -84,13 +84,13 @@ Value *llvm::MapValue(const Value *V, ValueToValueMapTy &VM, RemapFlags Flags, Elts.reserve(MD->getNumOperands()); for (i = 0; i != e; ++i) { Value *Op = MD->getOperand(i); - if (Op == 0) - Elts.push_back(0); + if (!Op) + Elts.push_back(nullptr); else { Value *Mapped_Op = MapValue(Op, VM, Flags, TypeMapper, Materializer); // Use identity map if Mapped_Op is null and we can ignore missing // entries. - if (Mapped_Op == 0 && (Flags & RF_IgnoreMissingEntries)) + if (Mapped_Op == nullptr && (Flags & RF_IgnoreMissingEntries)) Mapped_Op = Op; Elts.push_back(Mapped_Op); } @@ -112,8 +112,8 @@ Value *llvm::MapValue(const Value *V, ValueToValueMapTy &VM, RemapFlags Flags, // Okay, this either must be a constant (which may or may not be mappable) or // is something that is not in the mapping table. Constant *C = const_cast<Constant*>(dyn_cast<Constant>(V)); - if (C == 0) - return 0; + if (!C) + return nullptr; if (BlockAddress *BA = dyn_cast<BlockAddress>(C)) { Function *F = @@ -126,7 +126,7 @@ Value *llvm::MapValue(const Value *V, ValueToValueMapTy &VM, RemapFlags Flags, // Otherwise, we have some other constant to remap. Start by checking to see // if all operands have an identity remapping. unsigned OpNo = 0, NumOperands = C->getNumOperands(); - Value *Mapped = 0; + Value *Mapped = nullptr; for (; OpNo != NumOperands; ++OpNo) { Value *Op = C->getOperand(OpNo); Mapped = MapValue(Op, VM, Flags, TypeMapper, Materializer); @@ -187,7 +187,7 @@ void llvm::RemapInstruction(Instruction *I, ValueToValueMapTy &VMap, for (User::op_iterator op = I->op_begin(), E = I->op_end(); op != E; ++op) { Value *V = MapValue(*op, VMap, Flags, TypeMapper, Materializer); // If we aren't ignoring missing entries, assert that something happened. - if (V != 0) + if (V) *op = V; else assert((Flags & RF_IgnoreMissingEntries) && @@ -199,7 +199,7 @@ void llvm::RemapInstruction(Instruction *I, ValueToValueMapTy &VMap, for (unsigned i = 0, e = PN->getNumIncomingValues(); i != e; ++i) { Value *V = MapValue(PN->getIncomingBlock(i), VMap, Flags); // If we aren't ignoring missing entries, assert that something happened. - if (V != 0) + if (V) PN->setIncomingBlock(i, cast<BasicBlock>(V)); else assert((Flags & RF_IgnoreMissingEntries) && diff --git a/lib/Transforms/Vectorize/BBVectorize.cpp b/lib/Transforms/Vectorize/BBVectorize.cpp index b68487f171..28ec83bf86 100644 --- a/lib/Transforms/Vectorize/BBVectorize.cpp +++ b/lib/Transforms/Vectorize/BBVectorize.cpp @@ -207,8 +207,8 @@ namespace { DT = &P->getAnalysis<DominatorTreeWrapperPass>().getDomTree(); SE = &P->getAnalysis<ScalarEvolution>(); DataLayoutPass *DLP = P->getAnalysisIfAvailable<DataLayoutPass>(); - DL = DLP ? &DLP->getDataLayout() : 0; - TTI = IgnoreTargetInfo ? 0 : &P->getAnalysis<TargetTransformInfo>(); + DL = DLP ? &DLP->getDataLayout() : nullptr; + TTI = IgnoreTargetInfo ? nullptr : &P->getAnalysis<TargetTransformInfo>(); } typedef std::pair<Value *, Value *> ValuePair; @@ -284,7 +284,7 @@ namespace { bool trackUsesOfI(DenseSet<Value *> &Users, AliasSetTracker &WriteSet, Instruction *I, Instruction *J, bool UpdateUsers = true, - DenseSet<ValuePair> *LoadMoveSetPairs = 0); + DenseSet<ValuePair> *LoadMoveSetPairs = nullptr); void computePairsConnectedTo( DenseMap<Value *, std::vector<Value *> > &CandidatePairs, @@ -297,8 +297,8 @@ namespace { bool pairsConflict(ValuePair P, ValuePair Q, DenseSet<ValuePair> &PairableInstUsers, DenseMap<ValuePair, std::vector<ValuePair> > - *PairableInstUserMap = 0, - DenseSet<VPPair> *PairableInstUserPairSet = 0); + *PairableInstUserMap = nullptr, + DenseSet<VPPair> *PairableInstUserPairSet = nullptr); bool pairWillFormCycle(ValuePair P, DenseMap<ValuePair, std::vector<ValuePair> > &PairableInstUsers, @@ -443,8 +443,8 @@ namespace { DT = &getAnalysis<DominatorTreeWrapperPass>().getDomTree(); SE = &getAnalysis<ScalarEvolution>(); DataLayoutPass *DLP = getAnalysisIfAvailable<DataLayoutPass>(); - DL = DLP ? &DLP->getDataLayout() : 0; - TTI = IgnoreTargetInfo ? 0 : &getAnalysis<TargetTransformInfo>(); + DL = DLP ? &DLP->getDataLayout() : nullptr; + TTI = IgnoreTargetInfo ? nullptr : &getAnalysis<TargetTransformInfo>(); return vectorizeBB(BB); } @@ -896,7 +896,7 @@ namespace { } // We can't vectorize memory operations without target data - if (DL == 0 && IsSimpleLoadStore) + if (!DL && IsSimpleLoadStore) return false; Type *T1, *T2; @@ -933,7 +933,7 @@ namespace { if (T2->isX86_FP80Ty() || T2->isPPC_FP128Ty() || T2->isX86_MMXTy()) return false; - if ((!Config.VectorizePointers || DL == 0) && + if ((!Config.VectorizePointers || !DL) && (T1->getScalarType()->isPointerTy() || T2->getScalarType()->isPointerTy())) return false; @@ -1067,7 +1067,7 @@ namespace { (isa<ConstantVector>(JOp) || isa<ConstantDataVector>(JOp))) { Op2VK = TargetTransformInfo::OK_NonUniformConstantValue; Constant *SplatValue = cast<Constant>(IOp)->getSplatValue(); - if (SplatValue != NULL && + if (SplatValue != nullptr && SplatValue == cast<Constant>(JOp)->getSplatValue()) Op2VK = TargetTransformInfo::OK_UniformConstantValue; } @@ -1685,8 +1685,9 @@ namespace { C2->first.second == C->first.first || C2->first.second == C->first.second || pairsConflict(C2->first, C->first, PairableInstUsers, - UseCycleCheck ? &PairableInstUserMap : 0, - UseCycleCheck ? &PairableInstUserPairSet : 0)) { + UseCycleCheck ? &PairableInstUserMap : nullptr, + UseCycleCheck ? &PairableInstUserPairSet + : nullptr)) { if (C2->second >= C->second) { CanAdd = false; break; @@ -1706,8 +1707,9 @@ namespace { T->second == C->first.first || T->second == C->first.second || pairsConflict(*T, C->first, PairableInstUsers, - UseCycleCheck ? &PairableInstUserMap : 0, - UseCycleCheck ? &PairableInstUserPairSet : 0)) { + UseCycleCheck ? &PairableInstUserMap : nullptr, + UseCycleCheck ? &PairableInstUserPairSet + : nullptr)) { CanAdd = false; break; } @@ -1724,8 +1726,9 @@ namespace { C2->first.second == C->first.first || C2->first.second == C->first.second || pairsConflict(C2->first, C->first, PairableInstUsers, - UseCycleCheck ? &PairableInstUserMap : 0, - UseCycleCheck ? &PairableInstUserPairSet : 0)) { + UseCycleCheck ? &PairableInstUserMap : nullptr, + UseCycleCheck ? &PairableInstUserPairSet + : nullptr)) { CanAdd = false; break; } @@ -1740,8 +1743,9 @@ namespace { ChosenPairs.begin(), E2 = ChosenPairs.end(); C2 != E2; ++C2) { if (pairsConflict(*C2, C->first, PairableInstUsers, - UseCycleCheck ? &PairableInstUserMap : 0, - UseCycleCheck ? &PairableInstUserPairSet : 0)) { + UseCycleCheck ? &PairableInstUserMap : nullptr, + UseCycleCheck ? &PairableInstUserPairSet + : nullptr)) { CanAdd = false; break; } @@ -1822,8 +1826,8 @@ namespace { for (DenseMap<Value *, Value *>::iterator C = ChosenPairs.begin(), E = ChosenPairs.end(); C != E; ++C) { if (pairsConflict(*C, IJ, PairableInstUsers, - UseCycleCheck ? &PairableInstUserMap : 0, - UseCycleCheck ? &PairableInstUserPairSet : 0)) { + UseCycleCheck ? &PairableInstUserMap : nullptr, + UseCycleCheck ? &PairableInstUserPairSet : nullptr)) { DoesConflict = true; break; } @@ -2393,7 +2397,7 @@ namespace { } while ((LIENext = dyn_cast<InsertElementInst>(LIENext->getOperand(0)))); - LIENext = 0; + LIENext = nullptr; Value *LIEPrev = UndefValue::get(ArgTypeH); for (unsigned i = 0; i < numElemL; ++i) { if (isa<UndefValue>(VectElemts[i])) continue; @@ -2461,14 +2465,14 @@ namespace { if ((LEE || LSV) && (HEE || HSV) && !IsSizeChangeShuffle) { // We can have at most two unique vector inputs. bool CanUseInputs = true; - Value *I1, *I2 = 0; + Value *I1, *I2 = nullptr; if (LEE) { I1 = LEE->getOperand(0); } else { I1 = LSV->getOperand(0); I2 = LSV->getOperand(1); if (I2 == I1 || isa<UndefValue>(I2)) - I2 = 0; + I2 = nullptr; } if (HEE) { @@ -2973,7 +2977,7 @@ namespace { switch (Kind) { default: - K->setMetadata(Kind, 0); // Remove unknown metadata + K->setMetadata(Kind, nullptr); // Remove unknown metadata break; case LLVMContext::MD_tbaa: K->setMetadata(Kind, MDNode::getMostGenericTBAA(JMD, KMD)); @@ -3144,7 +3148,7 @@ namespace { // Instruction insertion point: Instruction *InsertionPt = K; - Instruction *K1 = 0, *K2 = 0; + Instruction *K1 = nullptr, *K2 = nullptr; replaceOutputsOfPair(Context, L, H, K, InsertionPt, K1, K2); // The use dag of the first original instruction must be moved to after diff --git a/lib/Transforms/Vectorize/LoopVectorize.cpp b/lib/Transforms/Vectorize/LoopVectorize.cpp index 6941bb79ff..843e9e90c2 100644 --- a/lib/Transforms/Vectorize/LoopVectorize.cpp +++ b/lib/Transforms/Vectorize/LoopVectorize.cpp @@ -230,8 +230,9 @@ public: const TargetLibraryInfo *TLI, unsigned VecWidth, unsigned UnrollFactor) : OrigLoop(OrigLoop), SE(SE), LI(LI), DT(DT), DL(DL), TLI(TLI), - VF(VecWidth), UF(UnrollFactor), Builder(SE->getContext()), Induction(0), - OldInduction(0), WidenMap(UnrollFactor), Legal(0) {} + VF(VecWidth), UF(UnrollFactor), Builder(SE->getContext()), + Induction(nullptr), OldInduction(nullptr), WidenMap(UnrollFactor), + Legal(nullptr) {} // Perform the actual loop widening (vectorization). void vectorize(LoopVectorizationLegality *L) { @@ -520,8 +521,8 @@ public: LoopVectorizationLegality(Loop *L, ScalarEvolution *SE, const DataLayout *DL, DominatorTree *DT, TargetLibraryInfo *TLI) : NumLoads(0), NumStores(0), NumPredStores(0), TheLoop(L), SE(SE), DL(DL), - DT(DT), TLI(TLI), Induction(0), WidestIndTy(0), HasFunNoNaNAttr(false), - MaxSafeDepDistBytes(-1U) {} + DT(DT), TLI(TLI), Induction(nullptr), WidestIndTy(nullptr), + HasFunNoNaNAttr(false), MaxSafeDepDistBytes(-1U) {} /// This enum represents the kinds of reductions that we support. enum ReductionKind { @@ -559,7 +560,7 @@ public: /// This struct holds information about reduction variables. struct ReductionDescriptor { - ReductionDescriptor() : StartValue(0), LoopExitInstr(0), + ReductionDescriptor() : StartValue(nullptr), LoopExitInstr(nullptr), Kind(RK_NoReduction), MinMaxKind(MRK_Invalid) {} ReductionDescriptor(Value *Start, Instruction *Exit, ReductionKind K, @@ -631,7 +632,7 @@ public: /// A struct for saving information about induction variables. struct InductionInfo { InductionInfo(Value *Start, InductionKind K) : StartValue(Start), IK(K) {} - InductionInfo() : StartValue(0), IK(IK_NoInduction) {} + InductionInfo() : StartValue(nullptr), IK(IK_NoInduction) {} /// Start value. TrackingVH<Value> StartValue; /// Induction kind. @@ -960,7 +961,7 @@ private: assert(LoopID->getOperand(0) == LoopID && "invalid loop id"); for (unsigned i = 1, ie = LoopID->getNumOperands(); i < ie; ++i) { - const MDString *S = 0; + const MDString *S = nullptr; SmallVector<Value*, 4> Args; // The expected hint is either a MDString or a MDNode with the first @@ -1053,7 +1054,7 @@ struct LoopVectorize : public FunctionPass { bool runOnFunction(Function &F) override { SE = &getAnalysis<ScalarEvolution>(); DataLayoutPass *DLP = getAnalysisIfAvailable<DataLayoutPass>(); - DL = DLP ? &DLP->getDataLayout() : 0; + DL = DLP ? &DLP->getDataLayout() : nullptr; LI = &getAnalysis<LoopInfo>(); TTI = &getAnalysis<TargetTransformInfo>(); DT = &getAnalysis<DominatorTreeWrapperPass>().getDomTree(); @@ -1070,7 +1071,7 @@ struct LoopVectorize : public FunctionPass { if (!TTI->getNumberOfRegisters(true)) return false; - if (DL == NULL) { + if (!DL) { DEBUG(dbgs() << "\nLV: Not vectorizing " << F.getName() << ": Missing data layout\n"); return false; @@ -1232,7 +1233,7 @@ static Value *stripIntegerCast(Value *V) { /// \p Ptr. static const SCEV *replaceSymbolicStrideSCEV(ScalarEvolution *SE, ValueToValueMap &PtrToStride, - Value *Ptr, Value *OrigPtr = 0) { + Value *Ptr, Value *OrigPtr = nullptr) { const SCEV *OrigSCEV = SE->getSCEV(Ptr); @@ -1399,7 +1400,7 @@ int LoopVectorizationLegality::isConsecutivePtr(Value *Ptr) { // We can emit wide load/stores only if the last non-zero index is the // induction variable. - const SCEV *Last = 0; + const SCEV *Last = nullptr; if (!Strides.count(Gep)) Last = SE->getSCEV(Gep->getOperand(InductionOperand)); else { @@ -1648,17 +1649,17 @@ void InnerLoopVectorizer::scalarizeInstruction(Instruction *Instr, bool IfPredic // Does this instruction return a value ? bool IsVoidRetTy = Instr->getType()->isVoidTy(); - Value *UndefVec = IsVoidRetTy ? 0 : + Value *UndefVec = IsVoidRetTy ? nullptr : UndefValue::get(VectorType::get(Instr->getType(), VF)); // Create a new entry in the WidenMap and initialize it to Undef or Null. VectorParts &VecResults = WidenMap.splat(Instr, UndefVec); Instruction *InsertPt = Builder.GetInsertPoint(); BasicBlock *IfBlock = Builder.GetInsertBlock(); - BasicBlock *CondBlock = 0; + BasicBlock *CondBlock = nullptr; VectorParts Cond; - Loop *VectorLp = 0; + Loop *VectorLp = nullptr; if (IfPredicateStore) { assert(Instr->getParent()->getSinglePredecessor() && "Only support single predecessor blocks"); @@ -1674,7 +1675,7 @@ void InnerLoopVectorizer::scalarizeInstruction(Instruction *Instr, bool IfPredic for (unsigned Width = 0; Width < VF; ++Width) { // Start if-block. - Value *Cmp = 0; + Value *Cmp = nullptr; if (IfPredicateStore) { Cmp = Builder.CreateExtractElement(Cond[Part], Builder.getInt32(Width)); Cmp = Builder.CreateICmp(ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ, Cmp, ConstantInt::get(Cmp->getType(), 1)); @@ -1725,21 +1726,21 @@ static Instruction *getFirstInst(Instruction *FirstInst, Value *V, if (FirstInst) return FirstInst; if (Instruction *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(V)) - return I->getParent() == Loc->getParent() ? I : 0; - return 0; + return I->getParent() == Loc->getParent() ? I : nullptr; + return nullptr; } std::pair<Instruction *, Instruction *> InnerLoopVectorizer::addStrideCheck(Instruction *Loc) { - Instruction *tnullptr = 0; + Instruction *tnullptr = nullptr; if (!Legal->mustCheckStrides()) return std::pair<Instruction *, Instruction *>(tnullptr, tnullptr); IRBuilder<> ChkBuilder(Loc); // Emit checks. - Value *Check = 0; - Instruction *FirstInst = 0; + Value *Check = nullptr; + Instruction *FirstInst = nullptr; for (SmallPtrSet<Value *, 8>::iterator SI = Legal->strides_begin(), SE = Legal->strides_end(); SI != SE; ++SI) { @@ -1771,7 +1772,7 @@ InnerLoopVectorizer::addRuntimeCheck(Instruction *Loc) { LoopVectorizationLegality::RuntimePointerCheck *PtrRtCheck = Legal->getRuntimePointerCheck(); - Instruction *tnullptr = 0; + Instruction *tnullptr = nullptr; if (!PtrRtCheck->Need) return std::pair<Instruction *, Instruction *>(tnullptr, tnullptr); @@ -1781,7 +1782,7 @@ InnerLoopVectorizer::addRuntimeCheck(Instruction *Loc) { LLVMContext &Ctx = Loc->getContext(); SCEVExpander Exp(*SE, "induction"); - Instruction *FirstInst = 0; + Instruction *FirstInst = nullptr; for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumPointers; ++i) { Value *Ptr = PtrRtCheck->Pointers[i]; @@ -1808,7 +1809,7 @@ InnerLoopVectorizer::addRuntimeCheck(Instruction *Loc) { IRBuilder<> ChkBuilder(Loc); // Our instructions might fold to a constant. - Value *MemoryRuntimeCheck = 0; + Value *MemoryRuntimeCheck = nullptr; for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumPointers; ++i) { for (unsigned j = i+1; j < NumPointers; ++j) { // No need to check if two readonly pointers intersect. @@ -2072,7 +2073,7 @@ void InnerLoopVectorizer::createEmptyLoop() { // start value. // This variable saves the new starting index for the scalar loop. - PHINode *ResumeIndex = 0; + PHINode *ResumeIndex = nullptr; LoopVectorizationLegality::InductionList::iterator I, E; LoopVectorizationLegality::InductionList *List = Legal->getInductionVars(); // Set builder to point to last bypass block. @@ -2088,9 +2089,9 @@ void InnerLoopVectorizer::createEmptyLoop() { // truncated version for the scalar loop. PHINode *TruncResumeVal = (OrigPhi == OldInduction) ? PHINode::Create(OrigPhi->getType(), 2, "trunc.resume.val", - MiddleBlock->getTerminator()) : 0; + MiddleBlock->getTerminator()) : nullptr; - Value *EndValue = 0; + Value *EndValue = nullptr; switch (II.IK) { case LoopVectorizationLegality::IK_NoInduction: llvm_unreachable("Unknown induction"); @@ -2675,7 +2676,7 @@ void InnerLoopVectorizer::vectorizeLoop() { assert(isPowerOf2_32(VF) && "Reduction emission only supported for pow2 vectors!"); Value *TmpVec = ReducedPartRdx; - SmallVector<Constant*, 32> ShuffleMask(VF, 0); + SmallVector<Constant*, 32> ShuffleMask(VF, nullptr); for (unsigned i = VF; i != 1; i >>= 1) { // Move the upper half of the vector to the lower half. for (unsigned j = 0; j != i/2; ++j) @@ -3073,7 +3074,7 @@ void InnerLoopVectorizer::vectorizeBlockInLoop(BasicBlock *BB, PhiVector *PV) { VectorParts &A = getVectorValue(it->getOperand(0)); VectorParts &B = getVectorValue(it->getOperand(1)); for (unsigned Part = 0; Part < UF; ++Part) { - Value *C = 0; + Value *C = nullptr; if (FCmp) C = Builder.CreateFCmp(Cmp->getPredicate(), A[Part], B[Part]); else @@ -3560,14 +3561,14 @@ static Value *stripGetElementPtr(Value *Ptr, ScalarEvolution *SE, ///\brief Look for a cast use of the passed value. static Value *getUniqueCastUse(Value *Ptr, Loop *Lp, Type *Ty) { - Value *UniqueCast = 0; + Value *UniqueCast = nullptr; for (User *U : Ptr->users()) { CastInst *CI = dyn_cast<CastInst>(U); if (CI && CI->getType() == Ty) { if (!UniqueCast) UniqueCast = CI; else - return 0; + return nullptr; } } return UniqueCast; @@ -3580,7 +3581,7 @@ static Value *getStrideFromPointer(Value *Ptr, ScalarEvolution *SE, const DataLayout *DL, Loop *Lp) { const PointerType *PtrTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(Ptr->getType()); if (!PtrTy || PtrTy->isAggregateType()) - return 0; + return nullptr; // Try to remove a gep instruction to make the pointer (actually index at this // point) easier analyzable. If OrigPtr is equal to Ptr we are analzying the @@ -3600,11 +3601,11 @@ static Value *getStrideFromPointer(Value *Ptr, ScalarEvolution *SE, const SCEVAddRecExpr *S = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(V); if (!S) - return 0; + return nullptr; V = S->getStepRecurrence(*SE); if (!V) - return 0; + return nullptr; // Strip off the size of access multiplication if we are still analyzing the // pointer. @@ -3612,24 +3613,24 @@ static Value *getStrideFromPointer(Value *Ptr, ScalarEvolution *SE, DL->getTypeAllocSize(PtrTy->getElementType()); if (const SCEVMulExpr *M = dyn_cast<SCEVMulExpr>(V)) { if (M->getOperand(0)->getSCEVType() != scConstant) - return 0; + return nullptr; const APInt &APStepVal = cast<SCEVConstant>(M->getOperand(0))->getValue()->getValue(); // Huge step value - give up. if (APStepVal.getBitWidth() > 64) - return 0; + return nullptr; int64_t StepVal = APStepVal.getSExtValue(); if (PtrAccessSize != StepVal) - return 0; + return nullptr; V = M->getOperand(1); } } // Strip off casts. - Type *StripedOffRecurrenceCast = 0; + Type *StripedOffRecurrenceCast = nullptr; if (const SCEVCastExpr *C = dyn_cast<SCEVCastExpr>(V)) { StripedOffRecurrenceCast = C->getType(); V = C->getOperand(); @@ -3638,11 +3639,11 @@ static Value *getStrideFromPointer(Value *Ptr, ScalarEvolution *SE, // Look for the loop invariant symbolic value. const SCEVUnknown *U = dyn_cast<SCEVUnknown>(V); if (!U) - return 0; + return nullptr; Value *Stride = U->getValue(); if (!Lp->isLoopInvariant(Stride)) - return 0; + return nullptr; // If we have stripped off the recurrence cast we have to make sure that we // return the value that is used in this loop so that we can replace it later. @@ -3653,7 +3654,7 @@ static Value *getStrideFromPointer(Value *Ptr, ScalarEvolution *SE, } void LoopVectorizationLegality::collectStridedAcccess(Value *MemAccess) { - Value *Ptr = 0; + Value *Ptr = nullptr; if (LoadInst *LI = dyn_cast<LoadInst>(MemAccess)) Ptr = LI->getPointerOperand(); else if (StoreInst *SI = dyn_cast<StoreInst>(MemAccess)) @@ -4652,7 +4653,7 @@ bool LoopVectorizationLegality::AddReductionVar(PHINode *Phi, // We only allow for a single reduction value to be used outside the loop. // This includes users of the reduction, variables (which form a cycle // which ends in the phi node). - Instruction *ExitInstruction = 0; + Instruction *ExitInstruction = nullptr; // Indicates that we found a reduction operation in our scan. bool FoundReduxOp = false; @@ -4666,7 +4667,7 @@ bool LoopVectorizationLegality::AddReductionVar(PHINode *Phi, // the number of instruction we saw from the recognized min/max pattern, // to make sure we only see exactly the two instructions. unsigned NumCmpSelectPatternInst = 0; - ReductionInstDesc ReduxDesc(false, 0); + ReductionInstDesc ReduxDesc(false, nullptr); SmallPtrSet<Instruction *, 8> VisitedInsts; SmallVector<Instruction *, 8> Worklist; @@ -4749,7 +4750,7 @@ bool LoopVectorizationLegality::AddReductionVar(PHINode *Phi, // being used. In this case the user uses the value of the previous // iteration, in which case we would loose "VF-1" iterations of the // reduction operation if we vectorize. - if (ExitInstruction != 0 || Cur == Phi) + if (ExitInstruction != nullptr || Cur == Phi) return false; // The instruction used by an outside user must be the last instruction @@ -4765,7 +4766,7 @@ bool LoopVectorizationLegality::AddReductionVar(PHINode *Phi, // Process instructions only once (termination). Each reduction cycle // value must only be used once, except by phi nodes and min/max // reductions which are represented as a cmp followed by a select. - ReductionInstDesc IgnoredVal(false, 0); + ReductionInstDesc IgnoredVal(false, nullptr); if (VisitedInsts.insert(UI)) { if (isa<PHINode>(UI)) PHIs.push_back(UI); @@ -4819,8 +4820,8 @@ LoopVectorizationLegality::isMinMaxSelectCmpPattern(Instruction *I, assert((isa<ICmpInst>(I) || isa<FCmpInst>(I) || isa<SelectInst>(I)) && "Expect a select instruction"); - Instruction *Cmp = 0; - SelectInst *Select = 0; + Instruction *Cmp = nullptr; + SelectInst *Select = nullptr; // We must handle the select(cmp()) as a single instruction. Advance to the // select. @@ -5540,7 +5541,7 @@ LoopVectorizationCostModel::getInstructionCost(Instruction *I, unsigned VF) { Op2VK = TargetTransformInfo::OK_UniformConstantValue; else if (isa<ConstantVector>(Op2) || isa<ConstantDataVector>(Op2)) { Op2VK = TargetTransformInfo::OK_NonUniformConstantValue; - if (cast<Constant>(Op2)->getSplatValue() != NULL) + if (cast<Constant>(Op2)->getSplatValue() != nullptr) Op2VK = TargetTransformInfo::OK_UniformConstantValue; } @@ -5754,17 +5755,17 @@ void InnerLoopUnroller::scalarizeInstruction(Instruction *Instr, // Does this instruction return a value ? bool IsVoidRetTy = Instr->getType()->isVoidTy(); - Value *UndefVec = IsVoidRetTy ? 0 : + Value *UndefVec = IsVoidRetTy ? nullptr : UndefValue::get(Instr->getType()); // Create a new entry in the WidenMap and initialize it to Undef or Null. VectorParts &VecResults = WidenMap.splat(Instr, UndefVec); Instruction *InsertPt = Builder.GetInsertPoint(); BasicBlock *IfBlock = Builder.GetInsertBlock(); - BasicBlock *CondBlock = 0; + BasicBlock *CondBlock = nullptr; VectorParts Cond; - Loop *VectorLp = 0; + Loop *VectorLp = nullptr; if (IfPredicateStore) { assert(Instr->getParent()->getSinglePredecessor() && "Only support single predecessor blocks"); @@ -5779,7 +5780,7 @@ void InnerLoopUnroller::scalarizeInstruction(Instruction *Instr, // For each scalar that we create: // Start an "if (pred) a[i] = ..." block. - Value *Cmp = 0; + Value *Cmp = nullptr; if (IfPredicateStore) { if (Cond[Part]->getType()->isVectorTy()) Cond[Part] = diff --git a/lib/Transforms/Vectorize/SLPVectorizer.cpp b/lib/Transforms/Vectorize/SLPVectorizer.cpp index a869517a36..b15bf9c207 100644 --- a/lib/Transforms/Vectorize/SLPVectorizer.cpp +++ b/lib/Transforms/Vectorize/SLPVectorizer.cpp @@ -73,7 +73,7 @@ struct BlockNumbering { BlockNumbering(BasicBlock *Bb) : BB(Bb), Valid(false) {} - BlockNumbering() : BB(0), Valid(false) {} + BlockNumbering() : BB(nullptr), Valid(false) {} void numberInstructions() { unsigned Loc = 0; @@ -121,15 +121,15 @@ private: static BasicBlock *getSameBlock(ArrayRef<Value *> VL) { Instruction *I0 = dyn_cast<Instruction>(VL[0]); if (!I0) - return 0; + return nullptr; BasicBlock *BB = I0->getParent(); for (int i = 1, e = VL.size(); i < e; i++) { Instruction *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(VL[i]); if (!I) - return 0; + return nullptr; if (BB != I->getParent()) - return 0; + return nullptr; } return BB; } @@ -181,7 +181,7 @@ static Instruction *propagateMetadata(Instruction *I, ArrayRef<Value *> VL) { switch (Kind) { default: - MD = 0; // Remove unknown metadata + MD = nullptr; // Remove unknown metadata break; case LLVMContext::MD_tbaa: MD = MDNode::getMostGenericTBAA(MD, IMD); @@ -202,7 +202,7 @@ static Type* getSameType(ArrayRef<Value *> VL) { Type *Ty = VL[0]->getType(); for (int i = 1, e = VL.size(); i < e; i++) if (VL[i]->getType() != Ty) - return 0; + return nullptr; return Ty; } @@ -447,7 +447,7 @@ private: bool isFullyVectorizableTinyTree(); struct TreeEntry { - TreeEntry() : Scalars(), VectorizedValue(0), LastScalarIndex(0), + TreeEntry() : Scalars(), VectorizedValue(nullptr), LastScalarIndex(0), NeedToGather(0) {} /// \returns true if the scalars in VL are equal to this entry. @@ -1096,7 +1096,7 @@ int BoUpSLP::getEntryCost(TreeEntry *E) { // If instead not all operands are constants, then set the operand kind // to OK_AnyValue. If all operands are constants but not the same, // then set the operand kind to OK_NonUniformConstantValue. - ConstantInt *CInt = NULL; + ConstantInt *CInt = nullptr; for (unsigned i = 0; i < VL.size(); ++i) { const Instruction *I = cast<Instruction>(VL[i]); if (!isa<ConstantInt>(I->getOperand(1))) { @@ -1250,7 +1250,7 @@ Value *BoUpSLP::getPointerOperand(Value *I) { return LI->getPointerOperand(); if (StoreInst *SI = dyn_cast<StoreInst>(I)) return SI->getPointerOperand(); - return 0; + return nullptr; } unsigned BoUpSLP::getAddressSpaceOperand(Value *I) { @@ -1324,7 +1324,7 @@ Value *BoUpSLP::getSinkBarrier(Instruction *Src, Instruction *Dst) { if (!A.Ptr || !B.Ptr || AA->alias(A, B)) return I; } - return 0; + return nullptr; } int BoUpSLP::getLastIndex(ArrayRef<Value *> VL) { @@ -1400,7 +1400,7 @@ Value *BoUpSLP::alreadyVectorized(ArrayRef<Value *> VL) const { if (En->isSame(VL) && En->VectorizedValue) return En->VectorizedValue; } - return 0; + return nullptr; } Value *BoUpSLP::vectorizeTree(ArrayRef<Value *> VL) { @@ -1673,7 +1673,7 @@ Value *BoUpSLP::vectorizeTree(TreeEntry *E) { default: llvm_unreachable("unknown inst"); } - return 0; + return nullptr; } Value *BoUpSLP::vectorizeTree() { @@ -1842,7 +1842,7 @@ void BoUpSLP::optimizeGatherSequence() { DT->dominates((*v)->getParent(), In->getParent())) { In->replaceAllUsesWith(*v); In->eraseFromParent(); - In = 0; + In = nullptr; break; } } @@ -1881,7 +1881,7 @@ struct SLPVectorizer : public FunctionPass { SE = &getAnalysis<ScalarEvolution>(); DataLayoutPass *DLP = getAnalysisIfAvailable<DataLayoutPass>(); - DL = DLP ? &DLP->getDataLayout() : 0; + DL = DLP ? &DLP->getDataLayout() : nullptr; TTI = &getAnalysis<TargetTransformInfo>(); AA = &getAnalysis<AliasAnalysis>(); LI = &getAnalysis<LoopInfo>(); @@ -2339,7 +2339,7 @@ class HorizontalReduction { public: HorizontalReduction() - : ReductionRoot(0), ReductionPHI(0), ReductionOpcode(0), + : ReductionRoot(nullptr), ReductionPHI(nullptr), ReductionOpcode(0), ReducedValueOpcode(0), ReduxWidth(0), IsPairwiseReduction(false) {} /// \brief Try to find a reduction tree. @@ -2354,10 +2354,10 @@ public: // In such a case start looking for a tree rooted in the first '+'. if (Phi) { if (B->getOperand(0) == Phi) { - Phi = 0; + Phi = nullptr; B = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(B->getOperand(1)); } else if (B->getOperand(1) == Phi) { - Phi = 0; + Phi = nullptr; B = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(B->getOperand(0)); } } @@ -2443,7 +2443,7 @@ public: if (NumReducedVals < ReduxWidth) return false; - Value *VectorizedTree = 0; + Value *VectorizedTree = nullptr; IRBuilder<> Builder(ReductionRoot); FastMathFlags Unsafe; Unsafe.setUnsafeAlgebra(); @@ -2492,7 +2492,7 @@ public: } else ReductionRoot->replaceAllUsesWith(VectorizedTree); } - return VectorizedTree != 0; + return VectorizedTree != nullptr; } private: @@ -2675,7 +2675,8 @@ bool SLPVectorizer::vectorizeChainsInBlock(BasicBlock *BB, BoUpSLP &R) { Value *Rdx = (P->getIncomingBlock(0) == BB ? (P->getIncomingValue(0)) - : (P->getIncomingBlock(1) == BB ? P->getIncomingValue(1) : 0)); + : (P->getIncomingBlock(1) == BB ? P->getIncomingValue(1) + : nullptr)); // Check if this is a Binary Operator. BinaryOperator *BI = dyn_cast_or_null<BinaryOperator>(Rdx); if (!BI) @@ -2714,7 +2715,7 @@ bool SLPVectorizer::vectorizeChainsInBlock(BasicBlock *BB, BoUpSLP &R) { if (BinaryOperator *BinOp = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(SI->getValueOperand())) { HorizontalReduction HorRdx; - if (((HorRdx.matchAssociativeReduction(0, BinOp, DL) && + if (((HorRdx.matchAssociativeReduction(nullptr, BinOp, DL) && HorRdx.tryToReduce(R, TTI)) || tryToVectorize(BinOp, R))) { Changed = true; |